20-F 1 d20f.htm FORM 20-F Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   For the fiscal year ended: December 31st, 2010

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number: 001-32846

 

 

CRH public limited company

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Republic of Ireland

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

 

 

Belgard Castle, Clondalkin, Dublin 22, Ireland

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Maeve Carton

Tel: +353 1 404 1000

Fax: +353 1 404 1007

Belgard Castle, Clondalkin, Dublin 22, Ireland

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

CRH plc  
Ordinary Shares/Income Shares of 0.34 each  

The Irish Stock Exchange Limited

The London Stock Exchange Limited

The New York Stock Exchange *

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one Ordinary Share   The New York Stock Exchange
CRH America Inc.  

5.625% Notes due 2011 guaranteed by CRH plc

  The New York Stock Exchange
4.125% Notes due 2016 guaranteed by CRH plc   The New York Stock Exchange
6.000% Notes due 2016 guaranteed by CRH plc   The New York Stock Exchange
8.125% Notes due 2018 guaranteed by CRH plc   The New York Stock Exchange
5.750% Notes due 2021 guaranteed by CRH plc   The New York Stock Exchange

 

* Not for trading but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.   None

 

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.   None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary Shares/Income Shares of 0.34 each **

     718,508,913   

5% Cumulative Preference Shares of 1.27 each

     50,000   

7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares of 1.27 each

     872,000   

 

** Each Income Share is tied to an Ordinary Share and may only be transferred or otherwise dealt with in conjunction with such Ordinary Share.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ***    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

  Large accelerated filer    x    Accelerated filer    ¨    Non-accelerated filer    ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  x
   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ¨    Item  18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

*** This requirement does not apply to the registrant until its fiscal year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page   
   Cross Reference to Form 20-F Requirements      1   
   Introduction and Performance Indicators      3   
     
A.    Description of the Group      8   
     
B.    Business Review      36   
(i)    Current Year Review      37   
(ii)    Prior Year Review      53   
     
C.    Directors and Corporate Governance      63   
(i)    Board of Directors      64   
(ii)    Corporate Governance Report      69   
(iii)    Directors’ Remuneration      82   
     
D.    Consolidated Financial Statements      93   
(i)   

Consolidated Financial Statements

     94   
(ii)    Auditor’s Report      95   
     
E.    Shareholder Information      174   
   Listing of Exhibits      191   
   Signatures      192   


Table of Contents

Cross Reference to Form 20-F Requirements

 

 

 

         PAGE  
  Introduction   
  Forward-Looking Statements      3   

Item 1.

  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors      n/a   

Item 2.

  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      n/a   

Item 3.

  Key Information   
  Selected financial data      5, 177   
  Capitalisation and indebtedness      n/a   
  Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds      n/a   
  Risk factors      30   

Item 4.

  Information on the Company   
  History and development of the company      9   
  Business overview      6, 16   
  Organisational structure      9   
  Property, plants and equipment      25   

Item 4A.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      None   

Item 5.

  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects   
  Operating results      28, 37   
  Liquidity and capital resources      41   
  Research and development, patent and licenses, etc.      29   
  Trend information      37   
  Off-balance sheet arrangements      42   
  Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations      43   

Item 6.

  Directors, Senior Management and Employees   
  Directors and senior management      65   
  Compensation      82   
  Board practices      69   
  Employees      15   
  Share ownership      86, 178   

Item 7.

  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions   
  Major shareholders      176   
  Related party transactions      165   
  Interests of experts and counsel      n/a   

Item 8.

  Financial Information   
  Consolidated statements and other financial information      94, 177   
  Legal proceedings      29   
  Significant changes      43   

Item 9.

  The Offer and Listing   
  Offer and listing details      175   
  Plan of distribution      n/a   
  Markets      175   
  Selling shareholders      n/a   
  Dilution      n/a   
  Expenses of the issue      n/a   

Item 10.

  Additional Information   
  Share capital      n/a   
  Memorandum and articles of association      186   
  Material contracts      None   
  Exchange controls      190   
  Taxation      183   
  Dividends and paying agents      n/a   
  Statements by experts      n/a   
  Documents on display      190   
  Subsidiary information      n/a   

 

CRH    1


Table of Contents
         PAGE  

Item 11.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      43   

Item 12.

  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities   
  Debt Securities      n/a   
  Warrants and Rights      n/a   
  Other Securities      n/a   
  American Depositary Shares      182   

Item 13.

  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      None   

Item 14.

  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      None   

Item 15.

  Controls and Procedures      80   

Item 16A.

  Audit Committee Financial Expert      73   

Item 16B.

  Code of Ethics      78   

Item 16C.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services      190   

Item 16D.

  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      n/a   

Item 16E.

  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer & Affiliated Purchasers      177   

Item 16F.

  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      None   

Item 16G.

  Corporate Governance      80   

Item 17.

  Financial Statements      n/a   

Item 18.

  Financial Statements      94   

Item 19.

  Exhibits      191   

 

2    CRH


Table of Contents

Introduction and Performance Indicators

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

In order to utilise the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, CRH public limited company (the “Company”), and its subsidiaries (collectively, “CRH” or the “Group”) is providing the following cautionary statement.

This document contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of CRH and certain of the plans and objectives of CRH with respect to these items. These statements may generally, but not always, be identified by the use of words such as “anticipates”, “should”, “expects”, “estimates”, “believes”, “intends” or similar expressions. By their nature, forward–looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they reflect the Company’s current expectations and assumptions as to future events and circumstances that may not prove accurate. A number of material factors could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, certain of which are beyond our control, and which include, among other things, those factors identified in the Risk Factors section.

CRH Website

Information on or accessible through our website, www.crh.com, does not form part of and is not incorporated into this document. The Group’s website provides the full text of the Annual and Interim Reports, the Annual Report on Form 20-F, which is filed annually with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, trading statements, interim management statements and copies of presentations to analysts and investors. News releases are made available, in the News & Media section of the website, immediately after release to the Stock Exchanges.

Key Information

The Consolidated Financial Statements of CRH plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Selected financial data have been presented for the five years ended on 31 December 2010 on pages 5 and 6. For the three years ended 31 December 2010, the selected financial data are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited Consolidated Financial Statements, the related Notes and the Business Review section included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report” or “Form 20-F”).

Performance Indicators

CRH uses a number of non-GAAP performance indicators to monitor financial performance. These are summarised below and discussed later in this report.

EBITDA (as defined). EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax and is quoted by management to aid investors in their analysis of the performance of the Group and to assist investors in the comparison of the Group’s performance with that of other companies. EBITDA (as defined) and operating profit results by segment are monitored by management in order to allocate resources between segments and to assess performance. Given that net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, these items are not allocated between operating segments for the purpose of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker.

 

CRH    3


Table of Contents

Introduction and Performance Indicators

 

 

 

Reconciliation of EBITDA (as defined)* and Operating Profit (by segment) to Group Profit

 

     Continuing operations - year ended 31 December  
     Materials      Products      Distribution      Total Group  
      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
    2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Group operating profit before depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA (as defined)*)

  

Europe

     423         434         806         198        283         392         214         204         258         835        921        1,456   

Americas

     566         670         724         154        173         369         60         39         116         780        882        1,209   
       989         1,104         1,530         352        456         761         274         243         374         1,615        1,803        2,665   

Depreciation and amortisation (including asset impairment charges)

  

Europe

     172         177         175         187        167         168         79         67         64         438        411        407   

Americas

     278         263         262         178        150         131         23         24         24         479        437        417   
       450         440         437         365        317         299         102         91         88         917        848        824   

Group operating profit

  

                    

Europe

     251         257         631         11        116         224         135         137         194         397        510        1,049   

Americas

     288         407         462         (24     23         238         37         15         92         301        445        792   
       539         664         1,093         (13     139         462         172         152         286         698        955        1,841   

Profit on disposals

  

     55        26        69   

Finance costs (net)

  

     (247     (297     (343

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

  

     28        48        61   

Profit before tax

  

     534        732        1,628   

Income tax expense

  

     (95     (134     (366

Group profit for the financial year

  

     439        598        1,262   

 

Throughout this document, Group operating profit as shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements excludes profit on disposals.

Interest Cover Ratio. Interest Cover Ratio is used by management as a measure matching the earnings and cash generated by the business to the underlying funding costs. Interest Cover Ratio is presented to provide a greater understanding of the impact of CRH’s debt and financing arrangements and, as discussed in note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, is a metric used in lender covenants. It is the ratio of EBITDA (as defined)* to net interest and is calculated as follows:

Calculation of EBITDA (as defined)* Interest Cover Ratio

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Net Interest

      

Finance revenue1

     (133     (122     (160

Finance costs1

     380        419        503   

Net interest expense

     247        297        343   

EBITDA (as defined)*

     1,615        1,803        2,665   
      times  
EBITDA (as defined)* interest cover ratio (EBITDA (as defined)* divided by net interest expense)      6.5        6.1        7.8   

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.
1 These items appear on the Consolidated Income Statement on page 97.

 

4    CRH


Table of Contents

Introduction and Performance Indicators

 

 

 

The definitions and calculations used in lender covenant agreements include certain specified adjustments to the amounts included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The ratios as calculated on the basis of the definitions in those covenants are disclosed in note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Organic Revenue, Organic Operating Profit. Exchange translation movements can have a significant impact on the reported results for the Group, and can distort comparisons of underlying performance; for example, a strengthening of the US Dollar, the Swiss Franc and the Polish Zloty in 2010 combined with movements in the average exchange rate for the Group’s other operating currencies resulted in a favourable translation impact of 41 million at profit before tax level. Furthermore, CRH pursues a strategy of growth through acquisitions and investments, with 0.6 billion spent on acquisitions and investments in 2010 (2009: 0.5 billion); these acquisitions contributed to the change in revenue and operating profit in 2010, adding incremental revenue of 304 million and incremental operating profit of 26 million compared with 2009. Because of the impact of exchange translation, acquisitions and other non-recurring items on reported results each year, the Group uses organic revenue and organic operating profit as additional performance indicators to assess performance of pre-existing (also referred to as underlying, heritage, like-for-like or ongoing) operations each year; organic revenue and organic operating profit is arrived at by excluding the incremental revenue and operating profit contributions from current and prior year acquisitions, the impact of exchange translation and the impact of any non-recurring items. In the Business Review section which follows, changes in organic revenue and organic operating profit are presented as additional measures of revenue and operating profit to provide a greater understanding of the performance of the Group. A reconciliation of the changes in organic revenue and organic operating profit to the changes in total revenue and operating profit for the Group and by segment is presented with the discussion of each segment’s performance in tables contained in the segment discussion commencing on page 44.

Selected Financial Data

Consolidated Income Statement Data

Year ended 31 December

 

      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2007
m
     2006
m
 

(Amounts in millions, except per share data and ratios)

 

Revenue

     17,173         17,373         20,887         20,992         18,737   

Group operating profit

     698         955         1,841         2,086         1,767   

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

     432         592         1,248         1,430         1,210   

Basic earnings per Ordinary Share1

     61.3c         88.3c         210.2c         236.9c         202.2c   

Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share1

     61.2c         87.9c         209.0c         234.8c         200.5c   

Dividends paid during calendar year per Ordinary Share1

     62.5c         62.2c         61.8c         52.8c         37.2c   
Average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding (millions of shares)1      704.6         670.8         593.9         603.6         598.2   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (times)2

     2.1         2.4         3.9         5.0         5.2   

All data relates to continuing operations

 

1 Average number of Ordinary Shares, earnings per share, number of Ordinary Shares at 31 December and dividend amounts for 2006 to 2008 have been adjusted for the bonus element of the March 2009 Rights Issue by applying a factor of 1.1090.

 

2 For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, in accordance with Item 503 of Regulation S-K, earnings have been calculated by adding: profit before tax adjusted to exclude the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax, fixed charges, and dividends received from associates; and the fixed charges were calculated by adding interest expensed and capitalised, amortised premiums, discounts and capitalised expenses related to indebtedness, an estimate of the interest within rental expense and preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries.

 

CRH    5


Table of Contents

Introduction and Performance Indicators

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2007
m
     2006
m
 
(Amounts in millions)       

Total assets

     21,461         20,283         21,121         19,788         18,345   

Net assets1

     10,411         9,710         8,157         8,020         7,104   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity

     10,327         9,636         8,086         7,953         7,062   

Equity share capital

     244         241         186         186         184   
Number of Ordinary Shares at 31 December (millions of shares)2      718.5         710.5         608.3         606.9         602.0   

 

1 Net assets is calculated as the sum of total assets less total liabilities.

 

2 The number of Ordinary Shares, at 31 December for 2006 to 2008 has been adjusted for the bonus element of the March 2009 Rights Issue by applying a factor of 1.1090.

Statements Regarding Competitive Position and Construction Activity

Statements made in the Description of the Group and in the Business Review sections referring to the Group’s competitive position are based on the Group’s belief, and in some cases rely on a range of sources, including investment analysts’ reports, independent market studies and the Group’s internal assessment of market share based on publicly available information about the financial results and performance of market participants.

Unless otherwise specified, references to construction activity or other market activity relate to the relevant market as a whole and are based on publicly available information from a range of sources, including independent market studies, construction industry data and economic forecasts for individual jurisdictions.

Exchange Rates

In this Form 20-F, references to “US$”, “US Dollars” or “US cents” are to United States Dollars, references to “euro”, “euro cent”, “cent”, “c” or “” are to the euro and “UK£” or “Pounds Sterling” are to the currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (“United Kingdom” or “UK”). Other currencies referred to in this Form 20-F include Polish Zloty (“PLN”), Swiss Franc (“CHF”), Canadian Dollar (“CAD”), Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”), Argentine Peso (“ARP”), Turkish Lira (“TRY”), Indian Rupee (“INR”), Ukrainian Hryvnia (“UAH”) and Israeli Shekel (“ILS”).

Merely for the convenience of the reader, this Form 20-F contains translations of certain euro amounts into US Dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the euro amounts actually represent such US Dollar amounts or could be converted into US Dollars at the rate indicated. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York Noon Buying Rate (the “FRB Noon Buying Rate”) on 31 December 2010 was 1 = US$1.3269 and on 25 March 2011 was 1 = US$1.4144.

The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, the average, high, low and end-of-period exchange rates in US Dollars per 1 (to the nearest cent) using the FRB Noon Buying Rate.

 

6    CRH


Table of Contents

Introduction and Performance Indicators

 

 

 

 

Years ended 31 December    Period End      Average Rate1      High      Low  

2006

     1.32         1.27         1.33         1.19   

2007

     1.46         1.38         1.49         1.29   

2008

     1.39         1.47         1.60         1.24   

2009

     1.43         1.40         1.51         1.25   

2010

     1.33         1.32         1.45         1.20   

2011 (through 25 March 2011)

     1.41         1.37         1.42         1.29   
Months ended                                

September 2010

     1.36         1.31         1.36         1.27   

October 2010

     1.39         1.39         1.41         1.37   

November 2010

     1.30         1.37         1.42         1.30   

December 2010

     1.33         1.32         1.34         1.31   

January 2011

     1.37         1.34         1.37         1.29   

February 2011

     1.38         1.37         1.38         1.35   

March 2011 (through 25 March 2011)

     1.41         1.40         1.42         1.38   

 

1 The average of the US Dollar/euro exchange rate on the last day of each month during the period or in the case of monthly averages, the average of all days in the month, in each case using the FRB Noon Buying Rate.

The above rates may vary slightly from the rates used for translating foreign currencies into euro in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements (see page 113).

For a discussion on the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on the financial condition and results of the operations of the Group, see the Business Review section beginning on page 37.

 

CRH    7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

 

 

 

8    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

History, Development and Organisational Structure of the Company

CRH public limited company is the parent company for an international group of companies, engaged in the manufacture and supply of a wide range of building materials and in the operation of builders’ merchanting and “Do-It-Yourself” (“DIY”) stores. CRH is one of the largest companies, based on market capitalisation, quoted on The Irish Stock Exchange Limited (“Irish Stock Exchange”) in Dublin. CRH is also quoted on The London Stock Exchange Limited (“London Stock Exchange”) in the United Kingdom and its American Depository Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States. The market capitalisation of CRH as of 31 December 2010 was 11.0 billion.

The Group resulted from the merger in 1970 of two leading Irish public companies, Cement Limited (established in 1936) and Roadstone Limited (incorporated in 1949). Cement Limited manufactured and supplied cement while Roadstone Limited was primarily involved in the manufacture and supply of aggregates, readymixed concrete, mortar, coated macadam, asphalt and contract surfacing to the Irish construction industry.

The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the Republic of Ireland. CRH is a public limited company operating under the Companies Acts of Ireland, 1963 to 2009 and the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 2006, each as amended. The Group’s worldwide headquarters are located in Dublin, Ireland. Its principal executive offices are located at Belgard Castle, Clondalkin, Dublin 22 (telephone: +353 1 404 1000). The Company’s registered office is located at 42 Fitzwilliam Square, Dublin 2, Ireland and its US agent is Oldcastle, Inc., 375 Northridge Road, Atlanta, Georgia 30350. The Company is the holding company of the Group, with direct and indirect share and loan interests in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates. From Group headquarters, a small team of executives exercises strategic control over its decentralised operations.

For reporting purposes, the Group is organised into six business segments comprising Europe Materials (including activities in China and India), Americas Materials (in the United States), Europe Products, Americas Products (in the United States, Mexico, Canada, Chile and Argentina), Europe Distribution and Americas Distribution (in the United States). The activities of the various segments are briefly described below as follows:

Materials businesses are predominantly engaged in the production and sale of a range of primary materials including cement, aggregates, readymixed concrete, asphalt/bitumen and agricultural and/or chemical lime.

Products businesses are predominantly engaged in the production and sale of architectural and structural concrete products and a range of construction-related accessories and services. This segment also includes businesses engaged in the production and sale of Exterior Products including clay products, fabrication and tempered glass products, and the provision of a wide range of inter-related products and services to the construction sector.

Distribution businesses encompass builders merchanting activities and Do-It-Yourself (DIY) stores engaged in the marketing and sale of supplies to the construction sector and to the general public.

In the detailed description of the Group’s business that follows, estimates of the Group’s various aggregate and stone reserves have been provided by engineers employed by the individual operating companies. Details of product end-use by sector for each reporting segment are based on management estimates.

As a result of planned geographic diversification since the mid-1970s, and most particularly in the period 2001 to 2008, the Group has expanded by acquisition and organic growth into an international manufacturer and supplier of building materials. CRH now has operations in 35 countries, mainly in Western Europe and North America as well as, to a lesser degree, in developing economies in Eastern Europe, South America, the Mediterranean basin, China and India, employing approximately 75,000 people at over 3,600 locations.

The principal subsidiary, joint venture and associated undertakings are listed in Exhibit 8. The operational organisational structure is detailed above.

 

CRH    9


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

LOGO

 

10    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Product Spread

Activities - Annualised production volumes1

 

Materials

  

Cement

   13.2 million tonnes2

Aggregates

   159.4 million tonnes2

Asphalt

   41.9 million tonnes2

Readymixed Concrete

   15.0 million cubic metres

Products

  

Structural/Precast Concrete

   7.7 million tonnes2

Architectural Concrete

   18.3 million tonnes2

Clay

   2.8 million tonnes2

Fencing & Security

   12.2 million lineal metres

Glass/Rooflights

   9.2 million square metres

Distribution

  

Builders Merchants

   677 stores

DIY

   243 stores

 

1 Throughout this document annualised volumes have been used which may vary from actual volumes produced and reflect the full-year impact of acquisitions made during the year.

 

2 Throughout this document tonnes denotes metric tonnes (i.e. 1,000 kilogrammes).

 

CRH    11


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Strategy

CRH strategy is to sustain and grow a geographically diversified business with exposure to all segments of construction demand, enabling CRH to achieve its vision of being a responsible international leader in building materials delivering superior performance and growth.

The Business Model

CRH strives to excel in its business operations, develops its people and builds regional market leadership positions across an actively managed portfolio, while through its federal structure, it levers large company resources with local company entrepreneurship. The portfolio is well balanced across geographies, sector end-uses, and both new and repair, maintenance and improvement (RMI) construction, thus providing exposure to multiple demand drivers which help smooth the effects of varying economic cycles. Through a rigorous approach to capital allocation and a strong focus on cash generation, CRH reinvests in its existing assets and acquires well-run, value-creating businesses while seeking exposure to new development opportunities and creating platforms for future growth. In a fragmented industry, CRH typically acquires small to mid-sized companies which complement the existing network, and this is augmented from time to time with larger deals where we see compelling value. This sustainable business model and overall strategic approach enables CRH to deliver superior performance and growth through the business cycle.

In 2010, CRH employed approximately 75,000 people at 3,600 operating locations in 35 countries worldwide; 17 developed-world economies in Western Europe and North America which together delivered approximately 85% of Group EBITDA (as defined)*; and 18 developing economies in Central and Eastern Europe, the Mediterranean Basin, South America and Asia which together delivered approximately 15% of Group EBITDA (as defined)*.

Developed Economies

In the developed world, CRH’s strategic focus is to continue to reinvest in its established platforms for operational efficiency, product quality and customer service, and to develop these businesses further through bolt-on acquisitions which achieve vertical integration, bolster our strong long-term permitted reserves positions and fill out regional and product level positions. In Western Europe and North America, CRH has built a balanced portfolio of businesses which services the breadth of building materials demand from the fundamentals of heavy materials and elements to construct the frame, through value-added exterior products that complete the building envelope, to distribution channels which service construction fit-out and renewal. In many of its regions, CRH’s diverse business base is uniquely positioned to provide a broad product offering to the construction industry. While our heavyside building materials operations support the Group’s exposure to new build construction, the lightside of our product range enables CRH to participate in the growing RMI markets of mature economies.

Developing Economies

In developing economies, CRH’s strategy is to target premium assets as an initial footprint, usually in cement and often in partnership with strong local established businesses. We identify entry platforms that have well-located quality operations and good regional market positions and which have the potential to develop further downstream into integrated building materials businesses as construction markets become more sophisticated over time. In the mid-1990s, CRH applied this approach to its entry into the Polish market and today the Group is the leading integrated building materials company in Poland. CRH is now replicating this approach in its new platforms in India and China.

In China, CRH completed its first transaction in February 2007 with the purchase of Harbin Sanling Cement (capacity 0.65 million tonnes) in northeast China. In early 2009 we established a more significant position with the acquisition of a 26% associate shareholding in Yatai Building Materials (‘Yatai’), the leading player

 

12    CRH

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

in China’s northeastern provinces (Heilongjiang, Jilin and Liaoning) and a top ten cement supplier in China. Since early 2009 Yatai has increased its cement equivalent production capacity from 14 million tonnes to 26 million tonnes. Yatai continues to have strong ambitions to grow and is a primary consolidator of the cement industry in northeastern China.

In India, CRH entered the market in mid-2008 through a 50% joint venture partnership in My Home Industries Limited (MHIL), a cement producer headquartered in Hyderabad with modern production facilities, strong market positions and excellent reserves in central Andhra Pradesh. Since then, MHIL has increased annual cement production from 3 million tonnes to 4.2 million tonnes through the addition of a new grinding plant to expand its footprint to include the Orissa and West Bengal markets, and has further invested in a captive power plant to ensure security of energy supply.

CRH’s investment focus in Asia is driven by the creation of both long and short-term shareholder value. As the Chinese and Indian markets develop, more sophisticated construction markets will emerge and, as has been our experience in Eastern Europe, a wide range of value-added construction products will be required, enabling CRH to roll out a broader range of products across the industry.

 

CRH    13


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

CRH Executive Management Team Biographies

Myles Lee

Chief Executive

Myles Lee was appointed a CRH Board Director in November 2003. He joined CRH in 1982. Prior to this he worked in a professional accountancy practice and in the oil industry. He was appointed General Manager Finance in 1988 and to the position of Finance Director in November 2003. A civil engineer and chartered accountant, he has 29 years’ experience of the building materials industry and of CRH’s international expansion. He was appointed Group Chief Executive with effect from January 2009.

Albert Manifold

Chief Operating Officer

Albert Manifold was appointed Chief Operating Officer of CRH and to the CRH Board with effect from January 2009. He joined CRH in 1998. Prior to joining CRH he was Chief Operating Officer with a private equity group. He has held a variety of senior positions, including Finance Director of the Europe Materials Division and Group Development Director of CRH. Prior to his current appointment, he was Managing Director, Europe Materials.

Maeve Carton

Finance Director

Maeve Carton was appointed Finance Director and became a CRH Board Director in May 2010. Since joining CRH in 1988, she has held a number of roles in the Group Finance area and was appointed Group Controller in 2001 and Head of Group Finance in January 2009. She has broad-ranging experience of CRH’s reporting, control, budgetary and capital expenditure processes and has been extensively involved in CRH’s evaluation of acquisitions. Prior to joining CRH, she worked for a number of years as a chartered accountant in an international accountancy practice.

Mark Towe

Chief Executive Officer, Oldcastle, Inc.

Mark Towe was appointed a CRH Board Director with effect from July 2008. A United States citizen, he joined CRH in 1997. In 2000, he was appointed President of Oldcastle Materials, Inc. and became the Chief Executive Officer of this Division in 2006. He was appointed to his current position of Chief Executive Officer of Oldcastle, Inc. (the holding company for CRH’s operations in the Americas) in July 2008. With approximately 40 years’ experience in the building materials industry, he has overall responsibility for the Group’s aggregates, asphalt and readymixed concrete operations in the United States and its products and distribution businesses in the Americas.

Henry Morris

Managing Director CRH Europe Materials

Henry Morris, a mechanical engineer and MBA, joined Irish Cement Ltd. as a graduate. He held a number of operational roles in CRH’s cement business prior to his appointment as Managing Director of CRH’s Aerobord business in 1990. Henry left to join Barlo Group plc in 1993 and returned to CRH in 2001 as Regional Director, Finland and Switzerland. He was appointed Chief Operating Officer, Europe Materials in 2007 and Managing Director of the Europe Materials Division in January 2009.

 

14    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Erik Bax

Managing Director CRH Europe Products & Distribution

Erik Bax, a building and construction engineer and MBA, joined CRH in 1984 as Manager, New Business at Vaculux and was appointed Managing Director Vaculux in 1993. He subsequently held a number of senior positions in Europe Products & Distribution. Erik became Managing Director CRH Europe Building Products in 2003 and Managing Director CRH Europe Distribution in 2007. He was appointed Managing Director of CRH Europe Products & Distribution in 2010.

Doug Black

Chief Executive Officer Americas Materials

Doug Black, a mathematical science/civil engineer and MBA, joined CRH in 1995 as Vice President of Business Development and in 1996 helped establish the Oldcastle Distribution Division with the acquisition of Allied Building Products. Doug was President of Oldcastle Precast Southeast from 1996 to 2000, was promoted to Chief Operating Officer Oldcastle Architectural in 2000 and was President and Chief Executive Officer Oldcastle Architectural from 2002 to July 2006. Doug was appointed Chief Executive Officer Americas Materials in 2008 after two years serving as President of this Division.

Bill Sandbrook

Chief Executive Officer Americas Products & Distribution

Bill Sandbrook, a systems engineer and MBA, joined CRH in 1996 with the acquisition of Tilcon by Oldcastle Materials and was appointed President of Oldcastle Materials’ West Division in 2003. In 2006, Bill was promoted to Chief Executive Officer Oldcastle Architectural. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Americas Products & Distribution in 2008 and has responsibility for this Division’s operations in the United States, Canada and South America.

2010 Organisation and People

During the year both Máirtín Clarke, Managing Director Europe Products & Distribution, and Glenn Culpepper, Group Finance Director, resigned from the Group for personal reasons. Maeve Carton succeeded to the role of Group Finance Director while Erik Bax stepped up to lead Europe Products & Distribution. Maeve, who joined CRH in 1988, has held a number of roles in the Group Finance area, including Group Controller and more recently Head of Group Finance. Erik joined CRH in 1984 and has held a number of senior positions in Europe Products & Distribution, including Product Group Director Building Products, prior to his appointment as head of Distribution in 2007. Maeve and Erik have adapted to their new roles with energy and commitment to ensuring the effective ongoing functioning of the senior team and the wider organisation. These appointments resulted in some consequent changes, all of which were filled from within the Group.

The average number of employees for the past three financial years is disclosed in note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 120.

No significant industrial disputes have occurred at any of CRH’s factories or plants during the past five years. The Group believes that relations with its employees and labour unions are satisfactory.

 

CRH    15


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

The percentage of Group revenue and operating profit for each of the six reporting segments for 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

     2010      2009      2008  
      Revenue      Operating
profit
     Revenue      Operating
profit
     Revenue      Operating
profit
 

Share of revenue and operating profit

                 

Europe Materials1

     16%         36%         16%         27%         18%         34%   

Americas Materials

     26%         41%         25%         43%         24%         25%   

Europe Products

     16%         2%         17%         12%         18%         12%   

Americas Products

     14%         -3%         14%         2%         15%         13%   

Europe Distribution

     21%         19%         21%         14%         18%         11%   

Americas Distribution

     7%         5%         7%         2%         7%         5%   

Total

     100%         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%   
1 See “Business Operations in Europe Materials” below for details of non-European countries grouped with Europe for reporting purposes.

Business Operations in Europe Materials

Europe Materials is a major vertically-integrated producer of primary materials and value-added manufactured products operating in 20 countries. Europe Materials is actively involved in the Group’s development efforts in Asia. Its principal products are cement, aggregates, readymixed concrete, concrete products, asphalt and lime. Major markets are Poland, Finland, Switzerland, Spain, Portugal, Ukraine and Ireland together with India and China in Asia and Turkey in the Mediterranean. In total, Europe Materials employs approximately 11,700 people at over 650 operating locations.

 

Products and
Services
   Location2    Annualised production volumes3  

Cement4

   China, Finland, India (50%), Ireland, Lebanon (25%), Netherlands, Poland, Portugal (49%), Switzerland, Tunisia (49%), Turkey (50%), Ukraine      13.2 million tonnes   

Aggregates

   Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Latvia, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal (49%), Slovakia, Spain, Switzerland, Ukraine      52.2 million tonnes   

Asphalt

   Finland, Ireland, Poland, Switzerland      2.9 million tonnes   

Readymixed Concrete4

   Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Latvia, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal (49%), Russia, Spain, Switzerland, Tunisia (49%), Turkey (50%)      9.7 million cubic metres   

Lime

   Ireland, Poland      1.9 million tonnes   

Concrete Products

   Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Poland, Portugal (49%), Spain, Tunisia (49%), Ukraine      5.3 million tonnes   

 

2 Percentages indicate ownership by CRH where this is less than 100%.

 

3 Throughout this document tonnes denotes metric tonnes (i.e. 1,000 kilogrammes).

 

4 CRH share of annualised production volumes. Cement and readymixed concrete volumes above exclude CRH’s 26.3% share of Uniland in Spain, 25% share of Mashav in Israel and 26% share of Yatai Building Materials in China. CRH’s share of annualised production volumes for these businesses amounts to approximately 7.2m tonnes of cement and 0.6m cubic metres of readymixed concrete.

 

16    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     35     

Non-residential

     25   New Construction      80

Infrastructure

     40   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      20

Total

     100 %    Total      100 % 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Cement is a primary building material used in the construction industry. It is manufactured by heating limestone with small quantities of other materials in a kiln through a carefully controlled chemical process that is capital-intensive. Cement is used principally as a binding agent to bind other materials together - its most common use is to mix it with sand, stone or other aggregates and water to form concrete. Cement customers primarily comprise concrete producers and merchants supplying construction contractors and others. Where CRH has cement and concrete operations, a significant portion of cement sales would typically be supplied to those operations. While cement or clinker may be imported from other countries, competition comes mainly from other large cement producers located within each country. CRH’s cement activities in the Netherlands relate to cement transport and trading.

Aggregates are naturally occurring sand, gravel or crushed stone deposits such as granite, limestone and sandstone. Limestone reserves, which are used to supply cement plants, are located at or near each plant and are generally owned by CRH. In Finland, CRH buys the aggregates raw materials for its two cement plants as the Group does not own limestone reserves near the plants. For additional information on the location and adequacy of all of the Group’s mineral reserves, see the Property, Plants and Equipment section on pages 25 to 27.

Aggregates, asphalt and related services are sold principally to local governmental highway authorities and to contractors, while readymixed concrete and concrete products (manufactured mainly at locations with aggregates on site and including block, masonry, pipe, rooftiles and paving) are sold to both the public and private construction sectors. Competition comes mainly from other large aggregates, asphalt, readymixed concrete and concrete products producers, as well as from a variety of smaller manufacturers in local economies.

The division is organised geographically by country/region.

Joint Venture Interests

CRH holds 49% of Secil, a Portuguese manufacturer of cement and readymixed concrete acquired by CRH in 2004, and has joint management control of this business. In Portugal, Secil operates three integrated cement plants, a number of readymixed concrete plants and hard rock quarries, and produces precast concrete products and mortars. Secil is also a prominent producer of cement in southeastern Tunisia and has 51% investments in an integrated cement plant in Lebanon and a cement grinding operation located in the south of Angola.

CRH holds 50% joint venture stakes in Denizli Cimento, an integrated cement and readymixed concrete business in Turkey, and in My Home Industries Limited (“MHIL”), a cement producer headquartered in Hyderabad serving the Andhra Pradesh region of Southeast India.

Associate Interests

CRH has a 26.3% equity stake in Corporación Uniland S.A. (“Uniland”), a major Spanish manufacturer of cement, readymixed concrete, mortar and aggregates with additional cement and readymixed concrete interests in Tunisia.

CRH has a 25% equity interest in Mashav, the holding company for the sole producer of cement in Israel.

 

CRH    17


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

In 2009, CRH acquired a 26% stake in Yatai Building Materials Company’s cement operations (Yatai Cement), with cement and grinding plants in Jilin, Heilongjiang and Liaoning provinces in northeastern China.

Business Operations in Americas Materials

Americas Materials operates in 44 states in the United States. Operations are geographically organised, segmented into East and West sectors, each containing regional business units. It operates integrated aggregates, asphalt and readymixed concrete operations throughout the US with strategically located long-term aggregates reserves. The business is further integrated into asphalt paving services. Americas Materials employs approximately 17,800 people at close to 1,200 operating locations.

 

Products and Services    Annualised production volumes

Aggregates

   107.2 million tonnes

Asphalt

   39.0 million tonnes

Readymixed Concrete

   5.3 million cubic metres

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     10     

Non-residential

     25   New Construction      35

Infrastructure

     65   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      65

Total

     100 %    Total      100 % 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

The Division is the largest asphalt producer, the third-largest aggregates producer and one of the top-five readymixed concrete producers in the US. For additional information on the location and adequacy of all of the Group’s mineral reserves, see the Property, Plants and Equipment section on pages 25 to 27.

The Division is broadly self-sufficient in aggregates and its principal purchased raw materials are liquid asphalt and cement used in the manufacturing of asphalt and readymixed concrete respectively. These raw materials are available from a number of suppliers. There is a continued focus on improving bitumen and energy purchasing and we continue to source the lowest cost alternative energy for use in asphalt production.

Federal, state and local government authority road and infrastructural projects awarded by public bid represent a significant proportion of work carried out by the Division. The Division also has a broad commercial base, supplying stone, readymixed concrete and asphalt for industrial, office, shopping mall and private residential development and refurbishment.

In late 2007, CRH entered into a joint venture agreement to build a US$200 million, 1.1 million tonne cement plant in Florida. This cement plant was completed in 2009.

The Americas Materials Division is organised geographically into East and West, containing four and three divisions respectively.

East:

Northeast (including operations in New England, New York, New Jersey and Connecticut);

Mid-Atlantic (Pennsylvania, Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, Maryland, Kentucky, eastern Tennessee and North Carolina);

Central (Ohio, Indiana and Michigan); and

Southeast (Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina and Florida).

 

18    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

West:

Central West (Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Mississippi, western Tennessee, Missouri, Kansas, Iowa, Nebraska, Minnesota, Illinois and South Dakota);

Mountain West (Colorado, Wyoming, Utah, Montana, New Mexico, southern Idaho, Nevada and Arizona); and

Northwest (Washington, Oregon and northern Idaho).

Business Operations in Europe Products

Europe Products is organised as three groups of related manufacturing businesses involved in concrete, clay and building products. It operates in 19 European countries with the Netherlands, Belgium, the UK, Germany, France and Switzerland being its major markets. Europe Products seeks leadership positions in the markets and sectors in which it operates and employs approximately 17,800 people at close to 400 operating locations.

 

Products and Services    Location    Annualised production volumes

Concrete Products

     

Architectural Concrete

   Benelux, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Slovakia, UK    5.4 million tonnes

Precast Concrete

   Benelux, Denmark, France, Hungary, Ireland, Poland, Romania, Switzerland, UK    6.6 million tonnes

Clay Products

   Benelux, Germany, Poland, UK    2.0 million tonnes

Building Products

     

Construction Accessories

   Benelux, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Norway, Poland, Spain, Switzerland, Sweden, UK    n/a

Building Envelope Products

   Benelux, France, Germany, Ireland, UK   

3.3 million lineal metres

0.8 million square metres

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     50     

Non-residential

     35   New Construction      70

Infrastructure

     15   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      30

Total

     100 %    Total      100 % 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Concrete Products

This group manufactures concrete products for two principal end-uses: pavers, tiles and blocks for architectural use, and floor and wall elements, beams and vaults for structural use. In addition, sand-lime bricks are produced for the residential market. Principal raw materials include cement, crushed stone and sand and gravel, all of which are readily available locally.

Clay Products

The Clay Products group principally produces clay facing bricks, pavers, blocks and rooftiles, with the Ibstock operation in the UK being the largest business.

 

 

CRH    19


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Building Products

The Building Products group is active in lightside building materials and is the European market leader in outdoor security and construction accessories.

The Construction Accessories group is a market leader in construction accessories in Europe, supplying metal-based accessories, including stainless steel fixing systems, for the construction and precast concrete industries.

The Fencing & Security business unit is mainly active in the non-residential construction market. The business unit comprises Fencing & Security (“F&S”), Shutters & Barriers (“S&B”), Access Control and Roller Shutters & Awnings (“RSA”) businesses which specialise in entrance control and climate control products. F&S, together with Access Control, is a supplier of security solutions, which includes designing and manufacturing fencing and security gate systems and supplying access control systems for the building industry, manufacturing industry, sports and recreational areas, power stations and airports. Raw materials for fencing and security gate manufacturing comprise steel, aluminium, reinforced glass fiber, chain-link fabric and barbed wire purchased from a variety of sources. The RSA group specialises in developing, assembling and distributing roller shutter and awning systems.

Following rigorous strategic analysis, we decided at the end of 2009 to exit the Insulation and Climate Control sectors as we no longer saw a route to becoming a pan-European leader in these segments. In November 2010 we reached agreement to sell the majority of our Insulation business and we expect the sale of our Climate Control businesses to be finalised by mid-2011.

Business Operations in Americas Products

Americas Products operates primarily in the United States and has a significant presence in Canada. Its sub-divisions Building Products (precast and architectural concrete, concrete accessories, clay, fencing products, packaged lawn and garden products, and packaged concrete mixes) and BuildingEnvelope™ solutions (glass and aluminium glazing systems) all have leading positions in national and regional markets. Americas Products is also a leading producer of clay building products in Argentina and operates glass fabrication businesses in Argentina and Chile. Employees total approximately 15,100 at close to 400 operating locations.

 

Products and Services    Location    Annualised production volumes

Architectural Concrete

   Canada, US    7.6 million tonnes

Clay

   Argentina, US    0.8 million tonnes
Precast Concrete, Pipe and Prestress Products    Canada, US    1.1 million tonnes

Glass Fabrication

 

Glazing Systems

   Argentina, Canada, Chile, US

 

Argentina, Canada, Chile, US

  

8.4 million square metres

 

18.6 thousand tonnes

Construction Accessories

   US    26.1 thousand tonnes

Fencing Products

   US    8.9 million lineal metres

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     55     

Non-residential

     40   New Construction      55

Infrastructure

     5   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      45

Total

     100   Total      100

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

20    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Building Products

Architectural Products (“APG”) , which is a leading North American producer of concrete masonry and hardscape products, packaged lawn and garden products, prepackaged cement mixes, clay brick and lightweight aggregates, services the US and eastern Canada from 197 operating locations in 38 states and two Canadian provinces. The residential and non-residential sectors combined account for 95% of APG’s output, a significant proportion of which is used in the RMI and DIY sectors. Competition for APG arises primarily from other locally-owned concrete products companies. Principal raw material supplies are readily available.

APG’s concrete masonry products are used for cladding and foundations. Hardscape products comprise pavers, retaining wall products and patio products.

Lawn and garden products, mainly bagged and bulk mulch, soil and specialty stone products, are marketed to major DIY and homecenter chains across the United States. Cementitious dry-mixes, marketed under the Sakrete® and ProSpec® brands, and lightweight aggregate are also important product lines. APG also includes Glen-Gery Corporation, a clay brick producer located primarily in the northeast and midwest regions of the United States.

APG also now includes Meadow Burke, which supplies thousands of specialised products used in concrete construction activities. Meadow Burke was formerly part of MMI.

The Precast group produces precast, prestressed and polymer concrete products, small plastic box enclosures and concrete pipe in the US and Canada with 135 locations in 25 states and the province of Quebec.

The most significant precast concrete products are underground vaults sold principally to water, electrical and telephone utilities. Other precast items include drainage and sanitary sewer products such as pipe, manholes, inlets and catch basins and street and highway products such as median barriers, culverts and short span bridges. In many instances, precast products are an alternative to poured-in-place concrete, which is a significant competing product. Plastic enclosures are also supplied to water, electrical and telephone utilities. Polymer trench is sold to the electric and railroad market.

The Building Systems and Modular group manufactures and installs pre-stressed concrete flooring plank, modular precast structures and other products. These products are used mainly in structures such as hotels, apartments, dormitories and prisons.

Concrete pipe is used for storm and sanitary sewer applications, which are largely local government projects. Competing materials include corrugated steel pipe and high-density polyethylene pipe in storm sewer applications and plastic pipe in sanitary sewer applications.

Precast also now includes the Merchants Metals operations, a leading manufacturer and distributer of fencing and related products, used by the residential, non-residential and infrastructure sectors. Merchants Metals was formerly part of MMI.

BuildingEnvelope™

BuildingEnvelope™ (“BE”) custom manufactures architectural glass and engineered aluminium glazing systems for multi-storey commercial, institutional and residential construction. With 4,000 people and 55 locations in 23 states and four Canadian provinces, BE is the largest supplier of high-performance glazing products and services in North America, delivering to all of the top 50 MSAs (Metropolitan Statistical Areas) in the US and Canada.

Tempered glass and engineered aluminium glazing systems are building products with major applications in the RMI construction sector and have a wide range of architectural applications. The architectural glass product range includes insulated, spandrel, laminated, security and sound control glass manufactured in a variety of shapes, thicknesses, colours and qualities. The engineered aluminium glazing systems product range includes a broad range of storefront and entrances, curtain wall, skylights and architectural windows.

 

CRH    21


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

South America

CRH operates five different companies in Argentina and Chile.

Canteras Cerro Negro is a clay roofing, wall and floor tiles producer. It owns two state-of-the-art production facilities in Olavarría and a greenfield manufacturing facility in Cordoba, which commenced production in 2009. Cormela, acquired during 2008, produces clay bricks at a facility in Campana, 60 kilometres (“km”) from Buenos Aires.

Superglass (Argentina) and Vidrios Dell Orto (Chile) fabricate tempered, laminated and insulated glass.

Comercial Duomo is a specialised construction products retailer and wholesaler in Chile which was acquired in 2008.

Business Operations in Europe Distribution

Europe Distribution encompasses professional builders’ merchants, sanitary, heating and plumbing distribution (SHAP) and Do-It-Yourself (DIY) stores. This Segment operates in eight European countries with the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, Austria, France and Switzerland being its major markets. Europe Distribution seeks leadership positions in the markets and sectors in which it operates and employs approximately 10,600 people at close to 750 operating locations.

 

Products and Services    Location1    Number of locations  

Builders Merchants

   Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Netherlands, Switzerland      501 branches   

DIY Stores

   Benelux, Germany, Portugal (50%) and Spain      243 stores   

 

1 Percentages indicate percentage ownership by CRH where this is less than 100.

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     80   New Construction      35

Non-residential

     20   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      65

Total

     100   Total      100

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Builders Merchants

Professional Builders Merchants caters to the heavyside sector selling a range of bricks, cement, roofing and other building products mainly to small and medium-sized builders. Competition in merchanting is encountered primarily from other merchanting chains and local individual merchants. In Switzerland, the Group has a strong position as the largest builders merchant and the only country-wide supplier of sanitary ware, heating and plumbing (“SHAP”) products. CRH is a major regional distributor in France, with 105 locations. In Germany, CRH acquired an additional 50% of Bauking, in which CRH already had a 47.82% stake. Bauking is a major regional player in the northwest of the country with 77 locations. Sax, acquired during 2010, is a leading SHAP distributor in Belgium with 9 locations.

In addition, CRH holds a 21.13% associate stake in Samse S.A., a publicly-quoted distributor of building materials to the merchanting sector in the Rhône-Alpes region and a 35.02% associate investment in Trialis, the leading independent builders merchant in southwest France.

 

22    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

DIY

The DIY Europe platform operates under five different brands: GAMMA (the Netherlands and Belgium), Karwei (the Netherlands), Hagebau (Germany), Maxmat (Portugal) and BricoHouse (Spain) selling to DIY enthusiasts and home improvers. CRH operates 134 Karwei and GAMMA DIY stores in the Netherlands and 19 GAMMA stores in Belgium. The stores operate within the Intergamma franchise organisation, the largest DIY group in the Benelux. Buying and advertising is undertaken by Intergamma, which is owned by its franchisees. In Germany, Bauking operates 51 DIY stores under the brand name Hagebau. In Portugal, Maxmat is a 50% joint venture cash and carry DIY chain with 34 stores. CRH has decided to divest the 5 DIY stores in Spain operating in the Alicante/Valencia region.

Business Operations in Americas Distribution

Americas Distribution operates primarily in the United States. Its sub-divisions - Exterior and Interior Products - have leading positions in national and regional markets. Employees total approximately 3,200 at close to 180 operating locations.

 

Products and Services    Location      Number of branches  

Exterior Products (Roofing/Siding)

     US         131 branches   

Interior Products

     US         45 branches   

 

Product end-use (EBITDA (as defined)* basis)               

Residential

     55   New Construction      45

Non-residential

     45   Repair, Maintenance & Improvement (“RMI”)      55

Total

     100   Total      100

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Oldcastle Distribution, trading primarily as Allied Building Products (“Allied”), is a large distributor in the Roofing/Siding segment in the United States. Demand is largely influenced by residential and commercial replacement activity, with the key products having an average life span of roughly 25 years. Allied’s Interior Products segment accounts for approximately 40% of annualised Distribution sales. The primary customers are drywall contractors who are mainly involved in new residential and new commercial construction.

 

CRH    23


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Recent Growth & Development

During the year ended 31 December 2008, CRH spent a total of 1 billion on 53 acquisition and investment transactions. The Group completed its first transaction in India during the year, acquiring a 50% shareholding in My Home Industries Limited, a cement producer headquartered in Hyderabad with annual production capacity of 3 million tonnes from modern facilities. In Europe, the Group acquired its first subsidiary in Hungary with the purchase of Ferrobeton, a precast concrete elements producer operating four plants in Hungary and one in Slovakia, which manufacture a similar product range to the Group’s pre-existing operations in Romania. The European construction accessories business was expanded with the acquisition of Ancon, a UK-based designer and manufacturer of a range of stainless steel fixing systems, with operations in continental Europe, the Middle East and Australia. The Distribution group acquired an initial 35% shareholding in Trialis, an independent regional builders merchant operating 190 branches in central, south and southwest France. These four transactions accounted for 53% of the acquisition spend in 2008. Americas Materials completed 19 bolt-on transactions expanding its network of locations. In the Americas Products & Distribution division, seven bolt-on transactions were completed across Precast, Architectural Products and MMI operations while Distribution completed one transaction in its exterior products business.

Acquisition and investment spend amounted to 0.5 billion in 2009 on a total of 17 transactions. First-half expenditure of 0.3 billion included the purchase of a 26% associate stake in Yatai Cement, the leading cement manufacturer in northeastern China, plus six other acquisitions across the Group’s Materials and Distribution segments. Second-half spending of 0.2 billion principally comprised four important bolt-on transactions in the Americas Materials Division completed in November/December plus six smaller Materials transactions in Poland, China and the US.

Total acquisition spend (including debt acquired and deferred and contingent acquisition consideration) for 2010 was 567 million, which included 28 traditional bolt-on acquisitions contributing incremental annualised sales of 0.8 billion, of which 0.2 billion has been reflected in the 2010 results. First half expenditure of 159 million included 13 acquisitions across the Materials segments of the Group’s businesses in Europe and the United States, and a further investment in northeastern China where an associate, Yatai Building Materials, continued to expand its position.

The second half of the year saw a welcome pick-up in the pace of development activity with total expenditure of 408 million. This included a series of nine further bolt-on acquisitions by the Americas Materials business, extending their geographic reach; in total in 2010, acquisitions by this Division added a total of 579 million tonnes of well-located aggregates reserves across the United States. In Europe in the second half of the year, the Group added to its materials footprint in Switzerland, and, with the buyout of an additional 50% of the Bauking joint venture, substantially expanded the Group’s presence in the attractive German distribution market.

 

24    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Property, Plants and Equipment

At 25 March 2011, CRH and its joint ventures had a total of 2,662 building materials production locations and had a total of 920 Merchanting & DIY locations. 2,134 locations are leased, with the remaining 1,448 locations held on a freehold basis. Further details on locations and products produced are provided in the Business Overview section. None of CRH’s individual properties are of material significance to the Group.

The most significant subsidiary locations are the cement facilities in Ireland, Finland, Poland, Switzerland and Ukraine. The capacity for these locations is as follows:

 

Subsidiary    Country    No. of Plants    Clinker Capacity
(tonnes per hour)

Irish Cement

   Ireland    2    480

Finnsementti

   Finland    2    204

Grupa Ożarów

   Poland    1    379

JURA-Holding

   Switzerland    2    104

OJSC Podilsky Cement

   Ukraine    1    355

CRH believes that all the facilities are in good condition, adequate for their purpose and suitably utilised according to the individual nature and requirements of the relevant operations. CRH has a continuing programme of improvements and replacements to properties when considered appropriate to meet the needs of the individual operations. Further information in relation to the Company’s accounting policy and process governing any impairment of property, plant and equipment is given on pages 105 and 106 and in note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 129.

In Poland, CRH operates a modern dry-process kiln at Ożarów, approximately 170 km south east of Warsaw, with a total annual clinker production capacity of 2.8 million tonnes. Management is reviewing the timing of the requirement for additional cement capacity in Poland, and accordingly further expenditure has been postponed on the expansion project at Ożarów which was announced in 2007.

The Group operates one wet-process cement plant in southwest Ukraine which produced 1.3 million tonnes of cement in 2010. An investment of 210 million to convert the wet-process cement plant in southwest Ukraine to dry-process is ongoing; this project, the first-ever Joint Implementation Project registered by the United Nations, is expected to deliver significant efficiency savings and reduced CO2 emissions when commissioned in 2011.

In December 2008, Irish Cement completed a 200 million investment project at its major cement facility near Dublin. The investment has created an ultra-modern, energy-efficient plant meeting world best practice emissions standards.

In 2009, the Company’s joint venture American Cement Company completed construction of a 3,000 tonne-per-day cement plant in Central Florida.

 

CRH    25


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Mineral Reserves

The Group’s reserves for the production of primary building materials (which encompass cement, lime, aggregates (stone and sand & gravel), clay products, asphalt, readymixed concrete and concrete products) fall into a variety of categories spanning a wide number of rock types and geological classifications - see the table on the next page setting out the activities with reserves backing.

Reserve estimates are generally prepared by third-party experts (i.e. geologists or engineers) prior to acquisition; this procedure is a critical component in the Group’s due diligence process in connection with any acquisition. Subsequent to acquisition, estimates are typically updated by company engineers and/or geologists and are reviewed annually by corporate and/or Divisional staff. However, where deemed appropriate by management, in the context of large or strategically important deposits, the services of third-party consultant geologists and/or engineers may be employed to validate reserves quantities outside of the aforementioned due diligence framework on an ongoing basis. The Group has not employed third-parties to review reserves over the three-year period ending 31 December 2010 other than in business combination activity and specific instances where such review was warranted.

Reserve estimates are subject to annual review by each of the relevant operating entities across the Group. The estimation process distinguishes between owned and leased reserves segregated into permitted and unpermitted as appropriate and includes only those permitted reserves which are proven and probable. The term “permitted” reserves refers to those tonnages which can currently be mined without any environmental or legal constraints. Permitted owned reserve estimates are based on estimated recoverable tonnes whilst permitted leased reserve estimates are based on estimated total recoverable tonnes which may be extracted over the term of the lease contract.

Proven and probable reserve estimates are based on recoverable tonnes only and are thus stated net of estimated production losses and other matters factored into the computation (e.g. required slopes/benches). In order for reserves to qualify for inclusion in the “proven and probable” category, the following conditions must be satisfied:

 

   

The reserves must be homogeneous deposits based on drill data and/or local geology; and

 

   

The deposits must be located on owned land or on land subject to long-term lease.

None of CRH’s mineral-bearing properties are individually material to the Group.

 

26    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Activities with Reserves Backing*1

 

    

Physical

location

   

Number

of
quarries
/pits

    Property  acreage
(hectares)
2
    Proven
&
probable
reserves
3
    Years to
depletion
4
    Percentage of mineral
reserves by
rock type
    2010
Annualised
extraction
5
 
      Owned     Leased         Hard
rock
    Sand &
gravel
    Other    

Europe Materials

                   

Cement

    Ireland        2        249        -        132        60        100     -        -        1.5   
    Poland       2        256        -        72        20        97     -        3     3.5   
    Switzerland       3        162        -        12        9        95     -        5     1.3   
    Ukraine       3        256        -        105        51        69     -        31     0.7   
    Other       19        617        489        495        82        68     -        32     6.2   

Aggregates

    Finland        156        440        340        164        8        62     38     -        18.9   
    Ireland       92        4,623        72        860        44        83     17     -        12.8   
    Poland       13        1,575        206        274        35        56     44     -        8.7   
    Spain       8        68        197        108        49        100     -        -        1.6   
    Other       34        415        252        331        32        85     15     -        10.2   

Lime

    Ireland / Poland        3        466        -        51        33        100     -        -        1.3   

Subtotals

            335        9,127        1,556        2,604                78     15     7        

Americas Materials

                   

Aggregates

    East        251        23,188        4,415        7,136        99        89     11     -        62.6   
    West       413        19,419        15,106        4,446        91        42     58     -        44.7   

Cement

    American Cement        1        101        -        10        72        100     -        -        0.2   

Subtotals

            665        42,708        19,521        11,592                71     29     -           

Europe Products

                   

Clay

    UK, Poland        58        4,554        892        123        52        -        5     95     2.3   

Americas Products

                   

Clay

    United States        25        1,146        308        34        21        -        -        100     1.7   

Group totals

            1,083        57,535        22,277        14,353                72     26     2        

 

* CRH’s share of the reserves and the annualised production of its joint ventures are proportionately consolidated in the table.

 

1 The disclosures made in this category refer to those facilities which are engaged in on-site processing of reserves in the various forms.

 

2 1 hectare equals approximately 2.47 acres.

 

3 Where reserves are leased, the data presented above is restricted to include only that material which can be produced over the life of the contractual commitment inherent in the lease; the totals shown pertain only to amounts which are proven and probable. All of the proven and probable reserves are permitted and are quoted in millions of tonnes.

 

4 Years to depletion have been estimated by the Group’s geologists/engineers taking into account historical levels of production and development projects.

 

5 Annualised extraction is quoted in millions of tonnes.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

CRH generally owns or leases the real estate on which its main raw materials, namely aggregates and clay reserves, are found. CRH is a significant purchaser of certain important materials such as cement, bitumen, steel gas, fuel and other energy supplies, the cost of which can fluctuate significantly and consequently have an adverse impact on CRH’s business. CRH is not generally dependent on any one source for the supply of these materials, other than in certain jurisdictions with regard to the supply of gas and electricity. Competitive markets generally exist in the jurisdictions in which CRH operates for the supply of cement, bitumen, steel and fuel.

 

CRH    27


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

The Environment and Government Regulations

Introduction

The most important government regulations relevant to CRH as a building materials company are those environmental laws and regulations relevant to our extractive and production processes. In the European Union, operations are subject to national environmental laws and regulations, most of which now emanate from European Union Directives and Regulations. In the United States, operations are subject to Federal and State environmental laws and regulations. In other jurisdictions, national environmental laws apply.

Environmental Compliance Policy

In order to comply with the above suite of environmental regulations affecting its operations, CRH has developed the following Group environmental policy, approved by the CRH Board and applied across all Group companies, which is to:

 

   

comply, at a minimum, with all applicable environmental legislation and continually improve our environmental stewardship towards industry best practice;

 

   

ensure that our employees and contractors respect their environmental responsibilities;

 

   

proactively address the challenges and opportunities of climate change;

 

   

optimise our use of energy and resources through efficiency gains and recycling;

 

   

promote environmentally-driven product innovation and new business opportunities; and

 

   

be good neighbours in the many communities in which we operate.

Achieving our environmental policy objectives at all our locations is a management imperative; this line responsibility continues right up to CRH Board level. Daily responsibility for ensuring that the Group’s environmental policy is effectively implemented lies with individual location managers, assisted by a network of Environmental Liaison Officers (“ELOs”). At each year-end, the ELOs assist the Group Technical Advisor and his team in carrying out a detailed assessment of Group environmental performance, which is reviewed by the CRH Board.

Addressing Climate Change

CRH recognises that climate change is a major challenge facing humanity and is committed to playing its part in developing practical solutions. CRH is a core member of the Cement Sustainability Initiative (“CSI”) of the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (“WBCSD”). The CSI is a voluntary initiative by 24 of the world’s major cement producers, promoting greater sustainability in the cement industry.

In 2007, CRH committed to a 15% reduction in its specific CO2 cement plant emissions by 2015 compared with the 1990 specific emissions for the same portfolio of plants. This reduction is on track, and is being achieved through major capital investment programmes in its cement activities.

CRH is operating successfully within the National Allocation Plans under the European Emissions Trading Scheme through actively implementing carbon reduction strategies. Through relevant trade associations and the CSI of the WBCSD, CRH is actively engaged in industry initiatives to develop appropriate carbon mitigation strategies post 2012.

CRH has implemented capital expenditure programmes in its cement operations in Europe to reduce carbon emissions in the context of the European Union commitment to reduce Greenhouse Gas emissions by 20% by 2020. The European Union is committed to increasing this target to 30% should an international agreement be concluded. Achieving such reductions would represent a significant extra constraint on cement operations in Europe.

 

28    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

US Federal and State laws are developing proactively to address carbon emissions. The Group will incur costs in monitoring and reporting emissions. Ultimately a “cap and trade” scheme may be implemented and may impact on the Group’s current cement operation in the US and depending on the scope of the legislation, could significantly impact asphalt operations in the US.

Possible Environmental Liabilities

At 25 March 2011, there were no material pending legal proceedings relating to environmental regulations or to site remediation which are anticipated to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations or liquidity of the Group, nor have internal reviews revealed any situations of likely material future environmental liability to the Group.

Governmental Policies

The overall level of government capital expenditures and the allocation by state entities of available funds to different projects as well as interest rate and tax policies directly affect the overall levels of construction activity. The terms and general availability of government permits required to conduct Group business also has an impact on the scope of Group operations. As a result such governmental decisions and policies can have a significant impact on the operating results of the Group.

Legal Proceedings

Group companies are parties to various legal proceedings, including some in which claims for damages have been asserted against the companies. Having taken appropriate advice, we believe that the aggregate outcome of such proceedings will not have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Seasonality and Weather Patterns

Activity in the construction industry is characterised by cyclicality and is dependent to a significant extent on the seasonal impact of weather in the Group’s operating locations with activity in some markets reduced significantly in winter due to inclement weather.

Research & Development

Research and development is not a significant focus of CRH’s business. CRH’s policy is to expense all research and development costs as they occur.

 

CRH    29


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Risk Factors

This section describes the principal risks and uncertainties that could affect the Group’s business. The risks and uncertainties listed below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this Form 20-F and the cautionary statements contained in the section Introduction and Performance Indicators - Forward Looking Statements.

A. Economic, strategic and operational risks

CRH operates in cyclical industries which are influenced by global and national economic circumstances and the level of construction activity. Severe weather can reduce construction activity and lead to a decrease in demand for the Group’s products in areas affected by adverse weather conditions. Financial performance is also impacted by government funding programmes (largely for infrastructure) and volatility in fuel and other commodity/raw material prices. The adequacy and timeliness of management response to unfavourable events (including, in particular, changes in volumes and prices) is critical.

The Group’s operating and financial performance is influenced by general economic conditions and the state of the residential, industrial and commercial and infrastructural construction markets in the countries in which it operates, particularly the European Union and North America. In general, economic uncertainty exacerbates negative trends in construction activity leading to postponement in orders. Construction markets are cyclical and are affected by many factors that are beyond the Group’s control, including:

 

   

the price of fuel and principal energy-related raw materials such as bitumen, steel and polystyrene bead (which in 2010, accounted for approximately 9% of annual Group sales revenues);

 

   

the performance of national economies in the 35 countries in which CRH operates;

 

   

monetary policies in the countries in which CRH operates - for example, an increase in interest rates typically reduces the volume of mortgage borrowings thus impacting residential construction activity;

 

   

the allocation of government funding for public infrastructure programmes, such as the development of highways in the United States under the “Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users”; and

 

   

the level of demand for construction materials and services with sustained adverse weather conditions leading to potential disruptions or curtailments in outdoor construction activity.

A continuation of or deterioration in the current strained global economic conditions may result in further general reductions in construction activity. Against this backdrop, the adequacy and timeliness of the actions taken by CRH’s management team are of critical importance in delivering financial performance.

Each of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s operating results and the market price of CRH’s securities.

As an international business, CRH operates in many countries with differing, and in some cases potentially fast-changing, economic, social and political conditions. Changes in these conditions or in the governmental and regulatory requirements in any of the countries in which CRH operates, and in particular in developing markets, may adversely affect CRH’s business thus leading to possible impairment of financial performance and/or restrictions on future growth opportunities amongst other matters.

CRH operates mainly in Western Europe and North America as well as, to a lesser degree, in developing countries/emerging markets in eastern Europe, South America, Turkey, China and India. The economies of these countries are at diverse stages of socioeconomic and macroeconomic development which could give rise to a number of risks and uncertainties; these would include the following:

 

   

changes in political, social or economic conditions;

 

   

trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

 

30    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

 

   

potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

 

   

labour practices and differing labour regulations;

 

   

ethical procurement;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; and

 

   

state-imposed restrictions on repatriation of funds.

CRH faces strong volume and price competition across its activities. Given the commodity nature of many of its products, market share, and thus financial performance, will decline if CRH fails to compete successfully.

The competitive environment in which the Group operates can be significantly impacted by general economic conditions in combination with local factors including the number of competitors, the degree of utilisation of production capacity and the specifics of product demand. Across the multitude of markets in which the Group conducts business, downward pricing pressure is experienced from time to time and the Group may not always be in a position to recover increased operating expenses (caused by factors such as increased fuel and raw material prices) through higher selling prices.

Existing products may be replaced by substitute products which CRH does not produce or distribute leading to losses in market share and constraints on financial performance.

A number of the products sold by CRH (both those manufactured internally and those distributed) compete with other building products that do not feature in CRH’s product range. Any significant replacement of the Group’s products by substitute products, which CRH does not produce or distribute, could adversely impact market share and results of operations in these markets.

Growth through acquisition is a key element of CRH’s strategy. CRH may not be able to continue to grow as contemplated in its business plan if it is unable to identify attractive targets, execute full and proper due diligence, raise funds on acceptable terms, complete such acquisition transactions, integrate the operations of the acquired businesses and realise anticipated levels of profitability and cash flows.

The Group’s acquisition strategy focuses on value-enhancing mid-sized acquisitions supplemented from time to time by larger strategic acquisitions into new markets or new building products, for example. As a result of the challenging trading backdrop to many of CRH’s businesses since the onset of the financial crisis, management’s focus continues to be limited to acquisition opportunities that offer compelling value and exceptional strategic fit.

The realisation of CRH’s acquisition strategy is dependent on the ability to identify and acquire suitable assets at appropriate prices thus satisfying the stringent cash flow and return on investment criteria underpinning such activity. CRH may not be able to identify such companies and, even if identified, may not be able to acquire them given a variety of factors including the outcome of due diligence processes, the ability to raise funds (as required) on acceptable terms, the need for competition authority approval in certain instances and competition for transactions from peers and other entities exploring acquisition opportunities in the building materials sector. The Group’s ability to realise the expected benefits from acquisition activity depends, in large part, on its ability to integrate newly-acquired businesses in a timely and effective manner. Even if CRH is able to acquire suitable companies, it still may not be able to incorporate them successfully into its legacy business and, accordingly, may be deprived of the expected benefits thus leading to potential dissipation and diversion of Group management resources.

 

CRH    31


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

CRH does not have a controlling interest in certain of the businesses (i.e. associates and joint ventures) in which it has invested and may invest; these arrangements may require greater management of more complex business partner relationships. In addition, CRH is subject to various restrictions as a result of non-controlling interests in certain of its subsidiaries.

Given the absence of control in associates and, to a lesser extent, joint ventures, important decisions such as the approval of business plans and the timing and amount of cash distributions and capital expenditure, for example, may require the consent of CRH’s partners or may be approved without CRH’s consent (despite provisions in the purchase contract). These limitations could impair CRH’s ability to effectively manage and/or realise its strategic goals for these businesses.

The majority of CRH’s subsidiaries are wholly-owned with any non-controlling interests (i.e. minority shareholders) accounting for an immaterial share of total equity where they arise. Various disadvantages may result from the participation of non-controlling interests whose objectives and concerns may not always align with those of CRH. The presence of non-controlling interests may, among other things, impede CRH’s ability to implement organisational efficiencies, transfer cash from one subsidiary to another and allocate assets in the most effective manner.

Given the decentralised structure of CRH, existing processes to recruit, develop and retain talented individuals and promote their mobility may be inadequate thus giving rise to difficulties in succession planning and potentially impeding the continued realisation of the Group’s core strategy of performance and growth.

The identification and subsequent assessment, management, development and deployment of talented individuals is of major importance in continuing to deliver on CRH’s core strategy of performance and growth and in ensuring that succession planning objectives for key executive roles throughout CRH’s international operations are satisfied. In recognition of these requirements, the human resource management framework focuses on the operation of integrated and targeted programmes of performance management, leadership development (including international assignments, where appropriate), coaching and mentoring inter alia; the appropriateness of these programmes is reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that they mirror best practices.

B. Financial and reporting risks

CRH uses financial instruments throughout its businesses thus giving rise to interest rate, foreign currency, credit/counterparty and liquidity risks. A downgrade of CRH’s credit ratings may give rise to increases in funding costs in respect of future debt and may impair the Group’s ability to raise funds on acceptable terms. In addition, insolvency of the financial institutions with which CRH conducts business (or a downgrade in their credit ratings) may lead to losses in CRH’s liquid investments, derivative assets and cash and cash equivalents balances or render it more difficult either to utilise its existing debt capacity or otherwise obtain financing for the Group’s operations.

CRH has incurred and will continue to incur significant amounts of debt in order to finance its business and ongoing acquisition programme. As at 31 December 2010, CRH had outstanding net indebtedness of 3.5 billion (2009: 3.7 billion). A significant portion of the cash generated from operational activity is dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness and is not available for other purposes. If CRH’s earnings were to decline significantly, difficulties may be experienced in servicing its debt instruments. In addition, in raising debt, CRH has entered into certain financing agreements containing restrictive covenants requiring CRH to maintain a certain minimum interest cover ratio, a certain maximum ratio of net debt to EBITDA (as defined)* and a minimum net worth and placing a maximum limit on the ratio of net debt to net worth. These restrictions may limit CRH’s flexibility in planning for and reacting to competitive pressures and changes in business, industry and general economic conditions and may limit its ability to undertake acquisition activity and capitalise on other business opportunities. For further information on financial covenants, please see the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of the Business Review (page 42).

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

32    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

CRH is exposed to movements in interest rates which affect the amount of interest paid on floating rate borrowings and the return generated on its cash investments. As at 31 December 2010, 75% of CRH’s net debt was at fixed interest rates. For additional information on the value of debt and the impact of movements in interest rates, see notes 21 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Any material deterioration in CRH’s existing credit ratings may significantly reduce its access to the debt markets and result in increased interest rates on future debt. A downgrade in CRH’s credit ratings may result from factors specific to CRH or from other factors such as general economic weakness or sovereign credit rating ceilings.

CRH holds significant cash balances on deposit with a variety of highly-rated financial institutions (typically invested on a short-term basis) which, together with liquid investments and cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2010, totalled 1.8 billion (2009: 1.4 billion). In addition to the above, CRH enters into derivative transactions with a variety of highly-rated financial institutions giving rise to derivative assets and derivative liabilities; the relevant balances as at 31 December 2010 were 208 million and 87 million respectively (2009: 249 million and 86 million). The counterparty risks inherent in these exposures may give rise to losses in the event that the relevant financial institutions suffer a ratings downgrade or become insolvent. In addition, certain of the Group’s activities (e.g. highway paving in the United States) give rise to significant amounts receivable from construction contracting counterparties at the balance sheet date; at year-end 2010, this balance was 0.4 billion (2009 0.4 billion). In the current business environment, there is increased exposure to counterparty default, particularly as regards bad debts.

CRH operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes in certain of its operating jurisdictions. The assets and liabilities of these schemes may exhibit significant period-on-period volatility attributable primarily to asset valuations, changes in bond yields and longevity. In addition to future service contributions, significant cash contributions may be required to remediate past service deficits.

The assumptions used in the recognition of assets, liabilities, income and expenses (including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in future compensation levels, mortality rates and healthcare cost trend rates) are updated annually based on market and economic conditions at the balance sheet date and for any relevant changes to the terms and conditions of the pension and post-retirement plans. These assumptions can be affected by (i) for the discount rate, changes in the rates of return on high-quality fixed income investments; (ii) for the expected return on plan assets, changes in the pension plans’ strategic asset allocations to various investment types or to long-term return trend rates in the capital markets in which the pension fund assets are invested; (iii) for future compensation levels, future labour market conditions and anticipated inflation; (iv) for mortality rates, changes in the relevant actuarial funding valuations or changes in best practice; and (v) for healthcare cost trend rates, the rate of medical cost inflation in the relevant regions (items (i) and (iii) to (v) pertain to liabilities with item (ii) pertaining to assets. The weighted average actuarial assumptions used and sensitivity analysis in relation to the discount rates employed in the determination of pension and other post-retirement liabilities and the expected long-term rate of return on scheme assets are disclosed on pages 151 and 152. A prolonged period of financial market instability would have an adverse impact on the valuations of CRH’s pension scheme assets.

In addition, a number of the defined benefit pension schemes in operation throughout the Group have reported material funding deficits thus necessitating reparation either in accordance with legislative requirements or as agreed with the relevant regulators. These obligations are reflected in the employer contributions disclosure on page 156. The extent of such contributions may be exacerbated over time as a result of a prolonged period of instability in worldwide financial markets.

In its worldwide insurance programme, the Group carries appropriate levels of insurance for typical business risks (including product liability) with various leading insurance companies. However, in the event of the failure of one or more of its insurance counterparties, the Group could be impacted by losses where recovery from such counterparties is not possible.

The Group’s insurance arrangements retain certain exposures in respect of a variety of liability/casualty insurances and property damage and business interruption insurance; amounts in excess of these

 

CRH    33


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

predetermined self-insurance thresholds, together with umbrella arrangements, as appropriate, are arranged through leading, highly-rated global insurers and re-insurers giving rise to counterparty risks. The exposures borne by third-parties are, in general, subject to caps with any exposures in excess of those caps being borne by CRH. As at 31 December 2010, the total insurance provision, which is subject to periodic actuarial valuation and is discounted, amounted to 207 million (2009: 201 million); a substantial proportion of this figure pertained to claims which are classified as “incurred but not reported”.

CRH’s activities are conducted primarily in the local currency of the country of operation resulting in low levels of foreign currency transactional risk. The principal foreign exchange risks to which the Consolidated Financial Statements are exposed pertain to adverse movements in reported results when translated into euro (which is the Group’s functional and reporting currency) together with declines in the euro value of the Group’s net investments which are denominated in a wide basket of currencies other than the euro.

A significant proportion of the Group’s revenues, expenses assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than the euro, principally US Dollars, Swiss Francs, Polish Zlotys and Pounds Sterling. From year to year, adverse changes in the exchange rates used to translate these and other foreign currencies into euro have impacted and will continue to impact the Group’s consolidated results and net worth. It is the Group’s policy to hedge partially its investment in foreign currencies by ensuring that net worth, net debt and net interest are spread across the currencies in which the Group operates, but otherwise CRH does not generally engage in hedging transactions to reduce Group exposure to foreign exchange translation risk. For additional information on the impact of foreign exchange movements on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2010, see the Business Review section commencing on page 37 and notes 21 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Significant under-performance in any of CRH’s major cash-generating units may give rise to a material write-down of goodwill which would have a substantial impact on the Group’s income and equity.

An acquisition generates goodwill to the extent that the price paid by CRH exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Under IFRS, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortised but are subject to annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets deemed separable from goodwill arising on acquisitions are amortised. A detailed discussion of the impairment testing process, the key assumptions used, the results of that testing and the related sensitivity analysis is contained in note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 131 and 132.

Whilst a goodwill impairment charge would not impact cash flow, a full write-down at 31 December 2010 would have resulted in a charge to income and a reduction in equity of 4.1 billion (2009: 3.9 billion).

C. Compliance and regulatory risks

CRH is subject to stringent and evolving laws, regulations, standards and best practices in the area of Corporate Social Responsibility (comprising corporate governance, environmental management and climate change (specifically capping of emissions), health and safety management and social performance) which may give rise to increased ongoing remediation and/or other compliance costs and may adversely affect the Group’s reported results and financial condition.

CRH is subject to a broad and increasingly stringent range of existing and evolving governance, environmental, health and safety and other laws, regulations, standards and best practices in each of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates giving rise to significant compliance costs, potential legal liability exposure and potential limitations on the development of the Group’s operations. These laws, regulations, standards and best practices relate to, amongst other things, climate change, noise, emissions to air, water and soil, the use and handling of hazardous materials and waste disposal practices. Given the above, the risk of increased environmental and other compliance costs and unplanned capital expenditure is inherent in CRH’s business and the impact of future developments in these respects on the Group’s activities, products, operations, profitability and cash flow cannot be estimated; there can therefore be no assurance that material liabilities and costs will not be incurred in the future.

 

34    CRH


Table of Contents

Description of the Group

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

 

 

 

Environmental and health and safety and other laws, regulations and standards may expose CRH to the risk of substantial costs and liabilities, including liabilities associated with assets that have been sold and activities that have been discontinued. In addition, many of CRH’s manufacturing sites have a history of industrial use and, while CRH applies strict environmental operating standards and undertakes extensive environmental due diligence in relation to acquisitions, some soil and groundwater contamination has occurred in the past at a limited number of sites; the associated remediation costs incurred to date have not been material. Despite CRH’s policy and efforts to comply with all applicable environmental laws, CRH may face remediation liabilities and legal proceedings concerning environmental matters.

Based on information currently available, CRH has budgeted capital and revenue expenditures for environmental improvement projects and has established reserves for known environmental remediation liabilities that are probable and reasonably capable of estimation. These figures are not material in the context of CRH. However, CRH cannot predict environmental matters with certainty and Group budgeted amounts and established reserves may not be adequate for all purposes. In addition, the development or discovery of new facts, events, circumstances or conditions, including future decisions to close plants, which may trigger remediation liabilities, and other developments such as changes in law or increasingly strict enforcement by governmental authorities, could result in increased costs and liabilities or prevent or restrict some of the Group’s operations, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on CRH’s reputation, business, results of operations and overall financial condition.

For additional information see The Environment and Government Regulations section on pages 28 and 29.

CRH is subject to many laws and regulations (both local and international) throughout the many jurisdictions in which it operates and is thus exposed to changes in those laws and regulations and to the outcome of any investigations conducted by governmental, international and other regulatory authorities, which may result in the imposition of fines and/or sanctions for non-compliance.

CRH is subject to various statutes, regulations and laws applicable to businesses generally in the countries and markets in which it operates. These include statutes, regulations and laws affecting land usage, zoning, labour and employment practices, competition, financial reporting, taxation, anti-bribery, anti-corruption, governance and other matters. CRH mandates that its employees comply with its Code of Business Conduct which stipulates best practice in relation to regulatory matters; however, CRH cannot guarantee that its operating units will at all times be successful in complying with all demands of regulatory agencies in a manner which will not materially adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

CRH    35


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS REVIEW

 

 

 

 

 

 

36    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of CRH that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The terms “ongoing”, “organic”, “underlying”, “like-for-like” and “heritage” have the same meaning in the discussion that follows.

Summary of 2010 Results

Trading in the first half of 2010 was especially difficult with weather conditions in the early months even more severe than in the weather-affected first quarter of 2009. Reported sales revenues for the first half declined by 8% (10% excluding acquisition and exchange translation effects), EBITDA (as defined)* fell 20% and operating profit and profit before tax were down 51% and 77% respectively.

The second half of 2010 showed a moderation in the rate of decline. Second half sales were ahead of second half 2009 (down 3.5% excluding acquisitions and translation effects), while EBITDA (as defined)* declined by 5%; operating profit was down 19% and profit before tax 18% lower than the second half of 2009.

Europe Materials benefited from cost reduction measures and trading in CO2 allowances which resulted in EBITDA (as defined)* and operating profit levels close to 2009 levels. Pricing generally was more challenging than in 2009 even in those markets which enjoyed good volume growth. Europe Products & Distribution saw operating profits fall by approximately 40% with practically all the decline attributable to Products activities. Once again repair, maintenance & improvement (RMI) oriented Distribution operations proved more resilient with operating profit only marginally below 2009 levels.

Americas Materials benefited from infrastructure projects funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act. However, weaker than expected third quarter activity levels in markets supported totally by State and Municipal funds led to a sharp revision in our full year expectations for the Division and to a decline of 29% in full year operating profit in euro terms.

Our Products operations in the Americas which rely predominantly on US residential and non-residential construction suffered severely. This, combined with impairment charges, was only partly offset by a much-improved performance in RMI-oriented Distribution activities, and resulted in operating profit for the Americas Products & Distribution Division well below 2009.

Throughout the year our management teams Group-wide continued to build on the cost reduction and operational excellence initiatives commenced in 2007 (see page 54). Cumulative annualised savings from these cost actions over the five years 2007 to 2011 are estimated at 2.0 billion. These painful but necessary adjustments have been essential in protecting profitability and cash flow and in positioning the Group for eventual recovery in our markets.

2011 Outlook

The rate of decline in like-for-like Group revenues moderated progressively through the second half of 2010 with third and fourth quarter falls of 4% and 2% respectively. Revenues to date in 2011 show a good improvement on 2010, although being early in the year these trends must be regarded with caution particularly against the background of the very severe weather conditions experienced in early 2010.

In Europe, the outlook for our markets in Ireland and the Iberian Peninsula remains extremely challenging. However, we expect good 2011 demand growth in Finland, Poland, Germany, Switzerland and Austria with the outlook being somewhat flatter in the UK, Benelux and France. In the United States, there is continuing

 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

CRH    37


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

evidence that new residential construction activity has bottomed. Recent non-residential indicators suggest a return to growth in 2012, meanwhile we expect to see further, though moderating, declines in this sector in 2011. We expect that the current US Federal budgetary deadlock will be resolved over the coming weeks providing more certainty regarding highway funding levels for 2011. Against this background, we expect that volumes in our public infrastructure end-use markets are likely to be slightly down in 2011. Our interests in China and Turkey should see further progress in 2011, while cement pricing in India is likely to remain challenging.

Overall demand across the Group appears to have stabilised in the past three months and, assuming no major market dislocations, we believe that it is reasonable to look forward to like-for-like revenue growth for 2011 as a whole. The level of price progress achieved in 2011 will be key to revenue growth and to the recovery of higher input costs. Acquisitions completed over the last eight months are expected to add to the Group’s performance in 2011 and with a strong balance sheet we have the capacity, where we see value, to capitalise on a growing pipeline of opportunities. With significant adjustments to our cost and operational base over the past three difficult years, we look to a year of progress in 2011 and to stronger upward momentum thereafter.

 

38    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

FINANCE REVIEW

Key Components of 2010 Performance

Table 1

 

million    Revenue     EBITDA (as
defined)*
    Operating
profit
    Profit on
disposals
     Finance
costs
    Associates’
profit
after tax
    Pre-tax
profit
 

2009 as reported

     17,373        1,803        955        26         (297     48        732   

Exchange effects

     671        78        46        1         (8     2        41   

2009 at 2010 exchange rates

     18,044        1,881        1,001        27         (305     50        773   

Incremental impact in 2010 of:

               

2009/2010 acquisitions

     304        40        26        -         (6     -        20   

Restructuring costs

     -        105        105        -         -        -        105   

Impairment costs

     -        -        (61     -         -        (22     (83

Ongoing operations

     (1,175     (411     (373     28         64        -        (281

2010 as reported

     17,173        1,615        698        55         (247     28        534   

% change

     -1%        -10%        -27%               -27%   

 

Table 1 sets out the key components of the Group’s performance in 2010, analysing the change in results from 2009 to 2010. Sales revenue for 2010 was broadly in line with 2009 at 17.2 billion. EBITDA (as defined)* for the year, after once-off charges of 100 million associated with our cost reduction programme, declined by 10% to 1.6 billion while operating profit declined 27% to 698 million. After impairment costs of 124 million (2009: 41 million), pre-tax profit declined by 27% to 534 million. Additional detail on the results for each of CRH’s six reporting segments is contained within the Segment Reviews on pages 44 to 52.

Exchange Translation Effects

Currency movements had an overall positive impact on 2010 results, principally due to a strengthening of the US Dollar, the Swiss Franc and the Polish Zloty. The average 2010 US$/ rate of 1.3257 was 5% stronger than in 2009 (1.3948), while the average Swiss Franc and Polish Zloty rates were 9% and 8% stronger respectively than in 2009.

Restructuring Costs

We continue to review and extend our cost reduction programme and we expect the initiatives taken in 2010, combined with the actions taken across the Group since 2007, to result in significant operational leverage when markets recover. Costs of 100 million incurred in 2010 to implement these savings were 105 million lower than last year (2009: 205 million).

Ongoing Operations

Revenue from ongoing operations declined by 1.2 billion ( 7%) on a like-for-like basis in 2010, with the reduction split broadly evenly between our Americas and Europe segments; this compares with a 4.1 billion reduction (19%) in ongoing revenue in 2009. With lower sales volumes, price competition intensified in many of our markets, putting margins under pressure; however, tight management of the controllable cost base partly offset these negative impacts resulting in a decline of 373 million in underlying operating profit; the corresponding decline in underlying operating profit in 2009 was 708 million.

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

CRH    39


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Finance Costs

Net finance costs of 247 million were 50 million lower than last year reflecting lower interest rates and lower debt levels.

Key Financial Performance Indicators

Some key financial performance indicators which, taken together, are a measure of performance and financial strength, are set out below.

 

      2010      2009  

Operating profit margin

     4.1%         5.5%   

EBITDA (as defined)* interest cover

     6.5x         6.1x   

Effective tax rate

     17.8%         18.3%   

Shareholder return

     -16%         22%   

Net debt as % of total equity

     33%         38%   

Net debt as % of market capitalisation

     32%         28%   

Operating Profit Margin

Overall operating profit margin for the Group fell by 1.4 percentage points in 2010 to 4.1%, reflecting the market conditions discussed above.

Interest Cover Ratio

Management believes that the EBITDA (as defined)* interest cover ratio is useful to investors because it matches the earnings and cash generated by the business to the underlying funding costs. With strong operating cash flows and reducing debt balances, interest cover for the year increased to 6.5 times (2009: 6.1 times). The calculation of EBITDA (as defined)* interest cover ratio for the financial year is presented on page 4.

Effective Tax Rate

The effective tax rate of 17.8% of pre-tax profit remained broadly consistent with 2009 (18.3%).

Shareholder Returns

The Company’s Ordinary Shares traded in the range 11.51 to 22.00 during 2010. The year-end share price was 15.50, 18% lower than the 2009 closing price (19.01); with the 2010 dividend unchanged from 2009, the net return for shareholders in 2010 was a negative 16%. The 2010 reduction reflects volatile conditions in the broader market and follows returns of +22% in 2009, -22% in 2008, -23% in 2007 and +29% in 2006. CRH is one of six building materials companies included in the FTSEurofirst 300, a market capitalisation-weighted index of Europe’s largest 300 companies. At year-end 2010, CRH’s market capitalisation of 11.0 billion was 17% lower than 2009 (13.3 billion). Based on market capitalisation CRH is among the top 5 building materials companies worldwide.

Debt to Equity

Total shareholders’ equity (capital and reserves attributable to CRH’s equity shareholders) increased by 0.7 billion to 10.4 billion during 2010, with the retained profits for the year of 0.4 billion and currency translation effects of 0.5 billion partly offset by dividends of 0.4 billion; movements for the year are fully analysed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. Year-end net debt of 3.5 billion was

 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

As disclosed in note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, net debt comprises interest-bearing loans and borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, liquid investments and derivative financial instruments.

 

40    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

0.25 billion lower (7%) than year-end 2009; this reduction in debt, combined with the increase in equity, resulted in a reduction in the percentage of net debt to total equity from 38% at year-end 2009 to 33% at year-end 2010.

The 7% decrease in net debt in 2010 was more than offset by the 17% reduction in market capitalisation resulting in an increase in the debt/market capitalisation percentage from 28% at year-end 2009 to 32% at year-end 2010.

Liquidity and Capital Resources - 2010 compared with 2009

The comments below refer to the major components of the Group’s cash flows as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 100.

Cash flows from operating activities

The 198 million reduction in profit before tax is analysed in Table 1 on page 39. Depreciation and amortisation of 917 million in 2010 includes impairment charges of 102 million relating to subsidiaries and joint ventures (2009: 41 million).

The Group has continued to maintain an intense focus on cash generation throughout 2010 and the net working capital (including provisions) decrease (cash inflow) for the year represents a strong performance in a challenging environment. Due to the seasonal nature of CRH’s business, working capital movements exhibit a high degree of weather dependency and can significantly increase when measured during the peak season, generally May to September. The outflow as measured at 30 June 2010 amounted to 542 million (30 June 2009 outflow: 111 million), compared to an inflow of 142 million at the year end (2009 inflow: 740 million). CRH believes that its current working capital cash flows and cash generated from operations together with funds raised through borrowing facilities are sufficient to meet its capital expenditure and other expenditure requirements for 2011.

Tax payments for the year at 100 million were slightly less than 2009. Dividend payments increased by 60 million in 2010, reflecting the full year impact of the additional shares in issue following the March 2009 Rights Issue.

The key components of the movement in working capital are analysed in note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash flows from investing and financing activities

Capital expenditure of 466 million represented 2.7% of Group revenue (2009: 3.1%) and amounted to 59% of depreciation (including impairment of property, plant and equipment) of 786 million (2009: 67%). Our 2010 capital expenditure included 90 million of investment in major cement plants (2009: 150 million).

Spend on acquisitions and investments in 2010 amounted to 567 million, an increase of 109 million compared with the 458 million spent in 2009. This reflects the pick-up in development activity in the second half of 2010 during which the Group completed a total of 17 transactions, bringing total second-half spend, including deferred consideration from acquisitions in prior years, to 408 million. Details of the acquisitions completed during 2010 are set out in note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Proceeds from disposals increased from 103 million in 2009 to 188 million in 2010, reflecting actions taken by management across all segments to review the portfolio and generate cash from disposal of surplus assets.

The 2009 proceeds from the issue of shares figure of 1.2 billion relate to net proceeds from the issue of 152 million new Ordinary Shares at 8.40 per share under the terms of a 2 for 7 Rights Issue in March 2009.

 

CRH    41


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Exchange rate movements during 2010 increased the euro amount of net foreign currency debt by 221 million principally due to the 7% strengthening in the year-end exchange rate of the US Dollar versus the euro, from 1.4406 at end-2009 to 1.3362 at end-2010. This compares with an exchange gain (reduction in net debt) of 120 million in 2009, when the year end US$/ exchange rate weakened and went from 1.3917 at end-2008 to 1.4406.

Borrowings and Credit Facilities

In November 2010 CRH, through its subsidiary CRH America Inc., completed an issue of US$750 million in corporate bonds, consisting of US$400 million of 10-year Notes (coupon 5.75%) and US$350 million of 5-year Notes (coupon 4.125%). In December 2010, the proceeds of this issue were combined with existing cash resources to repay US$93 million of outstanding 5.625% Notes due 2011, US$657 million of 6.95% Notes due 2012 and purchase US$36 million of 6.4% Notes due 2033. CRH believes that its current working capital cash flows and cash generated from operations together with funds raised through its borrowing facilities are sufficient to meet its capital expenditure and other expenditure requirements for 2011.

Year-end net debt amounted to 3.5 billion (2009: 3.7 billion). Details of the components of net debt, the type of financial instruments used, the maturity profile of debt, guarantees given, currency and interest rate structure, treasury policies and objectives, loan covenants and cash equivalents are set out in notes 21 to 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At 31 December 2010, 75% of the Group’s net debt was at interest rates which were fixed for an average period of 6.7 years. The euro accounted for approximately 33% of net debt at the end of 2010. The US Dollar accounted for approximately 56% of net debt at the end of 2010.

The Group finished the year in a very strong financial position with 1.8 billion of cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments - this is more than the combined total of debt maturities arising in 2011, 2012 and 2013. The Group’s gross debt was term/bond debt or drawn under committed term facilities, 88% of which mature after more than one year. In addition, the Group held 1.3 billion of undrawn committed facilities, which had an average maturity of 1.6 years. CRH is therefore well-positioned in terms of debt facilities and maturity profile and remains committed to maintaining an investment grade credit rating.

Lender Covenants

The Group’s major bank facilities and debt issued pursuant to Note Purchase Agreements in private placements require the Group to maintain certain financial covenants. Details of these covenants are set out in note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Non-compliance with financial covenants would give the relevant lenders the right to terminate facilities and demand early repayment of any sums drawn thereunder thus altering the maturity profile of the Group’s debt and the Group’s liquidity. The Group is not aware of any stated events of default as defined in the Agreements as of the balance sheet date and the date of this Annual Report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

CRH does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have a, current or future effect on CRH’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

42    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations

An analysis of the maturity profile of debt, finance and operating leases, purchase obligations, deferred acquisition consideration and pension scheme contribution commitments at 31 December 2010 is as follows:

 

Payments due by period    Less than
1 year
m
     1-3 years
m
     3-5 years
m
     More
than
5 years
m
     Total
m
 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings*

     655         943         1,244         2,251         5,093   

Finance leases

     2         3         3         4         12   

Estimated interest payments on contractually-committed debt and finance leases**

     312         533         350         433         1,628   

Operating leases

     257         359         236         415         1,267   

Purchase obligations

     286         85         2         6         379   

Deferred acquisition consideration

     26         42         22         29         119   

Retirement benefit obligation commitments

     8         15         14         43         80   
       1,546         1,980         1,871         3,181         8,578   

 

* Of the 5.1 billion total gross debt, 0.3 billion is drawn on revolving facilities which may be repaid and redrawn up to the date of maturity. The interest payments are estimated assuming these loans are repaid on facility maturity dates.

 

** These amounts have been estimated on the basis of the following assumptions: (i) no change in variable interest rates; (ii) no change in exchange rates; (iii) that all debt is repaid as if it falls due from future cash generation; and (iv) none is re-financed by future debt issuance

Material Commitments for Capital Expenditure

A summary of the Group’s future purchase commitments as at 31 December 2010 for capital expenditure are set out in note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These expenditures for replacement and new projects are in the ordinary course of business and will be financed from internal resources.

Financial Risk Management

The Board of Directors sets the treasury policies and objectives of the Group, which include controls over the procedures used to manage financial market risks. Qualitative and quantitative information about management of market risks are set out in detail below and in note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Quantitative information about Market Risk

The Group addresses the sensitivity of the Group’s interest rate swaps and debt obligations to changes in interest rates in a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated impacts on the income statement and on equity of either an increase or decrease in market interest rates or a strengthening or weakening in the US Dollar against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 31 December 2010, for each class of financial instrument with all other variables remaining constant. The Group has used a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated impact on profit before tax in the Consolidated Income Statement and on total equity arising on net year-end floating rate debt and on year-end equity, based on either an increase/decrease of 1% and 0.5% in floating interest rates or a 5% and 2.5% strengthening/weakening in the /US$ exchange rate, from the rates applicable at 31 December 2010, with all other variables remaining constant. The /US$ rate has been selected for this sensitivity analysis given the materiality of the Group’s activities in the United States. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

Quantitative information and sensitivity analysis of market risk is contained in notes 21-25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Significant Changes

No significant changes have occurred since the balance sheet date.

 

CRH    43


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

SEGMENT REVIEW

Europe - Materials

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
    2010     2009     Change     Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    16%        2,665        2,749        -84        -228        +47        -        -        +97   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    26%        423        434        -11        -73        +4        +37        -        +21   

Operating profit

    36%        251        257        -6        -70        +2        +37        +9        +16   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      15.9%        15.8%               

Operating profit margin

      9.4%        9.3%               

Like-for-like sales declined by 8% in 2010, with construction activity in our main European markets hampered by very severe weather at both the beginning and end of the year. The impact of cost reductions, together with the benefits from trading of CO2 allowances (67 million compared with 22 million in 2009) helped contain the EBITDA (as defined)* decline to 3% in a generally more competitive pricing environment.

2010 saw a pick-up in acquisition activity with 123 million spent on a total of 8 transactions, of which the most significant was the expansion of the Division’s aggregates and readymixed concrete business in Switzerland; we continued to invest in our associate Yatai Building Materials as it expanded its presence in northeastern China. Europe Materials’ operations fall into three main categories: economies in the west and southwest of Europe experiencing severe fiscal imbalances and growing public debt levels; generally stable economies in mainland Europe; and developing economies in Eastern Europe and Asia.

Ireland, Portugal, Spain

In Ireland, activity again fell steeply during 2010 and cement volumes were 23% lower than 2009. Additional cost-reduction programmes were implemented to reduce capacity; after charging lower restructuring and impairment costs, operating losses reduced. In Portugal, the construction sector contracted by almost 8% in 2010 with the residential sector registering the largest decline. Our 49% joint venture was adversely impacted by reduced domestic demand for both cement and downstream products, but maintained its high level of exports at stable prices; although activities outside Portugal benefited from good demand, overall operating profit was down on 2009. In Spain, construction activity declined by a further 16% in 2010. Lower demand from the residential and non-residential sectors was only partly offset by increased public infrastructure spend and the impact of significant cost savings, and operating profit fell sharply.

Switzerland, Finland, Benelux

Construction activity in Switzerland rose by 3% in 2010, and volumes in both our cement and aggregates operations were well ahead of last year. Although cement prices were lower than 2009, higher volumes, and further cost reductions in our downstream business, resulted in higher operating profit. In Finland, construction output grew by over 4%, led by a strong rebound in new residential activity. Infrastructure volumes remained stable at strong levels, while non-residential construction continued to decline. A 19% improvement in cement volumes, combined with the benefit of greater use of alternative fuels and other cost reduction initiatives, led to an increase in operating profit. In the Benelux, despite efficiency improvements at our cement trading, readymixed concrete and aggregates business, lower aggregates volumes resulted in a fall in operating profit compared with 2009.

Central and Eastern Europe, Eastern Mediterranean, Asia

In Poland, construction activity was impacted by very severe weather in the first quarter and again in December, and grew only modestly. Cement volumes were slightly ahead of 2009 and volumes of other

 

44    CRH

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

products stabilised or improved. Although some price improvement was achieved in the more buoyant second half, margins were under pressure from stiff competition and operating profit was lower than 2009. In Ukraine, severe winter conditions resulted in sharply lower first-quarter volumes, but a pick-up in demand in later months saw full-year cement volumes only 10% behind 2009 levels. Unrecovered cost increases, particularly fuel, were only partly offset by the impact of further cost savings, and operating profit was lower. In Turkey, domestic cement demand in the Aegean region and export levels remained steady. Selling prices and operating profit for our 50% joint venture were higher than 2009.

In southern India, market conditions weakened across our 50% cement joint venture’s core markets, as newly-commissioned cement capacity put pressure on volumes and prices resulting in lower operating profit than in 2009. In China, further growth in the construction sector, driven primarily by improved residential activity and a continued roll-out of major infrastructure projects, saw cement demand grow by over 10% in the northeastern region, where our wholly-owned and 26% associate operations are located. In this environment volumes, selling prices and profitability increased in line with expectations.

Outlook - Europe Materials

The outlook remains challenging for those European countries experiencing austerity measures. However, capacity reduction, cost efficiencies and improved use of alternative fuels should help our businesses to maintain margins. We expect a modest increase in construction activity in the stable, more developed countries in Europe together with a return to growth in non-residential activity in Finland.

The pace of construction demand is expected to pick-up in the developing economies to the east of Europe. Commissioning of our new cement plant in Ukraine in mid-2011 will result in cost efficiencies and improved margins. Cement demand is expected to continue to grow in both our Asia markets, albeit at a slower rate in China as tighter government fiscal strategy impacts the level of construction activity; our operations in both countries should benefit from continued improvement in operating efficiencies.

Americas - Materials

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
   

2010

   

2009

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    26%        4,417        4,280        +137        -302        +215        -        -        +224   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    35%        566        670        -104        -183        +32        +11        -        +36   

Operating profit

    41%        288        407        -119        -174        +22        +11        -        +22   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      12.8%        15.7%               

Operating profit margin

      6.5%        9.5%               

Americas Materials faced a challenging environment in 2010 with continued volume declines in all product lines, higher energy costs and severe pricing pressure. Market declines were most severe in the Southeast, Mountain West and Northwest, which together contributed over two-thirds of the operating profit shortfall compared with 2009. Aggressive actions to reduce fixed and variable cost helped to mitigate the impact of volume and margin declines; however, overall US Dollar EBITDA (as defined)* was 20% lower than 2009 with operating profit down over 33%.

The Division completed 18 acquisitions in 2010 with a total spend of 249 million, adding 34 quarries (579 million tonnes of reserves), 14 asphalt plants and 25 readymixed concrete plants with annual production of 8 million tonnes of aggregates, 1 million tonnes of asphalt and 0.5 million cubic metres of readymixed concrete. We also broke ground on a new granite quarry in Camak, Georgia, which is expected to be open in early 2012 and will supply our coastal Georgia and Florida asphalt business with stone, leveraging our extensive rail distribution network in the region.

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

CRH    45


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Volumes / Prices

Like-for-like sales for Americas Materials were 7% lower than 2009. Residential construction declined only slightly (1%) from low levels, while non-residential construction declined by 14%. States and municipalities reduced highway spending due to significant budgetary pressures and this more than offset the benefits of the federal stimulus bill (American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, ‘ARRA’). On a like-for-like basis, volumes were down 4% in aggregates, 5% in asphalt and 8% in readymixed concrete, while construction revenues fell by 10%. With the benefit of acquisitions, volumes were up 1% in aggregates and asphalt, and up 5% in readymixed concrete, while construction revenues fell by 5%. By continuing to deliver superior quality and service, Americas Materials was able to raise aggregates and asphalt prices by 1%, while limiting price declines for readymixed concrete to 5% in a very competitive environment. Despite lower volumes and higher energy costs, the business continued to improve efficiency and reduce input costs resulting in flat unit production costs for aggregates and readymixed concrete. While asphalt throughput costs also were reduced and we used 7% more recycled asphalt per tonne of mix than in 2009, increases in bitumen prices resulted in higher unit costs and lower margins. Margins on contract paving services dropped sharply due to severe competition for infrastructure projects.

Energy and Other Costs

The price of bitumen, a key component of asphalt mix, increased 14% over 2009. Diesel and gasoline prices, important inputs to aggregates, readymixed concrete and paving operations, increased by 10% and 7% respectively. Our teams leveraged operational best practices to increase efficiency, reduce costs, increase the use of recycled materials, and raise quality and service levels to customers while maintaining price discipline. These actions, combined with the elimination of over 40 million fixed overhead costs through restructuring and other management action during 2010, partially offset the negative impact of lower volumes, higher energy costs and more competitive markets.

Regional Performance

Americas Materials’ operations are geographically organised, segmented into East and West. The East contains four divisions and the West, which given the severe market declines during 2010, has been consolidated from four divisions to three in order to reduce costs and optimise performance.

East

Overall operating profit was lower than 2009 despite a strong performance in our Mid-Atlantic and Central divisions, both of which delivered improved operating profit over a strong 2009. Operating profit in our Northeast division was lower than in 2009 and was down sharply in our Southeast division which continues to be impacted by very weak residential markets.

West

Operating profit in our Central West division was lower than in 2009. Operating profit declines were more marked in the Mountain West division and Northwest division, both of which experienced a steep decline due to less public and private work than in 2009.

Outlook - Americas Materials

We expect the US economy to continue its slow recovery in 2011. Residential construction is expected to increase modestly, while non-residential construction will continue to be weak with tight credit and overcapacity. We anticipate core federal highway funding to be stable with an extended federal highway bill. However, overall spending for highways will decrease due to the fall-off in ARRA spending and continued funding constraints from states and municipalities.

 

46    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

We expect volumes in our public infrastructure end-use markets to be slightly down in 2011. Some weakness in asphalt is likely to be partly offset by modest improvement in readymixed concrete that is tied to residential construction. Contract paving margins are expected to be lower due to continuing competitive pressures; however, this should be offset by our ongoing operational excellence programmes. Assuming no further world energy disruption, we expect product price increases to cover increases in liquid asphalt and energy.

Europe - Products

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
   

2010

   

2009

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    16%        2,817        3,002        -185        -213        -        -        -        +28   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    12%        198        283        -85        -109        -        +25        -        -1   

Operating profit

    2%        11        116        -105        -93        -        +25        -35        -2   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      7.0%        9.4%               

Operating profit margin

      0.4%        3.9%               

Trading conditions for our products businesses in Europe remained difficult in 2010. The first quarter was heavily impacted by a prolonged winter which negatively influenced volumes. The rest of the year showed a moderation in the rate of decline versus 2009 resulting in overall like-for-like sales down 7% for the year. Significant price pressure in many markets adversely impacted our margins and, despite strong cost control EBITDA (as defined)* declined by 30% compared with 2009.

Concrete Products

Activity was severely affected by the adverse early weather conditions and weaker residential and non-residential construction demand. Our Architectural operations (pavers, tiles and blocks) faced difficult conditions with our Dutch, Danish, German and Slovakian paver businesses suffering from weaker markets and increased price pressure. In contrast, results in our French and Belgian operations improved slightly, driven by targeted commercial initiatives and good cost-control. Further factory closures were made in the Netherlands and France and overall operating costs were reduced significantly. Operating profit in architectural concrete was below 2009.

Our Structural operations (floor and wall elements, beams and vaults) reported operating profit well below 2009. These businesses were severely impacted by difficult conditions in both new residential and new non-residential markets, and experienced increased price pressure due to significant overcapacity in all countries, although our Belgian specialty business which supplies the industrial and farming sector continued to deliver strong results. The ongoing major programme of restructuring initiatives continued in 2010 with production shutdowns and impairment charges.

Clay Products

In the UK, demand improved quickly after poor weather early in the year as house builders reopened sites. However, industry brick volumes levelled out as the year progressed, with overall growth for the year estimated at approximately 7%. With the benefit of recent years’ major reorganisation and cost cutting initiatives, operating profit improved with the uplift in volumes. In the Netherlands, brick markets were very challenging, though paver markets remained more stable. Capacity rationalisation and reduced costs supported an increase in operating profit. In Poland all product markets remained difficult and operating profit declined compared with 2009.

 

CRH    47

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Building Products

Despite declining volumes, our leading market positions and effective cost-reduction action resulted in an increase in operating profit. Our Construction Accessories business, the market leader in Western Europe, was impacted by falling non-residential demand. This was in part offset by the introduction of innovative products, rigorous cost-control, production efficiencies and good commercial practices, resulting in higher operating profit compared with 2009. Our Outdoor Security Products operations, specialising in entrance control solutions, are mainly active in non-residential construction with a focus on the growing RMI and safety and comfort markets. Volumes in Fencing, Security and Access Systems were lower than in 2009, but operating profit was higher. Our Roller Shutters business delivered a good performance with sales and operating profit substantially exceeding 2009.

Following rigorous strategic analysis, we decided at the end of 2009 to exit the Insulation and Climate Control sectors as we no longer saw a route to becoming a pan-European leader in these segments. In November 2010 we reached agreement to sell the majority of our Insulation business and we expect the sale of our Climate Control businesses to be finalised by mid-2011.

Outlook - Europe Products

After a number of years of contraction we expect most of our markets to bottom-out or slightly recover in 2011. Despite the improved macroeconomic situation, no recovery is expected in the Dutch construction industry in 2011. Germany, an increasingly important market for our operations, is expected to show construction growth in 2011. In the UK, the impact of austerity measures may impact our residential Clay Products markets while our Building Products businesses are expected to benefit from improving core European markets.

With the benefits from recent years’ restructuring and operational excellence initiatives, we expect to see an improved trading performance overall in 2011.

Americas - Products

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
   

2010

   

2009

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    14%        2,469        2,536        -67        -230        +2        -        -        +161   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    10%        154        173        -19        -51        -        +18        -        +14   

Operating profit

    -3%        -24        23        -47        -42        -1        +18        -27        +5   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      6.2%        6.8%               

Operating profit margin

      -1.0%        0.9%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Americas Products experienced significant demand pressures, with further declines in all of our markets, in particular the non-residential sector, as the year progressed. This was most evident in our BuildingEnvelope™ and late-cycle concrete product segments. Like-for-like sales were down 9% compared with 2009. The adverse impact of the volume declines, together with the impairment charge (mainly relating to Ivy Steel), were only partly offset by ongoing cost restructuring initiatives and the non-recurrence of inventory write-downs recorded by MMI in 2009, resulting in an operating loss of 24 million for 2010 (2009: profit of 23 million).

Our Architectural Products business unit completed two bolt-on transactions during 2010. The acquisition of a leading supplier of soils, mulches and decorative stone in September expanded the footprint of our

 

48    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

lawn and garden business providing a strong plant network to service retailers in the central and upper Midwest. In the same month, our existing masonry business in Illinois and Wisconsin was strengthened with the purchase of a block manufacturer in the Chicago metropolitan area.

Building Products

With effect from January 2011, the Architectural, Precast, and MMI groups were combined to form a new product group - Building Products. The new organisational alignment will accelerate the capture of market growth opportunities while streamlining common business processes and functions.

Architectural Products (APG) faced difficult trading conditions in 2010 due to continued weakness in the residential construction sector and further declines in non-residential markets. The overall challenging market environment was somewhat offset by solid growth in Canada and relative stability in both the DIY and professional RMI segments. The cost reduction measures implemented since 2008 have sharply reduced the cost structure and rationalised the capacity of APG, resulting in margin stability in 2010 while setting the stage for strong profit improvement once volumes begin to recover. Overall, APG recorded a similar level of US Dollar operating profit to 2009, on a 7% decline in like-for-like sales.

In our Precast group, weak residential activity in 2010 again negatively affected demand for precast products throughout the US. This impact was compounded by further declines in the commercial sector, particularly in the eastern US. Overall, full-year volumes fell by 5% compared with 2009. A generally more competitive pricing environment eroded some of the improvements in contribution margin that had been generated in 2009. Reduced overhead levels somewhat mitigated the impact, but overall operating profit was lower.

MMI continued to be impacted by the deepening decline in non-residential construction activity which led to a further decrease in sales; the favourable impact in 2010 of the absence of 2009’s significant inventory write-down was more than offset by the impairment charge recorded as a result of the divestment in November of the Ivy Steel welded wire reinforcement business.

BuildingEnvelope™

Sales continued to be weak due to sharp declines in commercial activity. Order and quoting volumes remained slow and building delays and cancellations continued to be a challenge. In this environment we focussed on maintaining market share, tightening cost control, improving our processes and ensuring customer satisfaction, while maintaining our ongoing emphasis on quality. Pricing continued to be intensely competitive and sales and operating profit sharply declined for the year.

South America

Our South American operations benefited from better economic conditions in 2010 in Chile and Argentina. While performance improved in our Argentine ceramic tile and glass businesses, margins declined in an inflationary cost environment in the second half of the year. Our Chilean glass business performed well in a buoyant construction market. The Santiago-based distribution business also recovered from a challenging year in 2009, and operating profit improved. Overall, sales and operating profit in our South American operations advanced strongly for the year.

Outlook - Americas Products

While activity in the important residential sector is expected to improve on depressed 2010 levels, we anticipate a further year of weakness in the non-residential sector. Thus, with a low demand backdrop expected in 2011, we expect to show only modest top line growth for the year. However, the continuing effect of cost reduction and rationalisation measures, together with low cost inflation, should result in an improved bottom line performance for the year.

 

CRH    49


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

Europe - Distribution

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
                       Analysis of change  
million      2010     2009     Change     Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    21%         3,566        3,633        -67        -204        +37        -        -        +100   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    13%         214        204        +10        -11        +4        +11        -        +6   

Operating profit

    19%         135        137        -2        -12        +3        +11        -8        +4   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

       6.0%        5.6%               

Operating profit margin

       3.8%        3.8%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Trading conditions for the Distribution businesses continued to be difficult in 2010 with the residential sectors across most of our markets showing varying degrees of decline. Ongoing focus on price management and procurement optimisation resulted in stable gross margins versus 2009. Operating profit was maintained in line with 2009 with the benefit of acquisition contributions, further cost-reduction measures, improved category management and the operational excellence programmes that we have put in place in recent years.

In August, Europe Distribution acquired 75% of Sax Sanitair, a leading merchant in sanitary ware, heating and plumbing materials (SHAP) based in western Belgium. With nine branches across the east and west Flanders region, the acquisition is a further step in our strategy to build a European platform in the growing repair, maintenance and improvement focussed SHAP market. In December, we acquired a further 50% stake in the German-based Bauking distribution business raising our ownership from 48% to 98%. With 128 branches and annual sales of 750 million, the business has grown both organically and through acquisition since our initial investment in 2005 and is a leading player in the German distribution market. This acquisition greatly strengthens our existing distribution position in Europe’s largest construction market. During 2010 we sold our activities in the kitchen business in the German speaking part of Switzerland and our ironmongery distribution activities in the Netherlands.

Professional Builders Merchants

With 501 locations in six countries, Professional Builders Merchants has strong market positions in all its regions. Benelux: Markets remained weak in 2010, resulting in a further sales decline. Operating profit was also lower but declined at a relatively slower pace than sales due to strict cost control and margin management. France: Sales stabilised at last year’s level. Due to the restructuring actions that started in late 2009 we saw an improvement of our profitability. Switzerland: 2010 proved to be another stable year for Swiss market sales, with operating profit ahead of 2009 due to strong margin management and a better product mix. Austria: The turnaround in performance of this business which commenced in 2008 continued in 2010 resulting in a further increase in operating profit and margins. Germany: Builders Merchants sales in Germany were comparable to 2009 and particularly strong in the second half of 2010. Operating profit improved significantly, reflecting higher margins and successful cost control. Overall operating profit for Builders Merchants was ahead of 2009.

Sanitary, Heating and Plumbing

Our SHAP business in Germany and Switzerland again proved to be a stable performer in 2010 with robust sales and improved operating profit performance. Our 2010 acquisition in Belgium has performed strongly and has exceeded expectations.

 

50    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

DIY

Our DIY platform in Europe operates a network of 243 stores under four different brands. The Netherlands: Weakening consumer confidence, which became evident in the fourth quarter of 2009, began to impact the DIY businesses more severely in 2010. Despite further focus on efficient store operations and tight cost-control which enabled us to maintain gross margins, we were not able to fully compensate for the lagging sales performance. Belgium: Our network of 19 stores reported lower sales and operating profit due to weaker consumer confidence and demand. Germany: With increasing consumer confidence and continued strong focus on costs, operating profit for Bauking’s 51-store DIY network improved to a more satisfactory level. Portugal: The economic environment continued to be difficult and sales remained under pressure. Due to restructuring measures, operating profit was slightly better than in 2009. Spain: Market circumstances for our Spanish DIY operation in the Alicante/Valencia region remained very challenging throughout 2010 and we decided to exit this business which resulted in rationalisation and impairment charges. Overall DIY operating profit was well below 2009.

Outlook - Europe Distribution

We believe that certain markets will show an improved performance in 2011. We have favourable expectations for Germany and Austria as well as Switzerland. Also our businesses in France should be able to benefit from improving market conditions. For the Netherlands, the outlook remains weak.

After the restructuring initiatives, together with the commercial and operational excellence programmes introduced over the last two years, we expect to see improved trading results in 2011.

Americas - Distribution

2010 overview

 

    % of
Group
                      Analysis of change  
million     2010     2009     Change     Organic    

Acquisitions

   

Restructuring

   

Impairment

   

Exchange

 

Sales revenue

    7%        1,239        1,173        +66        +2        +3        -        -        +61   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    4%        60        39        +21        +16        -        +3       
-
  
    +2   

Operating profit

    5%        37        15        +22        +18        -        +3       
-
  
    +1   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      4.8%        3.3%               

Operating profit margin

      3.0%        1.3%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Americas Distribution, trading as Allied Building Products (Allied), experienced another challenging year in 2010. Activity levels in both segments of our business were impacted, but with the benefit of lower operating costs and stable gross margins, operating profit improved significantly from 2009.

Since 2008, Allied has closed or merged 27 locations, many in smaller markets, and added 3 locations. This process has provided an opportunity to evaluate Allied’s market footprint and to position the business for future opportunities. In addition, the business has concentrated on purchasing and transportation initiatives, rationalisation of administrative and geographic oversight functions, thereby increasing efficiency, control and profitability. This aggressive operating approach has substantially benefited 2010 operating results.

Due to the continued downturn in the macroeconomic environment, Allied curtailed capital spending and kept development activity to a minimum; during 2010 we acquired one Exterior Products distributor in Sacramento, California.

In order to further penetrate the competitive marketplace, Allied launched a new product initiative in 2010. “TriBuilt Materials” was established to provide a proprietary private label brand of products sold exclusively

 

CRH    51


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Current Year

 

 

 

through Allied’s network of Exterior and Interior branches. This product initiative differentiates Allied in the market while building an exclusive brand identity. TriBuilt® enables Allied to vertically integrate many of its higher-margin items, simultaneously enhancing profit margins and purchasing efficiencies. As brand awareness expands within the contractor community, Allied will add more products to this profitable operating segment.

Exterior Products

Allied is one of the top three distributors in this segment in the United States. Demand is influenced by residential and commercial replacement activity (75% of sales volume is RMI-related) with key products having an average life span of 25 years. Markets continue to be challenged as US shipments of asphalt roofing shingles declined further, down 8.5% on 2009, impacted by the historically low level of new housing starts. Despite this, solid performance from the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Upper Midwest and Colorado regions has enabled the Exterior Products division to experience sales growth and a good advance in operating profit for the year.

Interior Products

This business area has low exposure to weather-driven replacement activity and is heavily dependent on the new commercial construction market. Allied is the third largest Interior Products distributor in the US. The new construction market continued to decline as shipments of wallboard, one barometer of market activity, declined 9% in Allied’s market areas. Despite a 12% decline in sales, operating performance stabilised due to a strong presence in Hawaii, the benefit of lower operating costs and the consolidation of smaller and underperforming locations.

Outlook - Americas Distribution

With an apparent stabilisation in new residential demand and increasing consumer confidence, we look to improved performance in our RMI-focussed Exterior Products business. However, a more challenging outlook for commercial construction is expected which will impact our Interior Products segment.

With the benefit of the consolidation and cost reduction measures, we are looking to a year of further progress in 2011.

 

52    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S FINANCIAL REVIEW

2009 compared with 2008

General

Sales revenue fell 17% to 17,373 million, a decline of 19% on a like-for-like basis. EBITDA (as defined)* amounted to 1,803 million after restructuring charges of 205 million. Depreciation and amortisation costs amounted to 848 million (2008: 824 million) and include impairment charges of 41 million (2008: 14 million). Operating profit fell 48% to 955 million; excluding restructuring and impairment costs, operating profit was down 37%.

Profit before tax and before impairment charges amounted to 773 million, a decrease of 53% compared with 2008. After impairment charges, profit before tax of 732 million was 55% lower than 2008. Earnings per share fell 58% to 88.3c (2008: 210.2c).

Significant working capital reduction together with capital expenditure restraint contributed a strong cash flow performance. Net debt reduced to 3.7 billion (2008: 6.1 billion) reflecting these strong cash flows and proceeds from the Rights Issue, which raised just over 1.2 billion net of expenses. With year-end 2009 net debt to EBITDA (as defined)* of 2.1 times (2008: 2.3 times) and 2009 EBITDA (as defined)*/net interest of 6.1 times (2008: 7.8 times), CRH has one of the most flexible balance sheets in its sector.

The average Polish Zloty exchange rate of 4.3276 versus the euro weakened by 19% in 2009 (2008: 3.5121). While this was partly offset by a 5% strengthening of the average US Dollar/euro rate to 1.3948 (2008: 1.4708), currency movements in total had a net negative impact of 44 million on profit before tax.

Overall operating profit margin for the Group fell by 3.3 percentage points in 2009 to 5.5%, with all segments except Americas Materials experiencing margin declines.

Reported 2009 pre-tax profit of 732 million includes the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax of 48 million. The tax charge at 18.3% of the Group profit before tax decreased compared with 22.5% in 2008. The decline in the tax charge largely reflected lower taxable profits in a number of jurisdictions where higher tax rates apply.

After an income tax expense of 134 million (2008: 366 million), Group profit for 2009 amounted to 598 million, a decrease of 53% on 2008 Group profit of 1,262 million.

Key Components of 2009 Performance

 

million   Revenue     EBITDA
(as
defined)*
    Operating
profit
    Profit on
disposals
    Finance
costs
    Associates’
profit
after tax
    Pre-tax
profit
 

2008 as reported

    20,887        2,665        1,841        69        (343     61        1,628   

Exchange effects

    291        (22     (32     (3     (8     (1     (44

2008 at 2009 exchange rates

    21,178        2,643        1,809        66        (351     60        1,584   

Incremental impact in 2009 of:

             

- 2008/2009 acquisitions

    298        37        24        -        (21     9        12   

- Restructuring costs1

    -        (143     (143     -        -        -        (143

- Impairment costs1

    -        -        (27     -        -        -        (27

Ongoing operations

    (4,103     (734     (708     (40     75        (21     (694

2009 as reported

    17,373        1,803        955        26        (297     48        732   

% change

    -17%        -32%        -48%              -55%   

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.
1 Restructuring charges amounted to 205 million in 2009 (2008 62 million), resulting in an incremental cost in 2009 of 143 million. Total impairment charges in 2009 were 41 million (2008: 14 million), with an incremental cost of 27 million in 2009.

 

CRH    53


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

Cost Reduction

To mitigate the impact of the continuing difficult market conditions, CRH has removed excess capacity from its manufacturing and distribution networks and has scaled its operations to market demand. These measures are projected to deliver total annualised gross savings of 1.65 billion in the four years to end-2010, of which 0.85 billion was realised in 2009. Some 40% of the gross savings of 1.65 billion is estimated to be permanent in nature.

Restructuring costs of 205 million to implement these programmes have been expensed in 2009 and we anticipate a further 45 million of implementation costs in 2010. Incremental savings in 2010, after implementation costs, are estimated at 260 million. These initiatives have regrettably necessitated a reduction in staffing levels as we structure our operations to the new market demand environment.

Liquidity and Capital Resources - 2009 compared with 2008

Net debt for the Group at 31 December 2009, at 3.7 billion, was 2.4 billion lower than the 6.1 billion at the end of 2008. This reduction reflects the strong cash generation characteristics of the Group, which combined with the 1.24 billion of proceeds from the Rights Issue and a positive translation adjustment of 0.1 billion, more than offset the impact of the total 1.0 billion spent on acquisitions, investments and capital projects and the 0.4 billion cash dividends paid during the year.

The comments below refer to the major components of the Group’s cash flows as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 100.

Cash flows from operating activities

The changes in Group operating profit are discussed in the review of results by reporting segment above. Net finance costs for the year of 297 million are lower than last year (2008: 343 million) reflecting the strong operating cash flow for the year and benefits from the Rights Issue.

The increased charges for depreciation and amortisation mainly reflect the impact of increased impairment charges of 41 million in 2009 (2008: 14 million).

The Group has maintained an intense focus on cash generation throughout 2009, and the net working capital (including provisions) decrease (cash inflow) of 740 million represents a further excellent performance in managing receivables and payables in a challenging environment. This compares with a net working capital increase (cash outflow) of 84 million in 2008.

Interest payments of 294 million were 77 million lower than 2008 due to the lower average gross debt levels in 2009.

The effective tax rate for the year, at 18.3% of pre-tax profit, decreased compared with 2008 (22.5%). The decline in the tax charge largely reflects lower taxable profits in a number of jurisdictions where higher tax rates apply. Tax payments in 2009 of 104 million (2008: 322 million) were lower as a result of the sharp reduction in pre-tax profits.

Cash flows from investing activities

Capital expenditure of over 0.5 billion represented 3% of Group revenue (2008: 5%) and amounted to 0.67 times depreciation of 794 million (2008: 1.33 times). Of the total capital expenditure, 66% was invested in Europe with 34% in the Americas. Our capital expenditure included 0.15 billion and 0.25 billion of investment in major cement plants in 2009 and 2008 respectively.

Spend on acquisitions and investments in 2009 amounted to 0.458 billion, a significant reduction compared with the 1.1 billion spent in 2008. This reflected a deliberate curtailment of development activity from mid-2008 as the economic environment deteriorated.

 

54    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

In March 2009, the Group issued approximately 152 million new Ordinary Shares by way of a Rights Issue, on the basis of 2 new Ordinary Shares for every 7 existing Ordinary Shares at 8.40 per new Ordinary Share, generating 1.24 billion net of expenses. Proceeds from issues under Group share option and share participation schemes amounted to 60 million.

In both 2009 and 2008 the Employee Benefit Trust purchased 0.1 million shares to satisfy share option exercises. Share purchases in 2008 also reflected the acquisition of approximately 18.2 million shares under the share purchase programme which was announced in January 2008; the Group announced the termination of this programme in November 2008. In 2009, 3.9 million (2008: 2.0 million) of these shares were used to satisfy the exercise of share options.

The increase in dividends paid reflects the 1% increase in the final 2008 dividend which was paid in May 2009, together with the impact on the interim 2009 dividend paid in October 2009 of the 152 million additional shares in issue following the March 2009 Rights Issue. The interim dividend per share for 2009 of 18.5c was held in line with the interim dividend per share for 2008.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents increased by 573 million to 1,372 million at 31 December 2009 from 799 million at 31 December 2008 with net cash inflows of 593 million and a negative foreign exchange translation of 20 million.

 

CRH    55


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

SEGMENT REVIEW

Europe - Materials

2009 overview

 

   

% of

Group

   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
 million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    16%        2,749        3,696        -947        -783        +53        -        -        -217   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    24%        434        806        -372        -263        +14        -56        -        -67   

Operating profit

    27%        257        631        -374        -260        +10        -56        -9        -59   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      15.8%        21.8%               

Operating profit margin

      9.3%        17.1%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Europe Materials experienced very challenging trading conditions in almost all markets in 2009. The severe impact on investment in new housing and private non-residential building was somewhat reduced by government-funded infrastructure and public building.

Central/Eastern Europe

Following a difficult first half impacted by very severe winter weather, construction activity in Poland improved in the second half and showed modest growth for the year as a whole. Cement volumes fell 10% in 2009. With stiff competition in all product areas, margins were under pressure and, while this was somewhat offset by significant cost saving initiatives, overall operating profit in Poland declined. In Ukraine, our cement sales volumes for the year were 35% below the record 2008 levels; although operating profit was well down compared with 2008, stable pricing and significant cost savings, particularly in the area of fuel, resulted in a reasonable performance in a difficult year.

In December 2009, we received notification from the Polish Office for Competition and Consumer Protection that, arising from an investigation into the Polish cement industry, it had concluded that seven companies, including CRH subsidiary Grupa Ożarów S.A., had been involved in anti-competitive practices. As a result, fines were levied, including a fine of PLN 104.97 million (approximately 25.6 million) on Grupa Ożarów. We have appealed the conclusion of the investigation and the fine.

Finland/Baltics

While overall construction output in Finland declined by about 15%, steeper reductions in the new residential and new non-residential sectors contributed to a 40% fall in our cement volumes. A fiscal stimulus package which focussed on residential and infrastructure construction helped to mitigate somewhat the volume declines. A wide range of cost-reduction initiatives was implemented across all businesses and price increases were applied to recover higher energy input costs. Our operations in the Baltic States of Estonia, Latvia, and in St. Petersburg in Russia, suffered an unprecedented contraction in volumes and, as a result, significant operating adjustments were implemented. Overall operating profit for the Finland/Baltics region declined compared with 2008.

Switzerland

2009 saw the highest growth in Swiss construction output since 2004, with civil engineering activity supported by the national stimulus programme. Lower fuel costs partly due to a high usage of alternative fuels, together with increased volumes in our cement business and better margins in our downstream readymixed concrete and aggregates business, led to a profit outcome ahead of 2008.

Ireland

Construction activity fell steeply during the year and cement volumes were down 45% on 2008 levels. The residential and commercial sectors reduced further, and the overall decline in sales volumes, together with the impact of the rationalisation costs, resulted in lower margins and an operating loss.

 

56    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

Benelux

Cementbouw, our cement trading, readymixed concrete and aggregates business, faced a difficult second half of the year in which volumes declined. While cost reductions and lower fuel prices limited the impact of lower volumes, overall operating profit declined.

Iberia

Construction activity in Spain fell by a further 20% in 2009, contributing to a lower profit outcome for our operations. Our Secil joint venture in Portugal suffered from reduced domestic demand but increased its export volumes albeit at lower prices; although activities outside Portugal performed well due to favourable demand and pricing coupled with lower fuel costs, overall operating profit was down.

Eastern Mediterranean

As expected, the Turkish economy and domestic Turkish construction activity continued to contract in 2009. Implementation of strong cost-control measures and improved operating efficiencies helped partly to offset the downturn in domestic demand. Overall operating profit was lower.

Asia

Our Chinese operations performed well in 2009 with cement volumes in northeast China increasing by 12% due to strong demand from infrastructure projects which were funded by the Government stimulus programme. Following a good first-half performance by My Home Industries, our 50% cement joint venture in the Andhra Pradesh region of southern India, market conditions weakened in the second half with newly-commissioned cement capacity putting pressure on volumes and prices across our market. This resulted in operating profit for the year broadly in line with 2008.

Americas - Materials

2009 overview

 

    % of
Group
   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
 million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    25%        4,280        5,007        -727        -1,024        +25        -        -        +272   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    37%        670        724        -54        -87        +5        -11        -        +39   

Operating profit

    43%        407        462        -55        -72        +3        -11        -        +25   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      15.7%        14.5%               

Operating profit margin

      9.5%        9.2%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Americas Materials faced a very challenging environment in 2009 with severe volume declines across all product lines. The benefit of lower energy costs along with aggressive actions to reduce fixed cost, improve operating efficiency and increase prices yielded higher operating margins. US Dollar sales revenue and operating profit declined 19% and 16% respectively, and the operating profit margin for the Division increased by 0.3 percentage points to 9.5%.

The Federal stimulus bill (American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, “ARRA”) provided some additional public projects which had a positive impact primarily on the Division’s asphalt and paving business, but this was more than offset by lower state spending on infrastructure. Overall, product volumes were down sharply and with minimal impact from acquisitions, aggregates volumes declined by 23%, asphalt was down 15% and readymixed concrete decreased 32% on 2008 levels. In order to offset lost economies of scale associated with sharply lower volumes, the Division focussed on delivering high quality materials and service to customers and capturing maximum value for our products. As a result, aggregates and readymixed concrete selling prices rose 6% and 3% respectively, while our asphalt operations saw prices decline 2%, reflecting lower input costs.

 

CRH    57


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

The price of energy used at our asphalt plants, consisting of fuel oil, recycled oil, electricity and natural gas, declined by 26%. Diesel and gasoline prices, which are important inputs to aggregates, readymixed concrete and paving operations, declined by 32% and 21% respectively versus the prior year. Liquid asphalt prices overall were 14% lower in 2009, following a very volatile year in 2008. Additionally, in late 2008, we expanded our winter-fill capacity (which has historically been concentrated in the east and central US) by adding storage in Utah, Washington and Idaho, thereby further reducing our exposure to the fluctuating cost of liquid asphalt.

East

The Northeast delivered a mixed performance, but overall operating profit was lower than 2008. The positive impact of early ARRA bid lettings in Maine and New Hampshire and good overall infrastructure demand in Massachusetts and Upstate New York was more than offset by volume declines in metropolitan New York, Connecticut and New Jersey. While the Mid-Atlantic division suffered volume declines across its operations, aggressive pricing initiatives and cost reductions resulted in margin improvement, which moderated the operating profit decline. A strong stimulus programme in Michigan along with sound pricing initiatives, good bitumen purchasing and excellent cost controls in both Michigan and Ohio enabled our Central division to improve its profit margins. The Southeast experienced another difficult year with significant volume declines in Florida and Alabama leading to a sharp fall in operating profit.

West

The Southwest was impacted by volume declines for all products and lower construction sales. However, margin increases in all product lines coupled with aggressive fixed cost reductions more than offset lower volumes and construction margins, leading to a good advance in overall operating profit. In the Rocky Mountain/Midwest division, operating profit declined in 2009 due to weak demand and lower construction margins; good asphalt volumes in Iowa from significant ARRA projects together with pricing and cost initiatives resulted in advances which were more than offset by reduced highway activity in Minnesota, Idaho and Montana. In the Northwest, worsening economies in northern Idaho and Oregon impacted volumes and operating profit despite strong pricing and significant benefits from cost controls and restructuring. The Staker Parson operations saw a significant decline in volumes reflecting a weakening economic environment in all regions. The continued slide in residential and commercial construction led to reduced demand for readymixed concrete and aggregates and drew additional competition to the highway construction business. Profit margins were maintained, but operating profit declined.

Americas Materials saw second-half benefits from infrastructure projects funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act. However, with weaker residential and rapidly declining non-residential demand, overall aggregates volumes for the year fell 23%, with asphalt down 15% and readymixed concrete lower by 32%. As a result reported US Dollar revenues fell by 19%. However, strong pricing and lower energy costs delivered an overall improvement in margins limiting the US Dollar EBITDA (as defined)* and US Dollar operating profit declines to 12% and 16% respectively.

 

 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

58    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

Europe - Products

2009 overview

 

   

% of

Group

   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    17%        3,002        3,686        -684        -682        +45        -        -        -47   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    16%        283        392        -109        -80        +6        -19        -        -16   

Operating profit

    12%        116        224        -108        -74        +4        -19        -7        -12   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      9.4%        10.6%               

Operating profit margin

      3.9%        6.1%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Throughout 2009, tough markets across all businesses resulted in a decline in operating profit. The management team responded vigorously to the challenge taking radical and effective action to mitigate these effects.

Concrete Products

Our businesses experienced challenging market circumstances, mainly in residential-related markets and increasingly, as the year progressed, in the non-residential sector. Good progress in public sector niche markets in France and the Netherlands was outweighed by major weakness in Denmark and Eastern Europe. The architectural operations faced difficult conditions in most markets and performed below 2008; further factory closures in Belgium, France, the UK and Germany were made and overhead costs were reduced significantly. Our structural concrete operations were severely impacted by difficult conditions in residential markets and declining non-residential activity and delivered operating profit well below 2008; the programme of factory closures and general cost reduction continued in 2009 especially in Denmark, Belgium and Hungary where volumes and prices remained weak.

Clay Products

For the year as a whole, volumes in the UK brick industry declined considerably although some upturn was visible in the last quarter. Following the major reorganisation plans implemented in 2008, additional factory closures and production shutdowns took place. The benefits from these measures coupled with strong product innovation resulted in an operating profit outcome well ahead of 2008. In Mainland Europe, lower volumes and energy price increases led to lower operating profit despite good progress and benefits from the new country-based organisation serving two operating regions, Central Europe and Eastern Europe.

Building Products

The Building Products group is active in lightside building materials and is organised into three business areas: Construction Accessories, Building Envelope Products and Insulation Products. Market conditions in 2009 deteriorated with the non-residential sector slowing significantly. With volumes declining, the operating profit outcome was lower than in 2008 despite relatively robust pricing.

The Construction Accessories business unit was impacted by falling demand, especially in the non-residential sector; while this was offset somewhat by new innovative products brought to market, operating profit was lower. Our UK business acquired in 2008 exceeded our expectations aided by strong export figures. The main focus is on realising greater commercial synergies and back-office cost reduction through a more integrated organisational structure.

Our Building Envelope Products operations, which specialise in systems and products for entrance and climate control solutions, are mainly active in non-residential construction focussing on the growing RMI, safety and comfort market segment. While pricing remained generally robust and controls on cost remained tight, volumes and operating profit were lower than 2008. The decline in residential markets, across Europe, and price pressure in Eastern Europe were the main reasons for lower operating profit for

 

CRH    59


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

our Insulation Products businesses, although these effects were tempered by strong demand for RMI products driven by ongoing European legislation for energy efficiency.

Following rigorous strategic analysis, we decided to exit climate control activities and the insulation sector. Our Building Envelope Products unit will concentrate on the more focussed Fencing, Security and Shutters businesses that for the future offer us greater market leadership potential in Europe.

Americas - Products

2009 overview

 

   

% of

Group

   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
 million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    14%        2,536        3,243        -707        -881        +25        -        -        +149   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    10%        173        369        -196        -169        +3        -43        -        +13   

Operating profit

    2%        23        238        -215        -170        +2        -43        -11        +7   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      6.8%        11.4%               

Operating profit margin

      0.9%        7.3%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Americas Products experienced significant demand pressures in 2009, particularly in the important residential sector, and more significantly in the non-residential sector as the year progressed. Against this challenging backdrop and with particularly acute trading challenges in MMI, our Products businesses experienced a 91% decline in full-year US Dollar operating profit.

Architectural Products Group (APG)

APG faced continued difficult trading conditions in 2009 due to further deterioration in the residential construction sector and accelerated declines in non-residential markets. The construction markets in eastern Canada were more robust than those in the US. The Homecenter (DIY/retail) channel, which accounts for approximately one-third of APG sales, remained resilient despite weak consumer sentiment and spending. Reflecting these factors, our United States masonry and brick divisions experienced considerable operating profit declines. In contrast, our Canadian masonry business performed well and our lawn and garden and dry-mix divisions delivered significant operating profit improvement. Extensive cost-reduction actions and regional consolidations were completed across APG; however, they were only able to partially offset the negative external factors. Overall, APG recorded a sharp decline in operating profit.

Precast

Significantly lower levels of residential activity in 2009 again negatively affected demand for drainage products and plastic box enclosures nationwide. Activity in the non-residential sector also decreased considerably, further impacting sales. The group’s most steady work was in the infrastructure segment, but exposure to this segment is less significant. Overall volumes were down approximately 33% from a relatively weak 2008. In spite of the harsh economic backdrop and an increasingly competitive market, margins were similar to 2008 as a result of pricing initiatives, operational efficiencies and second-half input cost declines; overall, operating profit was lower.

Glass

In 2009, the Architectural glass business experienced unprecedented declines in demand, as sales volumes decreased 24% compared to 2008 and operating profit fell steeply. Pricing was intensely competitive in all markets as many smaller glass fabricators directed underutilised residential capacity to serving commercial markets. In this difficult trading environment, the Glass group focussed on building market share, tightening cost control and closing 11 operating locations to better balance capacity with depressed market demand. While the Engineered Products business experienced a 26% decline in sales compared with 2008, operating profit was near 2008 record levels due to a strong performance from our Canadian locations, favourable backlog pricing and lower aluminium costs.

 

60    CRH


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

MMI

Although its fencing products are often used in residential applications, most of MMI’s products (construction accessories, welded wire reinforcement and fencing products) are used in non-residential-oriented projects, particularly in conjunction with the use of concrete. The accelerating decline in non-residential construction activity led to a 40% decrease in MMI’s sales from 2008 levels. The combination of high-priced steel inventory, lower sales volumes and dramatically falling sales prices contributed to a significant operating loss for the year. Management modified its steel purchasing strategy to reduce future volatility and reacted to declining volumes by instituting extensive cost-reduction measures across all businesses and scaling-back the size of its distribution network.

South America

The South American group faced difficult economic conditions in 2009, particularly in Argentina, and management focussed on initiating significant cost-reduction programmes. Operating profit from our Argentine ceramic tile and glass businesses was at break-even for the year; the start-up of a greenfield floor and wall tile manufacturing facility in Cordoba was completed in October. Our Chilean glass business experienced a more moderate decline in operating profit.

Europe - Distribution

2009 overview

 

   

% of

Group

   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    21%        3,633        3,812        -179        -380        +146        -        -        +55   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    11%        204        258        -54        -57        +10        -10        -        +3   

Operating profit

    14%        137        194        -57        -55        +6        -10        -        +2   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      5.6%        6.8%               

Operating profit margin

      3.8%        5.1%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Trading conditions for our Distribution business continued to be very difficult in 2009 with the residential sectors across all our markets showing various degrees of decline. Despite price discipline and tight management in purchasing, which resulted in gross margins in line with 2008, operating profit declined by 29%. The principal focus is on further cost reductions at overhead level, improved category management and the achievement of greater benefits from operational excellence by leveraging our economies of scale.

Builders Merchants

With 479 locations in six countries, at end-2009, and strong market positions in all its regions, organic sales across our Builders Merchants’ operations fell by 11%.

Markets were weak in the Netherlands and Belgium in 2009 and this resulted in lower sales and operating profit compared with 2008. In France, all regions experienced a slowdown and further restructuring costs resulted in operating profit well down on 2008. Results from our associate Trialis (in which we acquired a 34.8% shareholding in July 2008) were below expectations as markets in the southwest of France proved to be very difficult.

The construction market in Switzerland was less impacted than in other Western European countries. However, the combination of lower volumes in heavyside materials and additional restructuring costs resulted in a lower operating profit outcome. Despite slowing sales from a weaker residential market in Austria, our initiatives to improve gross margin and reduce overheads contributed to an increase in operating profit. Bauking, in which we have a 48% joint venture stake, operates primarily in northwest Germany; sales in this region suffered and despite a small increase in gross margin and relentless cost control, like-for-like operating profit was down. Our SHAP business in Germany, acquired in 2008, is a

 

CRH    61


Table of Contents

Business Review

 

BUSINESS REVIEW - Prior Year

 

 

 

leading player in the northwest part of the country. Benefiting from robust demand for heating equipment, performance was in line with expectations. We see this business as a platform for further SHAP growth in Germany.

DIY

Like-for-like sales for our DIY business, which at end-2009 had 241 stores in five countries, fell 6% in 2009. Despite a sharp decrease in consumer confidence in the Netherlands and Belgium, sales and operating profit in the first half of 2009 were relatively robust but thereafter demand declined, especially in the fourth quarter, with full-year operating profit lower than 2008. Increased competition and promotional campaigns had a negative impact on margins; however, this was mitigated by efficient store operations, tight cost control and sharp franchise formula management.

In Germany, Bauking operated 51 DIY stores under the brand name Hagebau at end-2009. While Bauking managed to keep costs under tight control, operating profit declined in a very competitive market. The economic environment in Portugal continued to be difficult and operating profit was down on 2008. Market circumstances for our business in the Alicante/Valencia region of Spain were very challenging and results, while below expectations, were broadly in line with 2008.

Americas - Distribution

2009 overview

 

   

% of

Group

   

2009

   

2008

   

Change

    Analysis of change  
million           Organic     Acquisitions     Restructuring     Impairment     Exchange  

Sales revenue

    7%        1,173        1,443        -270        -353        +4        -        -        +79   

EBITDA (as defined)*

    2%        39        116        -77        -78        -1        -4        -        +6   

Operating profit

    2%        15        92        -77        -77        -1        -4        -        +5   

EBITDA (as defined)* margin

      3.3%        8.0%               

Operating profit margin

      1.3%        6.4%               

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Oldcastle Distribution, trading primarily as Allied Building Products (“Allied”), had at end-2009 a total of 184 branches focussed on major metropolitan areas in 31 US states. It comprises two divisions which supply contractor groups specialising in Exterior (roofing and siding) and Interior (wallboard, steel studs and acoustical ceiling systems) Products.

Allied also experienced a sharp downturn in activity with US Dollar sales revenue 23% lower than 2008 and, despite decisive actions on cost reductions, operating profit was significantly lower.

Exterior Products

Demand for roofing and siding products is largely influenced by residential and commercial replacement activity with the key products having an average life span of roughly 25 years. Overall US asphalt roofing shingle shipments were down 15% in 2009, a level of decline that was somewhat offset by storm activity in a number of regions. Allied did not specifically benefit from these storms, but outperformed competitors in its market areas.

Interior Products

This segment, being relatively immune to weather, has low exposure to replacement activity and demand is therefore largely dependent on the new commercial construction market. Gypsum wallboard shipments are a barometer of activity and these declined by about 7 billion square feet or 28% in 2009, comparable with a decline of 31% in Allied’s Interior Products sales.

 

62    CRH


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRH    63


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Board of Directors

 

 

 

LOGO

 

64    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Board of Directors

 

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors manage the business of the Company. The Directors, other than the non-executive Directors, serve as executive officers of the Company.

Directors Biographies

M. Carton MA, FCA

Finance Director

Maeve Carton was appointed Finance Director and became a CRH Board Director on 25 May 2010. Since joining CRH in 1988, she has held a number of roles in the Group Finance area and was appointed Group Controller in 2001 and Head of Group Finance in January 2009. She has broad-ranging experience of CRH’s reporting, control, budgetary and capital expenditure processes and has been extensively involved in CRH’s evaluation of acquisitions. Prior to joining CRH, she worked for a number of years as a chartered accountant in an international accountancy practice. (Aged 52).

W.P. Egan*

Bill Egan became a non-executive Director in January 2007. A United States citizen, he is founder and General Partner of Alta Communications and Marion Equity Partners LLC, Massachusetts-based venture capital firms. He is a director of Cephalon, Inc. and the Irish venture capital company Delta Partners Limited. He also serves on the boards of several communications, cable and information technology companies. He is Past President and Chairman of the National Venture Capital Association. (Aged 65).

U-H. Felcht*

Utz-Hellmuth Felcht became a non-executive Director in July 2007. A German national, he was, until May of 2006, Chief Executive of Degussa AG, Germany’s third largest chemical company. He is a partner in the private equity group One Equity Partners Europe GmbH, Chairman of the German rail company Deutsche Bahn AG and a member of the Supervisory Boards of Jungbunzlauer Holding AG and Süd-Chemie Aktiengesellschaft. (Aged 63).

N. Hartery* CEng, FIEI, MBA

Nicky Hartery became a non-executive Director in June 2004. He was, until October 2008, Vice President of Manufacturing, Business Operations and Customer Experience for Dell Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Prior to joining Dell, he was Executive Vice President at Eastman Kodak and previously held the position of President and CEO at Verbatim Corporation, based in the United States. He is a director of Musgrave Group plc and the Target Account Selling Group Limited and a former director of Eircom Limited. (Aged 59).

J.M. de Jong*

Jan Maarten de Jong became a non-executive Director in January 2004. A Dutch national, he is a member of the Supervisory Board of Heineken N.V. He is a former member of the Managing Board of ABN Amro Bank N.V. and continued to be a Special Advisor to the board of that company until April 2006. He is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Nutreco Holding N.V. and is also a director of a number of European banking, insurance and industrial holding companies, including KBC Bank N.V. (Aged 65).

 

 

* Non-executive

 

CRH    65


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Board of Directors

 

 

 

J.W. Kennedy* MSc, BE, CEng, FIEE

John Kennedy became a non-executive Director in June 2009. He was Chairman of Wellstream Holdings plc, a company in the energy services field, until its recent acquisition by General Electric. In a 30 year career, he has served as Executive Vice President of Halliburton Company, President of Dresser Enterprises and Chief Operations Officer of Brown and Root Services. He is a director of Integra Group and is non-executive Chairman of Maxwell Drummond International Limited, Hydrasun Holdings Limited, Welltec A/S and BiFold Group Limited. He is also a past director of the UK Atomic Energy Authority. (Aged 60).

M. Lee BE, FCA

Chief Executive

Myles Lee was appointed a CRH Board Director in November 2003. He joined CRH in 1982. Prior to this he worked in a professional accountancy practice and in the oil industry. He was appointed General Manager Finance in 1988 and to the position of Finance Director in November 2003. A civil engineer and chartered accountant, he has 29 years’ experience of the building materials industry and of CRH’s international expansion. He was appointed Group Chief Executive with effect from 1 January 2009. (Aged 57).

A. Manifold FCPA, MBA, MBS

Chief Operating Officer

Albert Manifold was appointed Chief Operating Officer of CRH and to the CRH Board with effect from 1 January 2009. He joined CRH in 1998. Prior to joining CRH he was Chief Operating Officer with a private equity group. He has held a variety of senior positions, including Finance Director of the Europe Materials Division and Group Development Director of CRH. Prior to his current appointment, he was Managing Director, Europe Materials. (Aged 48).

K. McGowan*

Chairman

Kieran McGowan became Chairman of CRH in 2007 having been a non-executive Director since 1998. He is a director of Elan Corporation plc, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Chairman of Business in the Community Ireland. He was Chief Executive of IDA Ireland (Ireland’s inward investment promotion agency) from 1990 to 1998 and has served as President of the Irish Management Institute and as Chairman of the Governing Authority of University College Dublin. (Aged 67).

D.N. O’Connor* BComm, FCA

Dan O’Connor became a non-executive Director in June 2006. He is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Consumer Finance - Europe and a Senior Vice-President of GE. He was until October 2010 Executive Chairman of Allied Irish Banks, plc. (Aged 51).

J.M.C. O’Connor* BSoc. Sc., M.Soc. Sc., PhD

Joyce O’Connor became a non-executive Director in June 2004. She is the founder President and President Emeritus of the National College of Ireland. She currently chairs the Digital Futures Committee of the Institute of International and European Affairs. She is a board member of the Government Task Force on Active Citizenship and an Eisenhower Fellow. She is former chair of the Digital Hub Development Agency, the Expert Group on Mental Health Policy, the National Career Guidance Forum, the National Accreditation Committee for People with Disabilities and the Further Education and Training Awards Council (FETAC). (Aged 63).

 

 

* Non-executive

 

66    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Board of Directors

 

 

 

W.I. O’Mahony* BE, BL, MBA, FIEI

Liam O’Mahony joined CRH in 1971 and was appointed a Board Director in 1992. He held various senior management positions in the Group, including Managing Director, Republic of Ireland and UK Group companies, Chief Executive of American operations and Group Chief Executive. He retired as an executive at the end of 2008 and continued as a Board member in a non-executive capacity. He is Chairman of Smurfit Kappa Group plc and IDA Ireland and a director of Project Management Limited. (Aged 64).

M.S. Towe

Chief Executive Officer, Oldcastle, Inc.

Mark Towe was appointed a CRH Board Director with effect from 31 July 2008. A United States citizen, he joined CRH in 1997. In 2000, he was appointed President of Oldcastle Materials, Inc. and became the Chief Executive Officer of this Division in 2006. He was appointed to his current position of Chief Executive Officer of Oldcastle, Inc. in July 2008. With approximately 40 years’ experience in the building materials industry, he has overall responsibility for the Group’s aggregates, asphalt and readymixed concrete operations in the United States and its products and distribution businesses in the Americas. (Aged 61).

Changes in Directors

Mr. T.V. Neill retired from the Board on 5 May 2010.

Mr. G.A. Culpepper resigned from the Board on 25 May 2010.

Ms. M. Carton was appointed to the Board on 25 May 2010.

Ms. J.M.C. O’Connor will retire from the Board at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 4 May 2011.

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, co-opted Directors are required to submit themselves to shareholders for election at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment and all the Directors are required to submit themselves for re-election at intervals of not more than three years. However, in accordance with the provisions contained in the 2010 U.K. Corporate Governance Code, the Board has decided that commencing in 2011 all Directors should retire at each Annual General Meeting and submit themselves to shareholders for re-election, where applicable.

 

 

* Non-executive

 

CRH    67


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Board of Directors

 

 

 

Board Committees

 

Acquisitions:

  

Length of service on Committee:

K. McGowan, Chairman

   10 years

M. Carton

   0.5 years

M. Lee

   7 years

A. Manifold

   2 years

D.N. O’Connor

   4 years

W.I. O’Mahony

   11 years

Audit:

  

J.M. de Jong, Chairman*

   7 years

U-H. Felcht

   2.5 years

D.N. O’Connor*

   4.5 years

J.M.C. O’Connor

   6.5 years

Finance:

  

K. McGowan, Chairman

   3.5 years

M. Carton

   0.5 years

U-H. Felcht

   3.5 years

M. Lee

   7 years

W.I. O’Mahony

   11 years

Nomination & Corporate Governance:

  

K. McGowan, Chairman

   3.5 years

W.P. Egan

   3.5 years

N. Hartery

   6.5 years

J.W. Kennedy

   1.5 years

M. Lee

   2.5 years

Remuneration:

  

N. Hartery, Chairman

   6.5 years

W.P. Egan

   3.5 years

J.W. Kennedy

   1.5 years

Senior Independent Director:

  

N. Hartery

  

 

 

* Audit Committee financial expert

 

68    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

CRH has primary listings on the Irish and London Stock Exchanges and its American Depository Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The Directors are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance. Corporate governance is the system by which companies are directed and controlled. It is concerned with the way in which a board operates and sets the values for a company, rather than with the day to day operational management of a company by full time executives. This report describes how CRH applies the main and supporting principles of section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (June 2008) (the 2008 Combined Code), published by the Financial Reporting Council in the UK.

This report also deals with the provisions introduced by the 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2010 Code), which, for CRH, replaced the 2008 Combined Code with effect from 1 January 2011. The 2008 Combined Code and the 2010 Code are collectively referred to as the Combined Code in the Report, where a provision is the same in both Codes. This Report also covers the disclosure requirements set out in the annex to the listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange (the Irish Corporate Governance Annex), which supplements the 2010 Code with additional corporate governance provisions and is also effective, for CRH, from January 2011.

Copies of the 2008 Combined Code and the 2010 Code can be obtained from the Financial Reporting Council’s website, www.frc.org.uk. The Irish Corporate Governance Annex is available on the Irish Stock Exchange’s website, www.ise.ie.

Board of Directors

Role

The Board is collectively responsible for the leadership, control, development and long-term success of the Company. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved to the Board for consideration and decision. This includes Board appointments, the approval of financial statements, the annual budget, major acquisitions, significant capital expenditure and approval of strategic plans for the Group. The Group’s strategy, which is reviewed by the Board regularly, and its business model are summarised on pages 12 to 13.

The Board has delegated responsibility for the management of the Group, through the Chief Executive, to executive management. The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are not combined and there is a clear division of responsibilities between them, which is set out in writing and has been approved by the Board. The Chief Executive is accountable to the Board for all authority delegated to executive management.

Non-executive Directors are expected to constructively challenge management proposals and to examine and review management performance in meeting agreed objectives and targets. In addition, they are expected to input their experience and knowledge in respect of any challenges facing the Group and in relation to the development of proposals on strategy.

The Board has also delegated some of its responsibilities to Committees of the Board. In accordance with Section 91(6)(b) of the EC (Directive 2006/43) Regulations 2010, responsibility for monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems has been delegated to the Audit Committee. However, the Board has responsibility for determining the Group’s ‘risk appetite’ and annually considers a report in relation to the monitoring, controlling and reporting of identified risks and uncertainties.

Individual Directors may seek independent professional advice, at the expense of the Company, in the furtherance of their duties as a Director.

The Group has a Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy in place, which provides the Directors with insurance in respect of certain legal actions taken against them.

 

CRH    69


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

Membership

It is the practice of CRH that a majority of the Board comprises non-executive Directors, considered by the Board to be independent, and that the Chairman be non-executive. At present, there are four executive and nine non-executive Directors. Biographical details, including each Director’s date of appointment, are set out on pages 65 to 67. While there is an ongoing process of planned refreshment and renewal, the Board considers the current size and composition of the Board to be within a range which is appropriate. The spread of nationalities of both the executive and non-executive Directors reflects the geographical reach of the Group and the Board considers that, between them, the Directors bring the appropriate balance of skills, knowledge and experience, from a wide range of industries and backgrounds, necessary to lead the Company. The Board is also sufficiently large to enable its committees to operate without undue reliance on individual non-executive Directors, while being dynamic and responsive to the needs of the Company. As outlined below, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee keeps the ‘bench-strength’ of the Board and the need for refreshment and renewal under review.

Directors are appointed for specified terms and subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

Independence

The independence of Board members is considered annually. The Board is assisted in this by the corporate governance review carried out by the Senior Independent Director referred to in the Performance appraisal and Board evaluation section below, which addresses the independence of the individual members of the Board, and by the work of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, which annually reviews each Board member’s directorships and considers any relevant business relationships between Board members. The Board has concluded that all of the Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments and standards, and the Board has determined that each of the non-executive Directors is independent. In reaching that conclusion, the Board considered the principles relating to independence contained in the Combined Code, the guidance provided by a number of shareholder voting agencies, and has taken the view that independence is determined by a Director’s character, objectivity and integrity. Those principles and guidance highlight a number of factors that might appear to affect the independence of Directors, including former service as an executive, extended service on the Board and cross-directorships. However, they also make clear that a Director may be considered independent notwithstanding the presence of one or more of these factors.

Chairman

Mr. Kieran McGowan has been Chairman of the Group since May 2007. On his appointment as Chairman, Mr. McGowan met the independence criteria set out in the Combined Code. The Chairman is responsible for the efficient and effective working of the Board. He ensures that Board agendas cover the key strategic issues confronting the Group, that the Board reviews and approves management’s plans for the Group and that Directors receive accurate, timely, clear and relevant information. While Mr. McGowan holds a number of other directorships (see details on page 66), the Board considers that these do not interfere with the discharge of his duties to CRH.

Senior Independent Director

The Board has appointed Mr. Nicky Hartery as the Senior Independent Director. Mr. Hartery is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director.

Company Secretary

The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board. All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with.

 

70    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

Terms of appointment

The standard terms of the letter of appointment of non-executive Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office and at the Annual General Meeting.

Induction and development

New Directors are provided with extensive briefing materials on the Group and its operations, the procedures relating to the Board and its Committees and their duties and responsibilities as Directors under company law. They can also avail of opportunities to attend scheduled meetings with the Group’s major shareholders. Directors regularly receive copies of research and analysis conducted on CRH and the building materials sector. Where required, Directors are provided with training tailored to their needs. The Board receives regular updates from the external auditors in relation to regulatory and accounting developments. Updates in relation to other relevant matters, for example, changes in company law, are provided from time to time.

For newly appointed members of the Audit Committee, training arrangements include meeting with the key members of the external audit, internal audit and finance (Head Office and Divisional) teams and where required, relevant financial courses are provided.

Throughout the year, Directors meet with key executives and, in the course of twice-yearly visits by the Board to Group locations, see the businesses at first hand and meet with local management teams.

Remuneration

Details of remuneration paid to the Directors (executive and non-executive) are set out in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 82 to 92. The 2010 Report will be presented to shareholders for the purposes of an advisory non-binding vote at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 4 May 2011.

Share ownership and dealing

Details of the shares held by Directors are set out on page 86. CRH has a policy on dealings in securities that applies to Directors and senior management. Under the policy, Directors are required to obtain clearance from the Chairman and Chief Executive before dealing in CRH securities. Directors and senior management are prohibited from dealing in CRH securities during designated prohibited periods and at any time at which the individual is in possession of inside information (as defined in the Market Abuse (Directive 2003/6/EC) Regulations 2005). The policy adopts the terms of the Model Code, as set out in the Listing Rules published by the Irish Stock Exchange and the UK Listing Authority.

Performance appraisal and Board evaluation

The Senior Independent Director conducts an annual review of corporate governance, the independence of Board members, the operation and performance of the Board, and its Committees and the performance of the Chairman. This is achieved through discussion in one-to-one sessions with each Director. The meetings, which cover specific topics and allow for free-ranging discussion, provide a forum for an open and frank discourse. The Senior Independent Director circulates a written report to the Board each year, which summarises the outcome of the review and sets out any recommendations from Board members in relation to areas where improvements can be made. Consideration of the Senior Independent Director’s report is a formal agenda item at a scheduled Board meeting each year.

A review of individual Directors’ performance is conducted by the Chairman and each Director is provided with feedback gathered from other members of the Board. Performance is assessed against a number of measures, including the ability of the Director to contribute to the development of strategy, to understand the major risks affecting the Group, to contribute to the cohesion of the Board, to commit the time required to fulfil the role and to listen to and respect the views of other Directors and the management team. As part

 

CRH    71


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

of that review process the Chairman discusses with each individual their training and development needs and, where appropriate, agrees for suitable arrangements to be put in place to address those needs.

The issue of external facilitation of the evaluation of Board effectiveness is dealt with in the section on the work of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee below.

Directors’ retirement and re-election

Following a recommendation from the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, the Board has determined that all Directors should retire at each Annual General Meeting and submit themselves to shareholders for re-election, where applicable. Re-appointment is not automatic. Directors who are seeking re-election are subject to a performance appraisal, which is overseen by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee.

Board succession planning

The Board plans for its own succession with the assistance of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee. In so doing, the Board considers the skill, knowledge and experience necessary to allow it to meet the strategic vision for the Group.

The Board engages the services of independent consultants to undertake a search for suitable candidates to serve as non-executive Directors.

Meetings and time commitment

There were eight full meetings of the Board during 2010. Details of Directors’ attendance at those meetings are set out in the table on page 73. Each year, additional meetings, to consider specific matters, are held when and if required.

The Chairman sets the agenda for each meeting, in consultation with the Chief Executive and Company Secretary. In addition to the Group budget, trading results, large acquisitions, financial results and reports and regular Board matters, during the course of the year the Board receives updates on health and safety, with a particular focus on the Group’s fatality elimination programme, environmental issues, the Company’s investor relations programme, human resources and succession planning. In July, the Board meeting is held over two days, with the main focus being on Group strategy. Board papers are circulated to Directors in advance of meetings.

Two visits are made each year by the Board to Group operations; one in Europe and one in North America. Each visit lasts between three and five days and incorporates a scheduled Board meeting. In 2010, these visits were to Switzerland and the New York area in the United States.

The non-executive Directors met three times during 2010 without executives being present.

Prior to their appointment, potential non-executive Directors are made aware of the calendar of meetings and confirm that they are able to allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of their role. The agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might impact adversely on the time they are able to devote as a non-executive Director of the Company.

 

72    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

Attendance at Board and Board Committee meetings during the year ended 31 December 2010

 

     Board      Acquisitions     Audit     Finance    

Nomination
& Corporate

Governance

     Remuneration  
    A        B         A        B        A        B        A        B        A        B         A        B   

M. Carton (appointed 25 May 2010)

    5        5         3        3            2        2            

G.A. Culpepper (resigned 25 May 2010)

    3        3         1        1            4        4            

W.P. Egan

    8        8                     7        7         8        8   

U-H. Felcht

    8        7             14        9        6        6            

N. Hartery

    8        8                     7        6         8        8   

J.M. de Jong

    8        8             14        14                

J.W. Kennedy

    8        8                     7        7         8        8   

M. Lee

    8        8         4        4            6        6        7        7        

K. McGowan

    8        8         4        4            6        6        7        7         7        7   

A. Manifold

    8        8         4        4                    

T.V. Neill (retired 5 May 2010)

    2        2         1        1                2        1         2        2   

D.N. O’Connor

    8        8         4        4        14        14                

J.M.C. O’Connor

    8        8             14        11                

W.I. O’Mahony

    8        8         4        3            6        5            

M.S. Towe

    8        8                         

 

Column A - indicates the number of meetings held during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or Committee.

Column B - indicates the number of meetings attended during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or Committee.

Committees1

The Board has established five permanent Committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. These are the Acquisitions Committee, the Audit Committee, the Finance Committee, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Ad hoc committees are formed from time to time to deal with specific matters.

Each of the permanent Committees has terms of reference, under which authority is delegated to them by the Board. The terms of reference are available on the Group’s website, www.crh.com. The Chairman of each Committee reports to the Board on its deliberations, and minutes of all Committee meetings are circulated to all Directors.

The current membership of each Committee, and each member’s length of service, is set out on page 68. Attendance at meetings held in 2010 is set out in the table above.

Chairmen of the Committees attend the Annual General Meeting and are available to answer questions from shareholders.

During the year each of the relevant Committees reviewed its performance and terms of reference.

The role of the Acquisitions Committee is to approve acquisitions and capital expenditure projects within limits agreed by the Board. During 2010, in line with the Group’s ongoing portfolio review, the Committee’s terms of reference were amended to authorise it to deal with disposals within agreed limits.

The Audit Committee consists of four non-executive Directors, considered by the Board to be independent2. The Board has determined that Mr. Jan Maarten de Jong and Mr. Dan O’Connor are the Committee’s financial experts. It can be seen from the Directors’ biographical details, appearing on pages 65 to 67, that the members of the Committee bring to it experience and expertise from a wide range of industries, including the financial services sector.

 

 

1 The terms of reference of these committees comply fully with Combined Code requirements; CRH considers that they are generally responsive to the relevant NYSE rules but may not address all aspects of these rules.

 

2 The Board has determined that all of the non-executive Directors on the Audit Committee are independent according to the requirements of Rule 10A 3 of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

CRH    73


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

The Committee1 met fourteen times during the year under review. The Finance Director and the Head of Internal Audit normally attend meetings of the Committee, while the Chief Executive and other executive Directors attend when necessary. The Committee has agreed with the external auditors that they attend the majority of Committee meetings and report on any issues they believe should be brought to the attention of the Committee. In addition, they have direct access to the Committee Chairman at all times. During the year, the Committee met with the Head of Internal Audit and with the external auditors in the absence of management.

In 2010, the Committee reviewed, and discussed with management the content of, the Company’s trading statements, interim management statements, the Company’s 2009 preliminary results announcement/Annual Report and accounts, the 2009 Annual Report on Form 20-F, which is filed annually with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the interim report for the period ended 30 June 2010. In February, the Committee approved the annual internal audit plan and, in July, the external auditors presented their audit plans for the 2010 audit. Throughout the year, the Committee received reports and updates from the Head of Internal Audit in relation to internal audit reviews, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 20022 and the arrangements in place to enable employees to raise concerns, in confidence, in relation to possible wrongdoing in financial reporting or other matters.

An assessment of the Internal Audit function was carried out in 2009. Such assessments are carried out periodically by management and validated by an independent third party assessor. No major weaknesses were identified, although a number of recommendations were made. The Committee received regular updates during 2010 on the status of the implementation of those recommendations.

Each year the Committee meets with the Finance Director of each of the Group’s Divisions to discuss inter-alia, internal audit review findings, the implementation of resulting changes to control structures, work in relation to improving the control environment and culture in each Division, co-ordination with the work of the external auditors and actions being taken to prevent fraud.

As part of its response to the difficult trading conditions in recent years, the Group has implemented a programme of cost savings and has periodically announced updates on the annualised savings under that programme. During the year, the Head of Internal Audit reviewed these savings and the related costs to implement, and has reported his findings to the Committee.

The Group incurred impairment charges of 87 million related to goodwill in 2010. During the year, the Committee reviewed the workings in relation to goodwill impairment testing and the sensitivity analysis referred to in note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In accordance with Section 91(6)(b) of the EC (Directive 2006/43) Regulations 2010, the Board has delegated responsibility for monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems to the Audit Committee. Further details in relation to the Committee’s work in this area are set out in the section on Risk Management and Internal Controls below.

The Committee regularly reviews the position in relation to the implementation of plans to mitigate the Group’s pension scheme liabilities and receives updates from management in relation to compliance structures in place to ensure the Group complies with its obligations under competition and anti-corruption legislation throughout the world.

Under its terms of reference, the Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment of the external auditors. A number of factors are taken into account by the Committee in assessing whether to recommend the auditors for re-appointment or to seek other competitive bids for the audit. These include the quality of reports provided to the Audit Committee and the Board and the quality of advice given; the level of understanding demonstrated of the Group’s business and industry; the objectivity of the auditors’ views on the financial controls around the Group and their ability to co-ordinate a global audit; and the results of formal evaluations of the auditors.

 

 

1 Attendance by non-independent directors and management is by invitation only.

 

2 A copy of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 can be obtained from the US Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov.

 

74    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

Ernst & Young have been the Group’s auditors since 1988. Following an evaluation carried out in 2009, the Committee recommended to the Board that Ernst & Young be retained as the Group’s external auditors. There are no contractual obligations which act to restrict the Audit Committee’s choice of external auditor. The Committee has decided that such evaluations should be carried out at least every five years, with periodic interim reviews, and monitors the implementation of the recommendations made as part of the evaluation process. The Committee considers the risk of their withdrawal from the market and the potential impact on the Group, were that eventuality to materialise.

The Committee has put in place safeguards to ensure that the independence of the audit is not compromised. Such safeguards include: seeking confirmation from the auditors that they are, in their professional judgement, independent from the Group; obtaining from the external auditors an account of all relationships between the auditors and the Group; monitoring the Group’s policy prohibiting the employment of former staff of the external auditors, who were part of the CRH audit team, in senior management positions until two years have elapsed since the completion of the audit; monitoring the number of former employees of the external auditors currently employed in senior positions in the Group and assessing whether those appointments impair, or appear to impair, the auditors’ judgement or independence; considering whether, taken as a whole, the various relationships between the Group and the external auditors impair, or appear to impair, the auditors’ judgement or independence; and reviewing the economic importance of the Group to the external auditors and assessing whether that importance impairs, or appears to impair, the external auditors’ judgement or independence.

The Group has a policy governing the conduct of non-audit work by the auditors1. Under that policy, the auditors are prohibited from performing services where the auditors may be required to audit their own work, participate in activities that would normally be undertaken by management; are remunerated through a ‘success fee’ structure, where success is dependent on the audit; or act in an advocacy role for the Group.

Other than the above, the Group does not impose an automatic ban on the Group auditors undertaking non-audit work. The auditors are permitted to provide non-audit services that are not, or are not perceived to be, in conflict with auditor independence, providing they have the skill, competence and integrity to carry out the work and are considered by the Committee to be the most appropriate to undertake such work in the best interests of the Group. The engagement of the external auditors to provide any non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Committee. In 2010, the fees paid to Ernst & Young for non-audit work amounted to less than 30% of the consolidated audit fee. Details of the amounts paid to the external auditors during the year for audit and other services are set out in note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 119.

The Group audit engagement partner is replaced every five years.

The terms of reference of the Audit Committee were updated in December 2010 principally to reflect the Committee’s increased responsibilities in relation to the monitoring of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems.

The Finance Committee, which advises the Board on the financial requirements of the Group and on appropriate funding arrangements:

 

   

considers and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the issue and buy-back of shares and debt instruments and to the Group’s financing arrangements;

 

   

considers and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to dividend levels on the Ordinary shares;

 

 

1 The Group has a pre-approved policy in respect of audit-related and non-audit services to be provided by the auditors. The Committee may give general pre-approval for a category or type of services, or specific approval for a particular service may be required. Unless varied by the Committee, the term of any general pre-approval is twelve months from the date of pre-approval.

 

CRH    75


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

 

   

keeps the Board advised of the financial implications of Board decisions in relation to acquisitions;

 

   

assists management, at their request, in considering any financial (including taxation) aspect of the Group’s affairs.

The Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee (previously the Nomination Committee) consists of four independent non-executive Directors and the Chief Executive. In addition to its existing responsibilities in assisting the Board in ensuring that the composition of the Board and its Committees is appropriate to the needs of the Group, the Committee’s responsibilities were extended in July 2010 to keep corporate governance developments under review, recommend changes, where appropriate, to the Board, monitor compliance with governance codes and review the content of the Corporate Governance Report to shareholders.

The Committee’s terms of reference were further amended in December 2010, principally to deal with new provisions introduced in 2010 in the U.K. Corporate Governance Code.

During 2010, the Committee recommended to the Board that the Company appoint an external service provider to facilitate the evaluation of the performance of the Board at least once every three years. This is intended to supplement existing processes and reviews carried out by the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director (as outlined in the Performance appraisal and Board evaluation section of this Report on pages 71 and 72). The Committee has recommended that the first evaluation be carried out in 2012. The Committee will agree the terms of reference for such evaluation and will review the results. The Committee also considered the issue of the annual re-election of Directors and recommended to the Board that all Directors should retire at each Annual General Meeting and, where relevant, put themselves forward for re-election.

In considering the composition of the Board, the Committee assesses the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity required on the Board and the extent to which each are represented. The Committee establishes processes for the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board and oversees succession planning for the Board and senior management. Non-executive Directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms, although they may be invited to serve for a further period. The Committee keeps the tenure of Board members under review, with the aim of ensuring phased renewal and refreshment, particularly when a number of non-executive Directors are appointed in any one year. Over the past year, for example, the Committee considered and made recommendations to the Board in relation to the four Directors appointed in 2004. Following the 2011 Annual General Meeting, two Directors appointed in that year will remain on the Board.

To facilitate the search for suitable candidates to serve as non-executive Directors, the Committee uses the services of independent consultants. When prospective candidates have been identified, each member of the Committee meets with them. A recommendation is then made to the Board. No non-executive Director appointments were made to the Board during 2010.

As referred to above in the section on Independence, each year, the Committee reviews details of the non-CRH directorships of each Director, including any relationship between those companies and the Group. The Committee also reviews any business relationships between individual Board members.

During the year, the Committee considered the outcome of the annual review carried out by the Senior Independent Director in relation to the performance of the Chairman, whose initial term of office was due to expire at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 5 May 2010. The Committee, chaired by the Senior Independent Director for this purpose, recommended to the Board that Mr. McGowan’s term of office as Chairman be extended for three years.

The Remuneration Committee consists of three non-executive Directors considered by the Board to be independent and is chaired by the Senior Independent Director. The Directors’ biographical details, on pages 65 to 67, demonstrate that the members of the Committee bring to it a wide range of experience in the area of senior executive remuneration in large organisations and public companies. The Committee receives advice from leading independent firms of compensation and benefit consultants when necessary and the Chief Executive is fully consulted about remuneration proposals.

 

76    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

In 2010, the Committee determined the salaries of the executive Directors and the level of awards made under the performance-related incentive plans, which were based on individual performance and measured targets. The Committee set the remuneration of the Chairman and reviewed the remuneration of senior management. It also approved the initial award of share options to the executive Directors and key management under the new Share Option Scheme, which was approved by shareholders in May 2010 (the 2010 Scheme), and the conditional allocation of shares under the Performance Share Plan. In addition, the Committee approved the partial release of awards made under the Performance Share Plan in 2007 and released deferred shares awarded in 2007.

The Committee oversees the preparation of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration, which contains details on pages 82 to 92 of the Group’s remuneration policy, the structure of executive Directors’ remuneration, awards made under the Group’s share incentive plans, the factors taken into account when assessing the level of vesting under the Performance Share Plan and executive Directors’ pension arrangements.

During the year, the Committee Chairman and the Group Chairman met with the Irish Association of Investment Managers (IAIM) to discuss the views of the institution regarding remuneration developments generally and the performance criteria for the second grant of options under the 2010 Scheme. Further details in relation to the performance criteria for the 2010 Scheme are set out in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.

A Committee of the Chairman and the executive Directors makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the remuneration of the non-executive Directors. In accordance with the Articles of Association, shareholders set the maximum aggregate amount of the fees payable to non-executive Directors. The current limit was set by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held in 2005.

On the recommendation of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, the Committee’s terms of reference were updated in 2010 to the effect that the Group’s Chairman may be a member of the Committee provided his/her tenure on the Board does not exceed 12 years. Accordingly, Mr. McGowan ceased to be a member of the Committee in 2010. He is consulted on remuneration matters and is invited to attend meetings of the Committee when appropriate.

Communications with Shareholders

Communications with shareholders are given high priority. There is regular dialogue with institutional shareholders and proxy voting agencies, as well as presentations at the time of the release of the annual and interim results. Conference calls are held following the issuance of interim management statements and major announcements by the Group, which afford Directors the opportunity to hear investors’ reactions to the announcements and their views on other issues. Interim management statements are issued in May and November. Major acquisitions are notified to the Stock Exchanges in accordance with the requirements of the Listing Rules. Development updates, giving details of other acquisitions completed and major capital expenditure projects, are usually issued in January and July each year.

In addition to the normal programme of presentations and meetings with investors following results announcements, in November 2010 the Group organised an event for investors and analysts in London and held a similar event in New York. These two investor days afforded shareholders an opportunity to meet with management and discuss the Group’s general strategy and other topical issues. Both investor days were attended by the Chairman. The Board received and considered reports on the issues raised by investors in the course of the presentations and meetings in 2010.

The Group’s website, www.crh.com, provides the full text of the Annual and Interim Reports, the Annual Report on Form 20-F, which is filed annually with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, the CSR Report, trading statements, interim management statements and copies of presentations to analysts and investors. News releases are made available in the News & Media section of the website immediately after release to the Stock Exchanges. Videos of key investor briefings are broadcast live and are made available as recordings in the Investor Relations section.

 

CRH    77


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

In addition, the Company responds throughout the year to numerous letters from shareholders on a wide range of issues.

Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility is embedded in all CRH operations and activities. Excellence in governance, environmental (including climate change), health and safety and social performance is a daily key priority of line management. Group policies and implementation systems are described in detail in the CSR Report on the Group’s website, www.crh.com. During 2010, CRH was again recognised, by several leading socially responsible investment (SRI) agencies, as being among the leaders in its sector in this area.

Code of Business Conduct

The CRH Code of Business Conduct is applicable to all Group employees1. The Code is available on the Group’s website, www.crh.com. Regional hotline facilities are in place, to enable employees to report suspected breaches of the Code.

General Meetings

The Company’s Annual General Meeting (AGM), which is held in Ireland, affords individual shareholders the opportunity to question the Chairman and the Board. With the exception of one Director who was unable to attend due to flight disruption caused by volcanic ash from eruptions in Iceland, all Directors attended the 2010 AGM. The Notice of the AGM, which specifies the time, date, place and the business to be transacted, is sent to shareholders at least twenty working days before the meeting. At the meeting, resolutions are voted on by means of an electronic voting system. The votes of shareholders present at the meeting are added to the proxy votes received in advance and the total number of votes for, against and withheld for each resolution are announced. This information is made available on the Company’s website following the meeting.

All other general meetings are called Extraordinary General Meetings (EGMs). An EGM called for the passing of a special resolution must be called by at least twenty-one clear days’ notice. An EGM to consider an ordinary resolution may, if the Directors deem it appropriate, be called at fourteen clear days’ notice, provided shareholders have passed a special resolution to permit this at the immediately preceding AGM and the Company continues to allow shareholders to vote by electronic means.

A quorum for a general meeting of the Company is constituted by five or more shareholders present in person and entitled to vote. The passing of resolutions at a meeting of the Company, other than special resolutions, requires a simple majority. To be passed, a special resolution requires a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast.

Shareholders have the right to attend, speak, ask questions and vote at general meetings. In accordance with Irish company law, the Company specifies record dates for general meetings, by which date shareholders must be registered in the Register of Members of the Company to be entitled to attend. Record dates are specified in the notes to the Notice of a general meeting. Shareholders may exercise their right to vote by appointing a proxy/proxies, by electronic means or in writing, to vote some or all of their shares. The requirements for the receipt of valid proxy forms are set out in the notes to the Notice convening the meeting. A shareholder, or a group of shareholders, holding at least 5% of the issued share capital of the Company, has the right to requisition a general meeting. A shareholder, or a group of shareholders, holding at least 3% of the issued share capital of the Company, has the right to put an item on the agenda of an AGM or to table a draft resolution for inclusion in the agenda of a general meeting, subject to any contrary provision in Irish company law.

 

78    CRH

 

1 Including the Chief Executive and senior financial officers. The Code promotes honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures and compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations and complies with the applicable code of ethics regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission arising from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

The Group’s website, www.crh.com, contains answers to questions frequently asked by shareholders, including questions regarding shareholder rights in respect of general meetings. The FAQs can be accessed in the Investor Relations section of the website under “Shareholder Services”.

Risk Management and Internal Control

As referred to above, in accordance with Section 91(6)(b) of the EC (Directive 2006/43) Regulations 2010, with effect from January 2011, the Board has delegated responsibility for the monitoring of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems to the Audit Committee. Such systems are designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and, in the case of internal control systems, can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The Directors confirm that the Group’s ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing its principal risks and uncertainties (as outlined in pages 30 to 35) is in accordance with the updated Turnbull guidance (Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code) published in October 2005. The process has been in place throughout the accounting period and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements.

Group management has responsibility for major strategic development and financing decisions. Responsibility for operational issues is devolved, subject to limits of authority, to product group and operating company management. Management at all levels is responsible for internal control over the respective business functions that have been delegated. This embedding of the system of internal control throughout the Group’s operations ensures that the organisation is capable of responding quickly to evolving business risks, and that significant internal control issues, should they arise, are reported promptly to appropriate levels of management.

The Board and Audit Committee receive on a regular basis, reports on the key risks to the business and the steps being taken to manage such risks and consider whether the significant risks faced by the Group are being identified, evaluated and appropriately managed, having regard to the balance of risk, cost and opportunity. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with internal auditors on a regular basis and satisfies itself as to the adequacy of the Group’s internal control system and meets with the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee annually to ensure that the Group’s remuneration policies and structures are in line with the Group’s ‘risk appetite’ (which the Board has determined to be low). The Audit Committee also meets with and receives reports from the external auditors. The Chairman of the Audit Committee reports regularly to the Board on all significant issues considered by the Committee and the minutes of its meetings are circulated to all Directors.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared subject to oversight and control of the Group Finance Director, ensuring correct data is captured from group locations and all required information for disclosure in the Consolidated Financial Statements is provided. An appropriate control framework has been put in place around the recording of appropriate eliminations and other adjustments. The Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements are reviewed by the CRH Financial Review and Disclosure Group prior to being reviewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors.

The Directors confirm that, in addition to the monitoring carried out by the Audit Committee under its terms of reference, they have reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems up to and including the date of approval of the Consolidated Financial Statements. This had regard to all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls, that could affect the Group’s business.

Going Concern

The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the Chief Executive’s Review on pages 37 and 38. The financial position of the Company, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Finance Review on pages 39 to 43. In addition, notes 21 to 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CRH    79


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

include the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Company has considerable financial resources and a large number of customers and suppliers across different geographic areas and industries. As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Company is well placed to manage its business risks successfully.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Compliance

In the period under review, CRH complied with the provisions set out in Section 1 of the 2008 Combined Code. The Company also complied with the rules issued by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission to implement the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, in so far as they apply to the Group.

Although non-US companies such as CRH are exempt from most of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, in common with companies listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange, CRH’s corporate governance practices reflect, inter alia, compliance with (a) domestic company law; (b) the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange and the UK Listing Authority; and (c) the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (Combined Code), which is appended to the listing rules of the Irish and London Stock Exchange.

CRH has adopted a robust set of board governance principles, which reflect the Combined Code and its principles-based approach to corporate governance. As such, the way in which CRH makes determinations of directors’ independence differs from the NYSE rules. The Board has determined that, in its judgement, all of the Non-executive Directors are independent. In doing so, however, the board did not explicitly take into consideration the independence requirements outlined in the NYSE’s listing standards.

The Company’s Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee includes five members, including the Chief Executive Officer, with the remainder all being considered by the Company’s Board of Directors to be independent in accordance with the principles and criteria of the Combined Code. Under NYSE rules, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee is to be composed entirely of independent directors.

Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans

The NYSE rules require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. CRH complies with Irish requirements, which are similar to the NYSE rules. The CRH Board, however, does not explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of what are considered “material revisions”.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) as of 31 December 2010. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Finance Director have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date at the level of providing reasonable assurance.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Finance Director, recognised that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

 

80    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Corporate Governance

 

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In accordance with the requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, the following report is provided by management in respect of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Because of its inherent limitations however, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, the effectiveness of an internal control system may change over time.

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission.

As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company has elected to exclude an assessment of the internal controls of acquisitions made during the year 2010. These acquisitions, which are listed in note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, constituted 2.6% of total assets and 4.3% of net assets, as of 31 December 2010 and 1.0% and 2.0% of revenue and net profit respectively for the year then ended.

Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls. Based on this assessment, management has concluded and hereby reports that as of 31 December 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Our auditors, Ernst & Young, a registered public accounting firm, who have audited the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2010, have audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Their report, on which an unqualified opinion is expressed thereon, is included on page 96.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During 2010, there have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

CRH    81


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

REPORT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

The Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee of the Board consists of independent non-executive Directors of the Company. Under its terms of reference, which are available on the Group’s website www.crh.com, the Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the Group’s policy on executive remuneration and considering and approving salaries and other terms of the remuneration packages for the executive Directors. The Remuneration Committee also recommends and monitors the level and structure of remuneration for senior management. It receives advice from leading independent firms of compensation and benefit consultants, when necessary, and the Chief Executive attends meetings except when his own remuneration is being discussed. Further details regarding the members of the Remuneration Committee, including their length of service and biographies are set out on pages 65 to 68.

Remuneration Policy

CRH is an international group of companies, with activities in 35 countries. CRH’s policy on Directors’ remuneration is designed to attract and retain Directors of the highest calibre who can bring their experience and independent views to the policy, strategic decisions and governance of CRH.

Executive Directors must be properly rewarded and motivated to perform in the long-term interest of the shareholders. The spread of the Group’s operations requires that the remuneration packages in place in each geographical area are appropriate and competitive for that area. In setting remuneration levels, the Remuneration Committee takes into consideration the remuneration practices of other international companies of similar size and scope, trends in executive remuneration generally, in each of the regions in which the Company operates, and the EU Commission’s recommendations on remuneration in listed companies. Extensive reviews of the structure of executive remuneration were carried out in 2005 and in 2009.

The EU Commission’s recommendations were published in December 2004 in a document entitled “fostering an appropriate regime for the remuneration of the directors of listed companies” and those recommendations were supplemented by additional recommendations issued in 2009. The Remuneration Committee supports the general objectives of the EU’s recommendations and the broad issues they aim to address. This is reflected in the detailed disclosures in this Report and in the Corporate Governance Report in relation to the composition of the Remuneration Committee, the Group’s remuneration policy, the elements of executive Directors’ remuneration (including bonus structure, deferred bonus arrangements and share incentive plans), the collective and individual remuneration of Directors and pension entitlements. The Company believes that shareholders are entitled to have a ‘say on pay’ and, accordingly, at the 2010 Annual General Meeting, the 2009 Report on Directors’ Remuneration was presented to shareholders for the purposes of an advisory vote. 98.5% of the votes on this resolution were cast in favour. A number of the EU Commission’s recommendations, some of which are the subject of on-going consideration at government level and in investment associations, have not been implemented by the Remuneration Committee. Those areas will continue to receive the Remuneration Committee’s active consideration and their relevance and practicality in the business context in which CRH operates will be assessed on an on-going basis.

Performance-related rewards, based on measured targets, are a key component of remuneration. CRH’s strategy of fostering entrepreneurship in its regional companies requires well-designed incentive plans that reward the creation of shareholder value through organic and acquisitive growth. The typical elements of the remuneration package for executive Directors are basic salary and benefits, a performance-related incentive plan, pension arrangements and participation in the performance share and share option plans. It is policy to grant participation in these plans to key management to encourage identification with shareholders’ interests and to create a community of interest among different regions and nationalities. The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee meets with the Audit Committee annually to review the Group’s remuneration structures and ensure they are in line with its risk policies and systems.

The Group also operates share participation plans and savings-related share option schemes for eligible employees in all regions where the regulations permit the operation of such plans. In total there are approximately 7,000 employees of all categories who are shareholders in the Group.

 

82    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Executive Directors’ Remuneration

Basic salary and benefits

The basic salaries of executive Directors are reviewed annually having regard to personal performance, company performance, step changes in responsibilities and competitive market practice in the area of operation. Employment-related benefits relate principally to relocation costs, the use of company cars and medical/life assurance. No fees are payable to executive Directors.

Performance-related incentive plan

The performance-related incentive plan is based on achieving clearly defined and stretch annual profit targets and strategic goals with an approximate weighting of 80% for profits and cash flow generation and 20% for personal and strategic goals. At target performance, payout is 80% of basic salary for Europe-based participants and 90% of basic salary for US-based participants. A maximum payout of 1.5 times these levels is payable for a level of performance well in excess of target.

The four components of the plan are:

 

(i) Individual performance

 

(ii) Profit before tax and earnings per share growth targets

 

(iii) Cash flow generation targets

 

(iv) Return on net assets targets

Up to one-third of the bonus in each year is payable in CRH shares and the entitlement to beneficial ownership of the shares is deferred for a period of three years (Deferred Shares), with the individual not becoming beneficially entitled to the Deferred Shares in the event of departure from the Group in certain circumstances during that time period. Deferred Shares are awarded in respect of the portion of any bonus payout that exceeds target performance. The principal objective of the deferral element is to tie a portion of the annual award to the longer-term performance of the CRH share price. In 2010, the Remuneration Committee authorised the release of Deferred Shares awarded to Mr. Lee in 2007.

In addition to the annual performance incentive plan, the Chief Executive, Mr. Lee, has a special long-term incentive plan (LTIP) incorporating targets set for the five-year period 2009-2013. The plan incorporates challenging goals in respect of Total Shareholder Return by comparison with a peer group, growth in earnings per share and the strategic development of the Group, with a total maximum earnings potential of 40% of aggregate basic salary. While accruals are made on an annual basis, there is no commitment to any payment until the end of the period. Details of the manner in which the earnings are provided for under the plan are set out in note 2 to the table of Directors’ Remuneration on page 87.

Performance Share Plan/Share Option Scheme

Long-term incentive plans involving conditional awards of shares are now a common part of executive remuneration packages, motivating high performance and aligning the interests of executives and shareholders. The Performance Share Plan approved by shareholders in May 2006 is tied to Total Shareholder Return (TSR). Half of the award is assessed against TSR for a group of global building materials companies and the other half against TSR for the constituents of the Eurofirst 300 Index. The maximum award under the Performance Share Plan is 150% of basic salary per annum in the form of conditional shares and the vesting period is three years. The awards lapse, if over the three-year period, CRH’s TSR is below the median of the peer group/index; 30% of the award vests if CRH’s performance is equal to the median while 100% vests if CRH’s performance is equal to or greater than the 75th percentile; for TSR performance between the 50th and the 75th percentiles, between 30% and 100% of the award vests on a straight-line basis.

When approved by shareholders in 2006, the Performance Share Plan incorporated an earnings per share (EPS) growth underpin of the Irish Consumer Price Index plus 5% per annum, a requirement of the Irish Association of Investment Managers (IAIM) at the time. The circular issued in 2006 in connection with the proposed adoption of

 

CRH    83


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

the Performance Share Plan advised shareholders that the “Committee may modify the EPS performance condition if, following agreement with the Irish Association of Investment Managers, it is satisfied that there are valid reasons to do so or where such requirement has ceased to be a requirement of the Irish Association of Investment Managers”. In 2009, the IAIM advised that it did not regard this financial test as an additional hurdle but rather as a mechanism to assist the Remuneration Committee in determining whether TSR reflected performance. Following discussion with the IAIM, the rules of the Performance Share Plan were amended to delete the underpin requirement, substituting in its place the condition that no award, or portion of an award, which had satisfied the TSR performance criteria would be released unless the Remuneration Committee had confirmed the validity of the TSR performance and reviewed EPS performance to assess its consistency with the objectives of the assessment.

During 2010, the Remuneration Committee determined that 50% of the award made under the Performance Share Plan in 2007 had vested. The Company’s TSR performance, which was verified by the Remuneration Committee’s remuneration consultants, was greater than the 75th percentile referred to above when assessed against the building materials sector, while TSR performance was below the median in relation to the Eurofirst 300 Index. Prior to making its vesting determination, the Remuneration Committee satisfied itself that the TSR outcome was valid and had not been significantly affected by unusual events or extraneous factors.

The peer group against which Performance Share Plan performance was measured for the 2007 award was:

 

Boral

   Holcim    Titan Cement

Buzzi Unicem

   Home Depot    Travis Perkins

Cemex

   Italcementi    Vulcan Materials

Ciments Francais

   Kingspan Group    Weinerberger

Cimpor

   Lafarge    Wolseley

Grafton Group

   Martin Marietta Materials     

Heidelberg Cement

   Saint Gobain     

Participants in the Plan are not entitled to any dividends (or other distributions made) and have no right to vote in respect of the shares subject to the award, until such time as the shares vest. Details of awards to Directors under the Plan are provided on page 90.

With the introduction of the Performance Share Plan, the Remuneration Committee decided that no further Second Tier share options should be granted under the 2000 Share Option Scheme, which was then in operation; however, Basic Tier options continued to be issued.

2010 Share Option Scheme

At the 2010 Annual General Meeting, shareholders approved the introduction of a new share option scheme (the 2010 Scheme). The first grant of options under the 2010 Scheme was made in May 2010. It is intended that options will be granted annually, ensuring a smooth progression over the life of the scheme, and that the second and future grants will be made after the final results announcement, ensuring transparency. Options are granted at the market price of the Company’s shares at the time of grant.

The 2010 Scheme is based on one tier of options with a single vesting test. The performance criteria for the scheme are EPS-based. Vesting only occurs once an initial performance target has been reached and, thereafter, is dependant on performance. In considering the level of vesting based on EPS performance, the Remuneration Committee also considers the overall results of the Group. Performance targets for the initial grant of options were agreed with the IAIM, which also approved the Scheme, and are as follows:

 

   

the option award lapses if EPS growth over the three year target period is less than 12.5% compounded over the period;

 

84    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

 

   

20% of the option grant shall be exercisable if compound EPS growth is equal to 12.5%, while 100% shall be exercisable if compound EPS growth is equal to 27.5%;

 

   

subject to any reduction which the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate, options vest between 20% and 40% on a straight-line basis if compound growth is between 12.5% and 17.5%; and vest between 40% and 100% on a straight-line basis if compound growth is between 17.5% and 27.5%, which provides for proportionately more vesting for higher levels of EPS growth.

It was indicated in the circular to shareholders in connection with the introduction of the 2010 Scheme, that, for the most senior executives in the Group, the combination of awards under CRH’s share incentive plans would be biased towards the TSR-based Performance Share Plan. Awards in 2010 were made on this basis. The maximum allocation to any executive under the 2010 Scheme was 150% of basic salary; the maximum allowable under the rules is 200% of salary (including bonus and benefits-in-kind).

The Remuneration Committee has authority to set appropriate performance criteria for each grant. For the proposed 2011 grant, it is intended to again apply the criteria set out above. The Remuneration Committee believes that this will continue to closely align management with shareholder goals as well as fostering the attainment of superior performance and ensure that CRH can continue to recruit, retain and motivate high quality executives across its global areas of operation. The IAIM was consulted on this proposal and have confirmed their agreement to the Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee has discretionary powers regarding the implementation of the rules of the 2010 Scheme. These powers have not been exercised since the adoption of the Scheme. A summary of the principal features of the 2010 Scheme was included in the circular sent to all shareholders with the Notice of the 2010 Annual General Meeting. The circular is available on the CRH website, www.crh.com.

The percentage of share capital which can be issued under CRH share schemes, and individual share participation limits, comply with institutional guidelines.

Non-executive Directors’ Remuneration

The remuneration of non-executive Directors, including that of the Chairman, is determined by the Board of Directors as a whole. In determining the remuneration, the Board receives recommendations from the Remuneration Committee in respect of the Chairman and in respect of the non-executive Directors from a committee of the Chairman and the executive Directors. Remuneration is set at a level which will attract individuals with the necessary experience and ability to make a substantial contribution to the Company’s affairs and reflect the time and travel demands of their Board duties. They do not participate in any of the Company’s performance-related incentive plans or share schemes.

Pensions

Ms. Carton, Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold are participants in a contributory defined benefit plan which is based on an accrual rate of 1/60th of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service and is designed to provide two-thirds of salary at retirement for full service. There is provision for Ms. Carton, Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold to retire at 60 years of age.

The Finance Act 2006 established a cap on pension provision by introducing a penalty tax charge on pension assets in excess of the higher of 5 million (in the Finance Act 2011, this threshold was reduced to 2.3 million) or the value of individual accrued pension entitlements as at 7 December 2005. As a result of these legislative changes, the Remuneration Committee decided that Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold should have the option of continuing to accrue pension benefits as previously, or of choosing an alternative arrangement - by accepting pension benefits limited by the cap - with a similar overall cost to the Group. Both have chosen to opt for the alternative arrangement which involves capping their pensions in line with the provisions of the Finance Act 2006 and receiving a supplementary taxable non-pensionable cash allowance in lieu of pension benefits foregone. These allowances are similar in value to the reduction in the Company’s liability represented by the pension benefits foregone. They are calculated based on actuarial advice as the equivalent of the reduction in the Company’s liability to each individual and spread over the term to retirement as annual compensation allowances. The allowances for 2010 are detailed in note (ii) on page 88.

 

CRH    85


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Ms. Carton continued to participate during 2010 in a defined benefit plan.

Mr. Towe participates in a defined contribution retirement plan in respect of basic salary; and in addition participates in an unfunded defined contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) also in respect of basic salary, to which contributions are made at an agreed rate, offset by contributions made to the other retirement plan.

Since 1991, it has been the Board’s policy that non-executive Directors do not receive pensions.

Directors’ Service Contracts

No executive Director has a service contract extending beyond twelve months. No Director has a service contract that provides for any benefits on termination of employment.

Directors’ Remuneration and Interests in Share Capital

Details of Directors’ remuneration charged against profit in the year are given in the table on the next page. Details of individual remuneration and pension benefits for the year ended 31 December 2010 are given on page 88. Directors’ share options and shareholdings are shown below and on pages 91 and 92.

Directors’ interests in share capital at 31 December 2010

The interests of the Directors and Secretary in the shares of the Company as at 31 December 2010, which are beneficial unless otherwise indicated, are shown below. The Directors and Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary, joint venture or associated undertakings.

 

Ordinary Shares    31 December
2010
    31 December
2009
 

Directors

    

M. Carton

     38,521        38,503

W.P. Egan

     16,427        16,427   

- Non-beneficial

     12,000        12,000   

U-H. Felcht

     1,285        1,285   

N. Hartery

     1,285        1,285   

J.M. de Jong

     14,036        13,502   

J.W. Kennedy

     1,009        1,009   

M. Lee

     348,340 **      323,027 ** 

K. McGowan

     22,001        21,344   

A. Manifold

     21,525        11,790   

D.N. O’Connor

     15,328        15,040   

J.M.C. O’Connor

     2,851        2,763   

W.I. O’Mahony

     1,089,431        1,089,431   

M.S. Towe

     44,644        34,420   

Secretary

    

N. Colgan

     11,348        10,527   
       1,640,031        1,592,353   

 

* Holding as at date of appointment.

 

** Excludes awards of Deferred Shares, details of which are shown on page 89.

There were no transactions in the above Directors’ and Secretary’s interests between 31 December 2010 and 28 February 2011.

Of the above holdings, the following are held in the form of American Depository Receipts:

 

      31 December
2010
     31 December
2009
 

W.P. Egan

     10,000         10,000   

- Non-beneficial

     12,000         12,000   

M.S. Towe

     3,397         3,397   

 

86    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

 

           2010
000
     2009
000
     2008
000
 
Notes    Executive Directors         
   Basic salary      3,443         3,384         2,807   
   Performance-related incentive plan         
   - cash element      952         964         905   
   - deferred shares element      -         -         -   
   Retirement benefits expense      1,602         1,462         497   
   Benefits      164         397         369   

1

        6,161         6,207         4,578   

2

   Provision for Chief Executive long-term incentive plan      460         460         456   
   Total executive Directors’ remuneration      6,621         6,667         5,034   
   Average number of executive Directors      4.00         4.00         3.00   
   Non-executive Directors         
   Fees      635         646         568   
   Other remuneration      667         672         679   
   Total non-executive Directors’ remuneration      1,302         1,318         1,247   
   Average number of non-executive Directors      9.34         9.50         8.35   

3

   Severance      -         -         2,160   

4

   Payments to former Directors      56         59         66   
   Total Directors’ remuneration      7,979         8,044         8,507   

Notes to Directors’ remuneration

 

1 See analysis of 2010 remuneration by individual on page 88.
2 As set out on page 83, the Chief Executive has a special long-term incentive plan tied to the achievement of exceptional growth and key strategic goals for the five-year period 2009 to 2013 with a total maximum earnings potential of 40% of aggregate basic salary. While accruals are made on an annual basis, there is no commitment to any payment until the end of the five-year period.
3 Severance payment to Mr. T.W.Hill who resigned as an executive on 31 July 2008 after 28 years service.
4 Consulting and other fees paid to a number of former directors.

 

CRH    87


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Individual remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2010

 

            Incentive Plan                                            
      Basic
salary
and fees
000
    

Cash

element

(i)

000

    

Deferred
shares

(i)

000

    

Retirement

benefits
expense

(ii)

000

    

Other
Remuneration
(iii)

000

    

Benefits
(iv)

000

     Total
2010
000
     Total
2009
000
     Total
2008
000
 

Executive Directors

                          

M. Carton (v)

     321         80         -         80         -         8         489         -         -   

G.A. Culpepper (v) (vi)

     267         67         -         7         -         40         381         1,087         -   

T.W. Hill (vii)

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         856   

M. Lee

     1,150         288         -         980         -         25         2,443         2,455         1,114   

A. Manifold (vi)

     800         200         -         354         -         31         1,385         1,236         -   

W.I. O’Mahony (viii)

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         1,746   

M.S. Towe (ix)

     905         317         -         181         -         60         1,463         1,429         862   
       3,443         952         -         1,602         -         164         6,161         6,207         4,578   

Non-executive Directors

                          

W.P. Egan

     68         -         -         -         52         -         120         120         120   

U-H. Felcht

     68         -         -         -         37         -         105         105         105   

N. Hartery

     68         -         -         -         53         -         121         115         106   

J.M. de Jong

     68         -         -         -         71         -         139         139         139   

D.M. Kennedy

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         47   

J. W. Kennedy (x)

     68         -         -         -         22         -         90         45         -   

K. McGowan

     68         -         -         -         337         -         405         405         450   

T.V. Neill (xi)

     23         -         -         -         13         -         36         105         100   

D.N. O’Connor

     68         -         -         -         22         -         90         90         90   

J.M.C. O’Connor

     68         -         -         -         22         -         90         90         90   

W.I. O’Mahony (viii)

     68         -         -         -         38         -         106         104         -   
       635         -         -         -         667         -         1,302         1,318         1,247   

 

(i) Performance-related Incentive Plan Under the executive Directors’ incentive plan for 2010, a bonus is payable for meeting clearly defined and stretch profit/cash flow targets and strategic goals. The structure of the 2010 incentive plan is set out on page 83. The 2010 plan payout levels reflect the strong delivery under the cash generation component. For 2010 the bonus is payable entirely in cash.
(ii) Retirement benefits expense The Irish Finance Act 2006 effectively established a cap on pension provision by introducing a penalty tax charge on pension assets in excess of the higher of 5 million or the value of individual prospective pension entitlements as at 7 December 2005. As a result of these legislative changes, the Remuneration Committee has decided that Executive Directors who are members of Irish pension schemes should have the option of continuing to accrue pension benefits as previously, or of choosing an alternative arrangement - by accepting pension benefits limited by the cap - with a similar overall cost to the Group. Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold chose to opt for the alternative arrangement which involves capping their pensions in line with the provisions of the Finance Act and receiving a supplementary taxable non-pensionable cash allowance, in lieu of prospective pension benefits foregone. These allowances are similar in value to the reduction in the Company’s liability represented by the pension benefit foregone. They are calculated based on actuarial advice as the equivalent of the reduction in the Company’s liability to each individual and spread over the term to retirement as annual compensation allowances. For 2010 the compensation allowances amount to 980,000 (2009: 980,000) for Mr. Lee and 354,081 (2009: 195,000) for Mr. Manifold. Ms. Carton continued to participate in a defined benefit plan.
(iii) Other Remuneration Non-executive Directors: Includes remuneration for Chairman and Board Committee work and in the case of Mr. O’Mahony also includes payment for services unrelated to Board and Committee work.
(iv) Benefits These relate principally to relocation expenses, housing allowance, the use of company cars and medical/life assurance.
(v) Ms. M. Carton became a Director on 25 May 2010 while Mr. G.Culpepper resigned as a Director on the same date and as an executive on 30 June 2010.
(vi) Mr. G.A. Culpepper and Mr. A. Manifold became Directors on 1 January 2009.
(vii) Mr. T.W. Hill resigned from the Board on 25 June 2008. He resigned as an executive on 31 July 2008, after 28 years service, and a severance payment in this regard amounting to 2,160,000 for 2008 is included on the summary of remuneration on page 87.
(viii) Mr. W.I. O’Mahony retired as CRH Chief Executive on 31 December 2008 but remains on the CRH Board in a non-executive capacity.
(ix) Mr. M.S. Towe became a Director on 31 July 2008.
(x) Mr. J. W. Kennedy became a Director on 24 June 2009.
(xi) Mr. T.V. Neill retired on 5 May 2010.

 

88    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Pension entitlements - defined benefit

 

      Increase in
accrued
personal pension
during 2010
(i)
000
     Transfer value
of increase in
dependants’
pension
(i)
000
     Total accrued
personal
pension at
year-end
(ii)
000
 

Executive Directors

        

M. Carton

     7         98         266   

M. Lee

     -         56         287   

A. Manifold

     -         34         273   

 

(i) As noted on page 85, the pensions of Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold have been capped in line with the provisions of the Finance Act 2006. However, dependant’s pensions continue to accrue resulting in Greenbury transfer values which have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice. These amounts do not represent sums paid out or due, but are the amounts that the pension scheme would transfer to another pension scheme in relation to benefits accrued in 2009 in the event of Mr. Lee or Mr. Manifold leaving service.
(ii) The accrued pensions shown in respect of Ms. Carton, Mr. Lee and Mr. Manifold are those which would be payable annually from normal retirement date.

Pension entitlements - defined contribution

The accumulated liabilities related to the unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans for Mr. G.A. Culpepper and Mr. M.S. Towe are as follows:

 

     

As at 31

December
2009
000

     2010
contribution
000
    

2010
Notional
interest
(iii)

000

     Translation
adjustment
000
     As at 31
December
2010
000
 
Executive Directors               

G.A. Culpepper (iv)

     337         5         8         25         375   

M.S. Towe

     914         178         55         70         1,217   

 

(iii) Notional interest, which is calculated based on the average bid yields of United States Treasury fixed-coupon securities with remaining terms to maturity of approximately 20 years, plus 1.5%, is credited to the above plans.
(iv) Following his resignation as an executive the accumulated liability above in respect of Mr. Culpepper was discharged in February 2011.

Deferred Shares (v)

 

     Number at
31 December
2009
     Awards of
Deferred
Shares
during
2010
     New Shares
allotted under
the Scrip
Dividend
Scheme
during 2010
     Released
during
2010
    

Number at

31 December
2010

    Release
date
 

Executive Directors

               

M. Lee

    7,994         -         -         7,994         -     
      10,129         -         320         -         10,449        March 2011   
      18,123         -         320         7,994         10,449     

 

(v) Under the executive Directors’ incentive plan, up to one-third of the bonus in each year is payable in CRH shares and the entitlement to beneficial ownership of the shares is deferred for a period of three years, with the individual not becoming beneficially entitled to the shares in the event of departure from the Group in certain circumstances during that time period.

 

CRH    89


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Directors’ awards under the Performance Share Plan (i)

 

     31 December
2009
    Granted
in 2010
    Released
in 2010
(ii)
    Lapsed
in 2010
(ii)
    31 December
2010
    Performance
Period
    Release
Date
   

Market
Price in euro
on award

(iii)

 

M. Carton (iv)

    4,436        -        -        -        4,436        01/01/08 - 31/12/10        March 2011        23.45   
    14,000        -        -        -        14,000        01/01/09 - 31/12/11        March 2012        17.00   
    -        10,000        -        -        10,000        01/01/10 - 31/12/12        March 2013        18.51   
    18,436        10,000        -        -        28,436         

G.A. Culpepper (v)

    9,981        -        4,990        4,991        -         
    12,199        -        -        12,199        -        01/01/08 - 31/12/10        March 2011        23.45   
    47,500        -        -        47,500        -        01/01/09 - 31/12/11        March 2012        17.00   
    -        42,500        -        42,500        -        01/01/10 - 31/12/12        March 2013        18.51   
    69,680        42,500        4,990        107,190        -         

M. Lee

    19,962        -        9,981        9,981        -         
    27,725        -        -        -        27,725        01/01/08 - 31/12/10        March 2011        23.45   
    70,000        -        -        -        70,000        01/01/09 - 31/12/11        March 2012        17.00   
    -        75,000        -        -        75,000        01/01/10 - 31/12/12        March 2013        18.51   
    117,687        75,000        9,981        9,981        172,725         

A. Manifold

    16,635        -        8,317        8,318        -         
    27,725        -        -        -        27,725        01/01/08 - 31/12/10        March 2011        23.45   
    47,500        -        -        -        47,500        01/01/09 - 31/12/11        March 2012        17.00   
    -        55,000        -        -        55,000        01/01/10 - 31/12/12        March 2013        18.51   
    91,860        55,000        8,317        8,318        130,225         

M.S. Towe

    18,853        -        9,426        9,427        -         
    23,289        -        -        -        23,289        01/01/08 - 31/12/10        March 2011        23.45   
    76,000        -        -        -        76,000        01/01/09 - 31/12/11        March 2012        17.00   
    -        60,000        -        -        60,000        01/01/10 - 31/12/12        March 2013        18.51   
    118,142        60,000        9,426        9,427        159,289         

 

(i) Performance Share Plan This is a long term share incentive plan under which share awards are granted in the form of a provisional allocation of shares for which no exercise price is payable. The shares scheduled for release in March 2011, March 2012 and March 2013 will be allocated to the extent that the relative TSR performance conditions are achieved. The structure of the Performance Share Plan is set out on pages 83 and 84.
(ii) On 4 March 2010, the Remuneration Committee determined that 50% of the 2007 award vested and that portion of the award was released to participants. The balance of the 2007 award lapsed.
(iii) The Trustees of the CRH plc Employee Benefit Trust purchased Ordinary Shares at 33.55 per share on 11 April 2007 in respect of part of the 2007 award. No shares were purchased in respect of the 2008, 2009 or 2010 awards. No dividends are payable on these shares until such time as they are released to plan participants.
(iv) Ms. Carton became a Director on 25 May 2010. The opening balances above relate to the position at date of appointment.
(v) Mr. Culpepper resigned as a Director on 25 May 2010 and from the Group on 30 June 2010. As a result his outstanding 2008, 2009 and 2010 awards lapsed during the year.

Directors’ interests

The Company’s Register of Directors’ Interests contains full details of Directors’ shareholdings and options to subscribe for shares.

 

90    CRH


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Directors’ share options

Details of movements on outstanding options and those exercised during the year are set out in the table below:

 

                                              Options exercised
during 2010
 
    

31 December
2009

 

   

Granted in
2010

 

   

Lapsed
in 2010

 

   

Exercised
in 2010

 

   

31 December
2010

 

          

Weighted average
option price at
31 December
2010

   

Weighted
average
exercise
price

   

Weighted
average market
price at date of
exercise

 

M. Carton*

    55,831        -        -        -        55,831        (c     25.75        -        -   
    39,924        -        -        -        39,924        (d     14.97        -        -   
    -        35,000        -        -        35,000        (e     18.39        -        -   
    1,752        -        -        -        1,752        (f     18.39        -        -   

G.A. Culpepper**

    18,262        -        -        18,262        -        (b     -        16.24        18.78   
    148,673        -        115,403        33,270        -        (c     -        13.52        16.06   
    72,085        -        38,815        33,270        -        (d     -        13.47        18.78   

M. Lee

    3,580        -        -        3,580        -        (b     -        15.56        16.88   
    318,435        -        -        -        318,435        (c     19.32        -        -   
    138,625        -        -        -        138,625        (d     14.86        -        -   
    -        85,000        -        -        85,000        (e     18.39        -        -   
    1,752        -        -        -        1,752        (f     18.39        -        -   

A. Manifold

    166,445        -        -        -        166,445        (c     21.97        -        -   
    48,796        -        -        -        48,796        (d     14.65        -        -   
    -        60,000        -        -        60,000        (e     18.39        -        -   
    1,752        -        -        -        1,752        (f     18.39        -        -   

W.I. O’Mahony

    121,746        -        -        121,746        -        (a     -        15.56        18.81   
    60,873        -        -        60,873        -        (b     -        15.56        18.81   
    576,680        -        -        -        576,680        (c     18.31        -        -   
    277,250        -        -        -        277,250        (d     16.99        -        -   

M.S. Towe

    243,981        -        -        -        243,981        (c     20.26        -        -   
    155,260        -        -        -        155,260        (d     14.80        -        -   
    -        70,000        -        -        70,000        (e     18.39        -        -   
    2,451,702        250,000        154,218        271,001        2,276,483           

 

* Ms. Carton became a Director on 25 May 2010. The opening balances above and in the following table relate to the position at date of appointment.
** Mr. Culpepper resigned from the Board on 25 May 2010.

 

CRH    91


Table of Contents

Directors and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Options by price

 

  31 December
2009
    Granted
in 2010
    Lapsed
in 2010
    Exercised
in 2010
    31 December
2010
           Earliest
exercise date
    Expiry date  

15.5646

    121,746        -        -        121,746        -        (a    

15.5646

    64,453        -        -        64,453        -        (b    

16.2381

    18,262        -        -        18,262        -        (b    

16.4830

    166,350        -        -        -        166,350        (c     March 2011        April 2011   

16.4830

    247,307        -        -        11,090        236,217        (d     March 2011        April 2011   

17.7454

    138,625        -        -        -        138,625        (c     March 2011        April 2012   

17.7454

    199,620        -        16,635        -        182,985        (d     March 2011        April 2012   

11.8573

    110,900        -        -        -        110,900        (c     March 2011        April 2013   

11.8573

    72,085        -        -        -        72,085        (d     March 2011        April 2013   

11.9565

    44,360        -        -        16,635        27,725        (c     March 2011        April 2013   

11.9565

    72,085        -        -        22,180        49,905        (d     March 2011        April 2013   

15.0674

    66,540        -        -        -        66,540        (c     March 2011        April 2014   

15.0674

    68,758        -        -        -        68,758        (d       April 2014   

15.0854

    44,360        -        -        16,635        27,725        (c     March 2011        April 2014   

15.0854

    72,085        -        22,180        -        49,905        (d       April 2014   

18.7463

    72,085        -        -        -        72,085        (c     March 2011        April 2015   

18.8545

    44,360        -        16,635        -        27,725        (c     March 2011        April 2015   

26.1493

    124,763        -        19,408        -        105,355        (c       April 2016   

22.3892

    221,800        -        -        -        221,800        (c       June 2016   

29.4855

    86,502        -        -        -        86,502        (c       April 2017   

29.8643

    58,223        -        22,180        -        36,043        (c       April 2017   

21.5235

    166,177        -        22,180        -        143,997        (c       April 2018   

16.58

    130,000        -        -        -        130,000        (c       April 2019   

17.30

    35,000        -        35,000        -        -        (c       April 2019   

18.39

    -        250,000        -        -        250,000        (e       May 2020   

18.3946

    5,256        -        -        -        5,256        (f     July 2013        December 2013   
    2,451,702        250,000        154,218        271,001        2,276,483         

The market price of the Company’s shares at 31 December 2010 was 15.50 and the range during 2010 was 11.51 to 22.00.

 

(a) Granted under the 1990 share option scheme, these options are only exercisable when earnings per share (EPS) growth exceeds the growth of the Irish Consumer Price Index over a period of at least three years subsequent to the granting of the options.
(b) Granted under the 1990 share option scheme, these options are only exercisable if, over a period of at least five years subsequent to the granting of the options, the growth in EPS would place the Company in the top 25% of the companies listed in the FTSE 100 Stock Exchange Equity Index.
(c) Granted under the 2000 share option scheme, these options are only exercisable when EPS growth exceeds the growth of the Irish Consumer Price Index by 5% compounded over a period of at least three years subsequent to the granting of the options.
(d) Granted under the 2000 share option scheme, these options are only exercisable if, over a period of at least five years subsequent to the granting of the options, the growth in EPS exceeds the growth of the Irish Consumer Price Index by 10% compounded and places the Company in the top 25% of EPS performance of a peer group of international building materials and other manfacturing companies. If below the 75th percentile, these options are not exercisable.
(e) Granted under the 2010 share option scheme. Vesting will only occur once an initial performance target has been reached and, thereafter, will be dependent on performance. The option will lapse if EPS growth over the three year target period is less than 12.5% compounded over the period. 20% of the option will be exercisable if compound EPS growth is equal to 12.5%, while 100% will be exercisable if compound EPS growth is equal to 27.5%. Subject to any reduction which the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate, options will vest between 20% and 40% on a straight-line basis if compound growth is between 12.5% and 17.5%; and vest between 40% and 100% on a straight-line basis if compound growth is between 17.5% and 27.5%.
(f) Granted under the 2000 savings-related share option scheme.

 

92    CRH


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRH    93


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Financial Statements

The following financial statements, together with the reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     95   

Consolidated Income Statement

     97   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

     97   

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     98   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     99   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     100   

Notes on Consolidated Financial Statements

     114   

 

94    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - Auditors’ Report

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CRH public limited company:

We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of CRH public limited company as of 31 December 2010 and 2009, and the related Consolidated Income Statements, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CRH public limited company at 31 December 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2010, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), CRH public limited company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 30 March 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

ERNST & YOUNG

Dublin, Ireland

30 March 2011

 

CRH    95


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - Auditors’ Report

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CRH public limited company:

We have audited CRH public limited company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). CRH public limited company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of business combinations completed during the year ended 31 December 2010, which are included in the 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of CRH public limited company and constituted 2.6% and 4.3% of total and net assets, respectively, as of 31 December 2010 and 1.0% and 2.0% of revenues and net profit, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of CRH public limited company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of business combinations completed during the year ended 31 December 2010.

In our opinion, CRH public limited company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of CRH public limited company and our report dated 30 March 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

ERNST & YOUNG

Dublin, Ireland

30 March 2011

 

96    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Income Statement

for the financial year ended 31 December 2010

 

          2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 
Notes                       

1

  Revenue      17,173        17,373        20,887   

3

  Cost of sales      (12,363     (12,510     (14,738
  Gross profit      4,810        4,863        6,149   

3

  Operating costs      (4,112     (3,908     (4,308

1,4,6

  Group operating profit      698        955        1,841   

1,5

  Profit on disposals      55        26        69   
  Profit before finance costs      753        981        1,910   

9

  Finance costs      (380     (419     (503

9

  Finance revenue      133        122        160   

10

  Group share of associates’ profit after tax      28        48        61   

1

  Profit before tax      534        732        1,628   

11

  Income tax expense      (95     (134     (366
  Group profit for the financial year      439        598        1,262   
  Profit attributable to:       
  Equity holders of the Company      432        592        1,248   
  Non-controlling interests      7        6        14   
  Group profit for the financial year      439        598        1,262   

13

  Basic earnings per Ordinary Share      61.3c        88.3c        210.2c   

13

  Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share      61.2c        87.9c        209.0c   
  All of the results relate to continuing operations.       

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the financial year ended 31 December 2010

 

          2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 
Notes                       
  Group profit for the financial year      439        598        1,262   
  Other comprehensive income       
  Currency translation effects      519        (96     (97

28

  Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension obligations      (33     (67     (348

24

  Gains/(losses) relating to cash flow hedges      10        15        (28

11

  Tax on items recognised directly within other comprehensive income      4        18        71   
  Net income/(expense) recognised directly within other comprehensive income      500        (130     (402
  Total comprehensive income for the financial year      939        468        860   
  Attributable to:       
  Equity holders of the Company      927        462        847   
  Non-controlling interests      12        6        13   
  Total comprehensive income for the financial year      939        468        860   

 

CRH    97


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

as at 31 December 2010

 

            2010
m
    2009
m
 
Notes                   
  ASSETS     
  Non-current assets     
  14      Property, plant and equipment      8,892        8,535   
  15      Intangible assets      4,305        4,095   
  16      Investments accounted for using the equity method      1,037        962   
  16      Other financial assets      149        128   
  24      Derivative financial instruments      194        244   
  27      Deferred income tax assets      385        337   
  Total non-current assets      14,962        14,301   
  Current assets     
  17      Inventories      2,187        2,008   
  18      Trade and other receivables      2,419        2,454   
  Current income tax recoverable      112        77   
  24      Derivative financial instruments      14        5   
  22      Liquid investments      37        66   
  22      Cash and cash equivalents      1,730        1,372   
  Total current assets      6,499        5,982   
  Total assets      21,461        20,283   
  EQUITY     
  Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders     
  29      Equity share capital      244        241   
  29      Preference share capital      1        1   
  29      Share premium account      3,915        3,778   
  29      Treasury Shares and own shares      (199     (279
  Other reserves      147        128   
  Foreign currency translation reserve      (226     (740
  Retained income      6,446        6,508   
       10,328        9,637   
  Non-controlling interests      83        73   
  Total equity      10,411        9,710   
  LIABILITIES     
  Non-current liabilities     
  23      Interest-bearing loans and borrowings      4,695        4,943   
  24      Derivative financial instruments      33        78   
  27      Deferred income tax liabilities      1,693        1,519   
  19      Trade and other payables      163        167   
  28      Retirement benefit obligations      474        454   
  26      Provisions for liabilities      253        240   
  Total non-current liabilities      7,311        7,401   
  Current liabilities     
  19      Trade and other payables      2,686        2,471   
  Current income tax liabilities      199        192   
  23      Interest-bearing loans and borrowings      666        381   
  24      Derivative financial instruments      54        8   
  26      Provisions for liabilities      134        120   
  Total current liabilities      3,739        3,172   
  Total liabilities      11,050        10,573   
  Total equity and liabilities      21,461        20,283   

 

98    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the financial year ended 31 December 2010

 

          Attributable to the equity holders of the Company              
           Issued
share
capital
m
    Share
premium
account
m
    Treasury
Shares/
own
shares
m
    Other
reserves
m
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
m
    Retained
income
m
    Non-
controlling
interests
m
    Total
equity
m
 
Notes                                                      
  At 1 January 2010     242        3,778        (279     128        (740     6,508        73        9,710   
  Group profit for the financial year     -        -        -        -        -        432        7        439   
  Other comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        514        (19     5        500   
  Total comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        514        413        12        939   
  29      Issue of share capital (net of expenses)     3        137        -        -        -        -        -        140   
  8      Share-based payment expense                
  - share option schemes     -        -        -        9        -        -        -        9   
  - Performance Share Plan (PSP)     -        -        -        10        -        -        -        10   
  11      Tax relating to share-based payment expense     -        -        -        -        -        (2     -        (2
  Treasury/own shares reissued     -        -        80        -        -        (80     -        -   
  Share option exercises     -        -        -        -        -        45        -        45   
  12      Dividends (including shares issued in lieu of dividends)     -        -        -        -        -        (438     (6     (444
  31      Non-controlling interests arising on acquisition of subsidiaries     -        -        -        -        -        -        6        6   
  Acquisition of non-controlling interests     -        -        -        -        -        -        (2     (2
  At 31 December 2010     245        3,915        (199     147        (226     6,446        83        10,411   
  The equivalent disclosure for the prior years are as follows:                
  At 1 January 2009     187        2,448        (378     87        (644     6,387        70        8,157   
  Group profit for the financial year     -        -        -        -        -        592        6        598   
  Other comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        (96     (34     -        (130
  Total comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        (96     558        6        468   
  29      Issue of share capital (net of expenses)     55        1,330        -        -        -        -        -        1,385   
  8      Share-based payment expense                
  - share option schemes     -        -        -        18        -        -        -        18   
  - Performance Share Plan (PSP)     -        -        -        10        -        -        -        10   
  Reclassification of Performance Share Plan expense     -        -        (13     13        -        -        -        -   
  11      Tax relating to share-based payment expense     -        -        -        -        -        3        -        3   
  Treasury/own shares reissued     -        -        114        -        -        (114     -        -   
  29      Shares acquired by Employee Benefit Trust (own shares)     -        -        (2     -        -        -        -        (2
  Share option exercises     -        -        -        -        -        60        -        60   
  12      Dividends (including shares issued in lieu of dividends)     -        -        -        -        -        (386     (7     (393
  31      Non-controlling interests arising on acquisition of subsidiaries     -        -        -        -        -        -        4        4   
  At 31 December 2009     242        3,778        (279     128        (740     6,508        73        9,710   
  At 1 January 2008     187        2,420        (19     70        (547     5,843        66        8,020   
  Group profit for the financial year     -        -        -        -        -        1,248        14        1,262   
  Other comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        (97     (305     -        (402
  Minority interest profit attributable to associates     -        -        -        -        -        -        (1     (1
  Total comprehensive income     -        -        -        -        (97     943        13        859   
  29      Issue of share capital (net of expenses)     -        28        -        -        -        -        -        28   
  8      Share-based payment expense                
  - share option schemes     -        -        -        17        -        -        -        17   
  - Performance Share Plan (PSP)     -        -        7        -        -        -        -        7   
  11      Tax relating to share-based payment expense     -        -        -        -        -        (13     -        (13
  29      Shares acquired by CRH plc (Treasury Shares)     -        -        (411     -        -        -        -        (411
  Treasury/own shares reissued     -        -        48        -        -        (48     -        -   
  29      Shares acquired by Employee Benefit Trust (own shares)     -        -        (3     -        -        -        -        (3
  Share option exercises     -        -        -        -        -        31        -        31   
  12      Dividends (including shares issued in lieu of dividends)     -        -        -        -        -        (369     (5     (374
  31      Non-controlling interests arising on acquisition of subsidiaries     -        -        -        -        -        -        (4     (4
  At 31 December 2008     187        2,448        (378     87        (644     6,387        70        8,157   

 

CRH    99


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the financial year ended 31 December 2010

 

            2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 
  Notes            
  Cash flows from operating activities       
  Profit before tax      534        732        1,628   
  9      Finance costs (net)      247        297        343   
  10      Group share of associates’ profit after tax      (28     (48     (61
  5      Profit on disposals      (55     (26     (69
  Group operating profit      698        955        1,841   
  3      Depreciation charge (including impairments)      786        794        781   
  3      Amortisation of intangible assets (including impairments)      131        54        43   
  8      Share-based payment expense      19        28        24   
  Other movements      (35     (37     (15
  20      Net movement on working capital and provisions      142        740        (84
  Cash generated from operations      1,741        2,534        2,590   
  Interest paid (including finance leases)      (283     (294     (371
  25      Decrease in liquid investments      33        65        175   
  Corporation tax paid      (100     (104     (322
  Net cash inflow from operating activities      1,391        2,201        2,072   
  Cash flows from investing activities       
  5      Proceeds from business and non-current asset disposals      188        103        168   
  Interest received      35        31        51   
  Dividends received from associates      51        38        42   
  14      Purchase of property, plant and equipment      (466     (532     (1,039
  31      Acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures (net of cash acquired)      (436     (174     (777
  16      Investments in and advances to associates      (49     (235     (156
  16      Advances to joint ventures and purchase of trade investments      (18     (9     (50
  20      Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration paid      (27     (37     (34
  20      Decrease/(increase) in finance-related receivables      115        (115     -   
  Net cash outflow from investing activities      (607     (930     (1,795
  Cash flows from financing activities       
  29      Proceeds from issue of shares (net)      -        1,237        6   
  Proceeds from exercise of share options      45        60        31   
  Acquisition of non-controlling interests      (2     -        -   
  Increase in interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      566        757        1,382   
  Net cash flow arising from derivative financial instruments      82        16        (100
  Treasury/own shares purchased      -        (2     (414
  Repayment of interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      (885     (2,501     (1,024
  12      Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company      (298     (238     (347
  12      Dividends paid to non-controlling interests      (6     (7     (5
  Net cash outflow from financing activities      (498     (678     (471
  Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      286        593        (194
  Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents       
  25      Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January      1,372        799        1,006   
  Translation adjustment      72        (20     (13
  Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      286        593        (194
  25      Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      1,730        1,372        799   

 

100    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Accounting Policies

(including key accounting estimates and assumptions)

Statement of Compliance

The Consolidated Financial Statements of CRH plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

CRH plc, the parent company, is a publicly traded limited company incorporated and domiciled in the Republic of Ireland.

Basis of Preparation

The Consolidated Financial Statements, which are presented in euro millions, have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the measurement at fair value of share-based payments, retirement benefit obligations and certain financial assets and liabilities including derivative financial instruments.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by all the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates to all periods presented in these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Certain prior year amounts and disclosures have been amended to conform to current year presentation.

Adoption of IFRS and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) Interpretations

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations adopted during the financial year

The Group has adopted the following new and revised IFRS and IFRIC interpretations in respect of the 2010 financial year-end:

 

   

IFRS 2 Share-based Payment: Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions effective 1 January 2010

 

   

IFRS 3 Business Combinations (revised) and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (revised) effective 1 July 2009 including consequential amendments to IFRS 7, IAS 21, IAS 28, IAS 31 and IAS 39

 

   

IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement - Eligible Hedged Items (amendment) effective 1 July 2009

 

   

IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners effective 1 July 2009

 

   

Improvements to IFRSs (May 2008) - amendment to IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

 

   

Improvements to IFRSs (April 2009) - amendments applicable in respect of the 2010 financial year-end

IFRS 3 (revised) has been applied to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after 1 January 2010. IAS 27 (revised) has also been applied effective 1 January 2010. The most significant changes to the previous accounting policies upon adoption of these revised accounting standards are as follows:

IFRS 3

 

   

acquisition-related costs which previously would have been included in the cost of a business combination are now expensed within operating costs as incurred;

 

   

any changes to the cost of a business combination, including contingent consideration, resulting from events after the date of acquisition are recognised in profit or loss. Such changes would previously have resulted in an adjustment to goodwill (changes to contingent consideration which arose in respect of acquisitions occurring prior to 1 January 2010 will continue to be adjusted against goodwill);

 

   

any pre-existing equity interest in the acquired entity is remeasured at fair value at the date of obtaining control, with any resulting gain or loss recognised in profit or loss.

 

CRH    101


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

IAS 27

 

   

any changes in the Group’s ownership interest subsequent to the date of obtaining control and any changes in the Group’s ownership interest that do not result in a loss of control are recognised directly in equity, with no adjustment to goodwill;

 

   

losses are allocated to non-controlling interests even if they exceed the non-controlling interest’s share of equity in the subsidiary.

With the exception of IFRS 3 (revised) and IAS 27 (revised), the application of the other standards and interpretations noted above did not result in material changes in the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations effective in respect of the 2011 financial year-end

The Group has not applied the following standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

   

IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures (amendment) effective 1 January 2011

 

   

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation - Classification of Rights Issues (amendment) effective 1 February 2010

 

   

IFRIC 14 Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement (amendment) effective 1 January 2011

 

   

IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments effective 1 July 2010

 

   

Improvements to IFRSs (May 2010) - amendments applying in respect of the 2011 financial year-end

The standards and interpretations addressed above will be applied for the purposes of the Group Consolidated Financial Statements with effect from the dates listed. Their application is not currently envisaged to have a material impact on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations effective subsequent to the 2011 financial year-end

 

   

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments effective 1 January 2013

 

   

IAS 12 Income Taxes (amendment) effective 1 January 2012

IFRS 9 as issued reflects the initial phases of the replacement of IAS 39 and applies to classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. In subsequent phases, hedge accounting and derecognition will be addressed. The adoption of the initial phases of IFRS 9 will have an effect on the classification and measurement of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities; which will be quantified in conjunction with the other phases when issued.

The IAS 12 amendment is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Key Accounting Policies which involve Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions upon which it relies are reasonable based on the information available to it at the time that those estimates and assumptions are made. In some cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by IFRS and does not require management’s judgement in its application.

The critical accounting policies which involve significant estimates or assumptions, the actual outcome of which could have a material impact on the Group’s results and financial position, are:

Provisions for liabilities - Note 26

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present obligation (either legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that a transfer of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a

 

102    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group anticipates that a provision will be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset only when it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will arise. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the Consolidated Income Statement net of any reimbursement. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as interest expense. Provisions arising on business combination activity are recognised only to the extent that they would have qualified for recognition in the financial statements of the acquiree prior to acquisition. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Rationalisation and redundancy provisions

Provisions for rationalisation and redundancy are established when a detailed restructuring plan has been drawn up, resolved upon by the responsible decision-making level of management and communicated to the employees who are affected by the plan. These provisions are recognised at the present value of future disbursements and cover only expenses that arise directly from restructuring measures, are necessary for restructuring and exclude costs related to future business operations. Restructuring measures may include the sale or termination of business units, site closures, relocation of business activities, changes in management structure or a fundamental reorganisation of departments or business units.

Environmental and remediation provisions

The measurement of environmental and remediation provisions is based on an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site and considers factors such as existing technology, currently enacted laws and regulations and prior experience in remediation of sites. Inherent uncertainties exist in such evaluations primarily due to unknown conditions, changing governmental regulations and legal standards regarding liability, the protracted length of the clean-up periods and evolving technologies. The environmental and remediation liabilities provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the information available to management at the time of determination of the liability and are adjusted periodically as remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available. Due to the inherent uncertainties described above, many of which are not under management’s control, the accounting for such items could result in different amounts if management used different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future accounting periods.

Legal contingencies

The status of each significant claim and legal proceeding in which the Group is involved is reviewed by management on a periodic basis and the Group’s potential financial exposure is assessed. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable, and the amount can be estimated, a liability is recognised for the estimated loss. Because of the uncertainties inherent in such matters, the related provisions are based on the best information available at the time; the issues taken into account by management and factored into the assessment of legal contingencies include, as applicable, the status of settlement negotiations, interpretations of contractual obligations, prior experience with similar contingencies/claims, the availability of insurance to protect against the downside exposure and advice obtained from legal counsel and other third parties. As additional information becomes available on pending claims, the potential liability is reassessed and revisions are made to the amounts accrued where appropriate. Such revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the results of operations and financial position of the Group.

Retirement benefit obligations - Note 28

Costs arising in respect of the Group’s defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which they are incurred. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions in the event that the fund does not hold sufficient assets to meet its benefit commitments.

The liabilities and costs associated with the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes (both funded and unfunded) are assessed on the basis of the projected unit credit method by professionally qualified actuaries and are arrived at using actuarial assumptions based on market expectations at the balance sheet date. The discount rates employed in determining the present value of the schemes’ liabilities are determined by reference to market yields at the balance sheet date on high-quality corporate bonds of a currency and term consistent with the currency and term of the associated post-employment benefit obligations.

 

CRH    103


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

When the benefits of a defined benefit scheme are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is recognised as an expense in the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the extent that the enhanced benefits vest immediately, the related expense is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

The net surplus or deficit arising on the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, together with the liabilities associated with the unfunded schemes, are shown either within non-current assets or non-current liabilities on the face of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The deferred tax impact of pension scheme surpluses and deficits is disclosed separately within deferred tax assets or liabilities as appropriate. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet comprises the total for each plan of the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Plan assets are assets that are held by a long-term employee benefit fund or qualifying insurance policies. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of published securities it is the published bid price. The value of any defined benefit asset is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan and reductions in the future contributions to the plan.

The Group’s obligation in respect of post-employment healthcare and life assurance benefits represents the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for service in the current and prior periods. The obligation is computed on the basis of the projected unit credit method and is discounted to present value using a discount rate equating to the market yield at the balance sheet date on high-quality corporate bonds of a currency and term consistent with the currency and estimated term of the post-employment obligations.

Assumptions

The assumptions underlying the actuarial valuations from which the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements are determined (including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in future compensation levels, mortality rates and healthcare cost trend rates) are updated annually based on current economic conditions and for any relevant changes to the terms and conditions of the pension and post-retirement plans. These assumptions can be affected by (i) for the discount rate, changes in the rates of return on high-quality corporate bonds; (ii) for the expected return on plan assets, changes in the pension plans’ strategic asset allocations to various investment types or to long-term return trend rates in the capital markets in which the pension fund assets are invested; (iii) for future compensation levels, future labour market conditions and (iv) for healthcare cost trend rates, the rate of medical cost inflation in the relevant regions. The weighted average actuarial assumptions used and sensitivity analysis in relation to the discount rates employed in the determination of pension and other post-retirement liabilities are contained in note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect the obligations and expenses recognised in future accounting periods.

Taxation - current and deferred - Notes 11 and 27

Current tax represents the expected tax payable (or recoverable) on the taxable profit for the year using tax rates enacted for the period. Any interest or penalties arising are included within current tax. Where items are accounted for outside of profit or loss, the related income tax is recognised either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity as appropriate.

Deferred tax is recognised using the liability method on temporary differences arising at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; in addition deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

104    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not subject to discounting.

Deferred tax assets are recognised in respect of all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets are subject to review at each balance sheet date and are reduced to the extent that future taxable profits are considered to be inadequate to allow all or part of any deferred tax asset to be utilised.

The Group’s income tax charge is based on reported profit and expected statutory tax rates, which reflect various allowances and reliefs and tax planning opportunities available to the Group in the multiple tax jurisdictions in which it operates. The determination of the Group’s provision for income tax requires certain judgements and estimates in relation to matters where the ultimate tax outcome may not be certain. The recognition or non-recognition of deferred tax assets as appropriate also requires judgement as it involves an assessment of the future recoverability of those assets. In addition, the Group is subject to tax audits which can involve complex issues that could require extended periods for resolution. Although management believes that the estimates included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and its tax return positions are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than that which is reflected in the Group’s historical income tax provisions and accruals. Any such differences could have a material impact on the income tax provision and profit for the period in which such a determination is made.

Property, plant and equipment - Note 14

The Group’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment is considered critical because the carrying value of 8,892 million at 31 December 2010 represents a significant portion (41%) of total assets at that date. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairments except for certain items that had been revalued to fair value prior to the date of transition to IFRS (1 January 2004).

Repair and maintenance expenditure is included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repair and maintenance expenditure is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement during the financial period in which it is incurred.

Borrowing costs incurred in the construction of major assets which take a substantial period of time to complete are capitalised in the financial period in which they are incurred.

In the application of the Group’s accounting policy, judgement is exercised by management in the determination of residual values and useful lives. Depreciation and depletion is calculated to write off the book value of each item of property, plant and equipment over its useful economic life on a straight-line basis at the following rates:

Land and buildings: The book value of mineral-bearing land, less an estimate of its residual value, is depleted over the period of the mineral extraction in the proportion which production for the year bears to the latest estimates of mineral reserves. Land other than mineral-bearing land is not depreciated. In general, buildings are depreciated at 2.5% per annum (“p.a.”).

Plant and machinery: These are depreciated at rates ranging from 3.3% p.a. to 20% p.a. depending on the type of asset.

Transport: On average, transport equipment is depreciated at 20% p.a.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the depreciation period or method as appropriate on a prospective basis.

Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill - Notes 14 and 15

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill

The carrying values of items of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the

 

CRH    105


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

carrying values may not be recoverable. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis and at any time during the year if an indicator of impairment is considered to exist. In the year in which a business combination is effected, and where some or all of the goodwill allocated to a particular cash-generating unit arose in respect of that combination, the cash-generating unit is tested for impairment prior to the end of the relevant annual period.

Where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount (being the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use), an impairment loss is recognised by writing down the assets or cash-generating units to their recoverable amount. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. The estimates of future cash flows exclude cash inflows or outflows attributable to financing activities and income tax. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined by reference to the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses arising in respect of goodwill are not reversed once recognised.

Goodwill relating to associates is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortised nor individually tested for impairment. Where indicators of impairment arise in accordance with the requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, the carrying amount of the investment is tested for impairment by comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying amount.

The impairment testing process requires management to make significant judgements and estimates regarding the future cash flows expected to be generated by the use of and, if applicable, the eventual disposal of, long-lived assets and goodwill as well as other factors to determine the fair value of the assets. Management periodically evaluates and updates the estimates based on the conditions which influence these variables. A detailed discussion of the impairment methodology applied and key assumptions used by the Group in the context of long-lived assets and goodwill is provided in notes 14 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The assumptions and conditions for determining impairments of long-lived assets and goodwill reflect management’s best assumptions and estimates, but these items involve inherent uncertainties described above, many of which are not under management’s control. As a result, the accounting for such items could result in different estimates or amounts if management used different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future accounting periods.

Other Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of the Parent Company and all subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, drawn up to 31 December each year. The financial year-ends of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are co-terminous.

Subsidiaries

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which control over the operating and financial decisions is obtained and cease to be consolidated from the date on which the Group loses control. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in determining the existence or otherwise of control. A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a change of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of the equity of a subsidiary not attributable either directly or indirectly to the Parent Company and are presented separately in the Consolidated Income Statement and within equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, distinguished from Parent Company shareholders’ equity. Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders and therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result of such transactions. On an acquisition by acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

 

106    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Joint ventures - Note 2

The Group’s share of results and net assets of joint ventures (jointly controlled entities which are entities in which the Group holds an interest on a long-term basis and which are jointly controlled by the Group and one or more other venturers under a contractual arrangement) are accounted for on the basis of proportionate consolidation from the date on which the contractual agreements stipulating joint control are finalised and are derecognised when joint control ceases. The Group combines its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans to joint ventures (after proportionate elimination) are classified as loans and receivables within financial assets and are recorded at amortised cost.

Associates - Note 10

Entities other than subsidiaries and joint ventures in which the Group has a participating interest, and over whose operating and financial policies the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, are accounted for as associates using the equity method and are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which significant influence is deemed to arise until the date on which such influence ceases to exist. Under the equity method, the Consolidated Income Statement reflects the Group’s share of profit after tax of the related associates. Investments in associates are carried in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at cost adjusted in respect of post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets, less any impairment in value. If necessary, impairment losses on the carrying amount of an investment are reported within the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax in the Consolidated Income Statement. If the Group’s share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of an associate, the carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred obligations in respect of the associate.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, income and expenses, and any unrealised gains or losses arising from such transactions, are eliminated in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with joint ventures and associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment in the Group’s interest in the entity.

Revenue recognition

Revenue represents the value of goods and services supplied and excludes trade discounts and value added tax/sales tax. Other than in the case of construction contracts, revenue is recognised to the extent that revenue and related costs incurred or to be incurred are subject to reliable measurement, that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Group and that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the buyer, usually on delivery of the goods.

Construction contracts

The Group engages primarily in the performance of fixed price contracts, as opposed to cost plus contracts, and recognises revenue in accordance with the percentage-of-completion method, with the completion percentage being computed generally by reference to the proportion that contract costs incurred at the balance sheet date bear to the total estimated costs of the contract.

Contract costs are recognised as incurred. When the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably and it is probable that the contract will be profitable, contract revenue is recognised over the period of the contract. When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred where it is probable that these costs will be recoverable. When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised immediately as an expense. Revenue and/or costs in respect of variations or contracts claims and incentive payments, to the extent that they arise, are recognised when it is probable that the amount, which can be measured reliably, will be recovered from/paid to the customer.

If circumstances arise that may change the original estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress towards completion, estimates are revised. These revisions may result in increases or decreases in revenue or costs and are reflected in income in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision became known by management.

 

CRH    107


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Segment reporting - Note 1

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal organisational and management structure and the internal reporting information provided to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.

Share-based payments - Note 8

The Group operates both share option schemes and a Performance Share Plan. Its policy in relation to the granting of share options and the granting of awards under the Performance Share Plan together with the nature of the underlying market and non-market performance and other vesting conditions are addressed in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 83 to 85. The Group’s employee share options and shares awarded under the Performance Share Plan are equity-settled share-based payments as defined in IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment.

Share options

For share option awards, the Group measures the services received and the corresponding increase in equity at fair value at the grant date using the trinomial model (a lattice option-pricing model in accordance with IFRS 2). Fair value is determined on the basis that the services to be rendered by employees as consideration for the granting of share options will be received over the vesting period, which is assessed as at the grant date. The share options granted by the Company are at market value at date of grant and are not subject to market-based vesting conditions within the meaning of IFRS 2.

The cost is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognised at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The Consolidated Income Statement expense/credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised at the beginning and end of that period. The cumulative charge to the Consolidated Income Statement is reversed only where the performance condition is not met or where an employee in receipt of share options leaves service prior to completion of the expected vesting period and those options forfeit in consequence.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for share-based payments where vesting is conditional upon a non-vesting condition which is treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not it is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Where an award is cancelled, it is treated as if it is vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised for the award is recognised immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of either the Company or the employee are not met. All cancellations of awards are treated equally.

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the determination of diluted earnings per share.

To the extent that the Group receives a tax deduction relating to the services paid in shares, deferred tax in respect of share options is provided on the basis of the difference between the market price of the underlying equity as at the date of the financial statements and the exercise price of the option; where the amount of any tax deduction (or estimated future tax deduction) exceeds the amount of the related cumulative remuneration expense, the current or deferred tax associated with the excess is recognised directly in equity.

The Group has no exposure in respect of cash-settled share-based payment transactions and share-based payment transactions with cash alternatives.

Awards under the Performance Share Plan

The fair value of shares awarded under the Performance Share Plan is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation technique and is expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement over the vesting period. The

 

108    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Performance Share Plan contains inter alia a total shareholder return-based (and hence market-based) vesting condition; accordingly, the fair value assigned to the related equity instruments at the grant date is adjusted so as to reflect the anticipated likelihood as at the grant date of achieving the market-based vesting condition. Awards are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Business combinations (acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010) - Note 31*

The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting for business combinations. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred (excluding amounts relating to the settlement of pre-existing relationships), the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and, in a business combination achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously-held equity interest in the acquiree. Transaction costs that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

To the extent that settlement of all or any part of a business combination is deferred, the fair value of the deferred component is determined through discounting the amounts payable to their present value at the date of exchange. The discount component is unwound as an interest charge in the Consolidated Income Statement over the life of the obligation. Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of the combination contingent on future events, the amount of the adjustment is included in the cost at the acquisition date at fair value. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration will be recognised in profit or loss unless the contingent consideration is classified as equity, in which case it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity.

The assets and liabilities (and contingent liabilities, if relevant) arising on business combination activity are measured at their acquisition-date fair values. In the case of a business combination achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously-held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value as at the acquisition date through profit or loss. When the initial accounting for a business combination is determined provisionally, any adjustments to the provisional values allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities (and contingent liabilities, if relevant) are made within the measurement period, a period of no more than one year from the acquisition date.

Goodwill - Note 15

Goodwill arising on a business combination is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the net identifiable assets and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition and relates to the future economic benefits arising from assets which are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognised. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. If the cost of the acquisition is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the identification and measurement of the related assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities are revisited and the cost is reassessed with any remaining balance recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Goodwill applicable to jointly controlled entities is accounted for on the basis of proportionate consolidation and is therefore included in the goodwill caption in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of any impairments. The carrying amount of goodwill in respect of associates is included in investments in associates (i.e. within financial assets) under the equity method in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Where a subsidiary is disposed of or terminated through closure, the carrying value of any goodwill which arose on acquisition of that subsidiary is included in the determination of the net profit or loss on disposal/termination.

Intangible assets (other than goodwill) arising on business combinations - Note 15

An intangible asset is capitalised separately from goodwill as part of a business combination at cost (fair value at date of acquisition) to the extent that it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its cost can be measured reliably.

 

* The most significant changes to the previous accounting policy in respect of business combinations are as detailed on pages 101 and 102.

 

CRH    109


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. The carrying values of definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

The amortisation of intangible assets is calculated to write-off the book value of definite-lived intangible assets over their useful lives on a straight-line basis on the assumption of zero residual value. In general, definite-lived intangible assets are amortised over periods ranging from one to ten years, depending on the nature of the intangible asset.

Amortisation periods, useful lives, expected patterns of consumption and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method as appropriate on a prospective basis.

Other financial assets - Note 16

All investments are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration given plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Where equity investments are actively traded in organised financial markets, fair value is determined by reference to Stock Exchange quoted market bid prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. Unquoted equity investments are recorded at historical cost and are included within financial assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet given that it is impracticable to determine fair value in accordance with IAS 39. Where non-derivative financial assets meet the definition of “loans and receivables” under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, such balances are, following initial recognition, recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any allowance for impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired as well as through the amortisation process.

Leases - Notes 4 and 30

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. Operating lease rentals are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Inventories and construction contracts - Note 17

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the first-in, first-out principle (and weighted average, where appropriate) and includes all expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their present location and condition. Raw materials are valued on the basis of purchase cost on a first-in, first-out basis. In the case of finished goods and work-in-progress, cost includes direct materials, direct labour and attributable overheads based on normal operating capacity and excludes borrowing costs.

Net realisable value is the estimated proceeds of sale less all further costs to completion, and less all costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Estimates of net realisable value are based on the most reliable evidence available at the time the estimates are made, taking into consideration fluctuations of price or cost directly relating to events occurring after the end of the period, the likelihood of short-term changes in buyer preferences, product obsolescence or perishability (all of which are generally low given the nature of the Group’s products) and the purpose for which the inventory is held. Materials and other supplies held for use in the production of inventories are not written down below cost if the finished goods, in which they will be incorporated, are expected to be sold at or above cost.

Amounts recoverable on construction contracts, which are included in receivables, are stated at the net invoiced value of the work done less amounts received as progress payments on account. Cumulative costs incurred, net of amounts transferred to cost of sales, after deducting foreseeable losses, provisions for contingencies and payments on account not matched with revenue, are included as construction contract balances in inventories. Cost includes all expenditure directly related to specific projects and an allocation of fixed and variable overheads incurred in the Group’s contract activities based on normal operating capacity.

 

110    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables - Note 18

Trade receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for potentially uncollectible debts. Provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be in a position to collect the associated debts. Bad debts are written-off in the Consolidated Income Statement on identification.

Cash and cash equivalents - Note 22

Where investments are categorised as cash equivalents, the related balances have a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts are included within current interest-bearing loans and borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Where the overdrafts are repayable on demand and form an integral part of cash management, they are netted against cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Liquid investments - Note 22

Liquid investments comprise short-term deposits and current asset investments of less than one year in duration. As the maturity of these investments is greater than three months, these investments are treated as financial assets and are categorised as either “held-for-trading” or “loans and receivables”. Where relevant, the fair value of liquid investments is determined by reference to the traded value of actively traded instruments.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging practices - Note 24

In order to manage interest rate, foreign currency and commodity risks and to realise the desired currency profile of borrowings, the Group employs derivative financial instruments (principally interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts).

At the inception of a derivative transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and subsequently on an ongoing basis, of the effectiveness of the hedging instrument in offsetting movements in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. Where derivatives do not fulfil the criteria for hedge accounting, changes in fair values are reported in the Consolidated Income Statement. The fair value of interest rate and currency swaps is the estimated amount the Group would pay or receive to terminate the swap at the balance sheet date taking into account interest and currency rates at that date and the creditworthiness of the swap counterparties. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is calculated by reference to forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles and equates to the quoted market price at the balance sheet date (being the present value of the quoted forward price).

Fair value and cash flow hedges

The Group uses fair value hedges and cash flow hedges in its treasury activities. For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are classified either as fair value hedges (which entail hedging the exposure to movements in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised firm commitment that could affect profit or loss) or cash flow hedges (which hedge exposure to fluctuations in future cash flows derived from a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss).

Where the conditions for hedge accounting are satisfied and the hedging instrument concerned is classified as a fair value hedge, any gain or loss stemming from the remeasurement of the hedging instrument to fair value is reported in the Consolidated Income Statement. In addition, any gain or loss on the hedged item which is attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement. Where the adjustment is to the carrying amount of a hedged interest-bearing financial instrument, the adjustment is amortised to the Consolidated Income Statement with the objective of achieving full amortisation by maturity.

 

CRH    111


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised as other comprehensive income with the ineffective portion being reported in the Consolidated Income Statement. The associated gains or losses that had previously been recognised as other comprehensive income are transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement contemporaneously with the materialisation of the hedged transaction. Any gain or loss arising in respect of changes in the time value of the derivative financial instrument is excluded from the measurement of hedge effectiveness and is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that point in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised as other comprehensive income remains there until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer anticipated to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss previously recognised as other comprehensive income is transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement in the period.

Net investment hedges

Where foreign currency borrowings provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation, and the hedge is deemed to be effective, foreign exchange differences are taken directly to a foreign currency translation reserve. The ineffective portion of any gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. Cumulative gains and losses remain in equity until disposal of the net investment in the foreign operation at which point the related differences are transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement as part of the overall gain or loss on sale.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings - Note 23

All loans and borrowings are initially recorded at the fair value of the consideration received net of directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, current and non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings are, in general, measured at amortised cost employing the effective interest methodology. Fixed rate term loans, which have been hedged to floating rates (using interest rate swaps), are measured at amortised cost adjusted for changes in value attributable to the hedged risks arising from changes in underlying market interest rates. The computation of amortised cost includes any issue costs and any discount or premium materialising on settlement. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

Gains and losses are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement through amortisation on the basis of the period of the loans and borrowings and/or on impairment and derecognition of the associated loans and borrowings.

Borrowing costs arising on financial instruments are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred (unless capitalised as part of the cost of property, plant and equipment).

Share capital and dividends - Notes 12 and 29

Treasury Shares and own shares

Ordinary Shares acquired by the Parent Company or purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust on behalf of the Parent Company under the terms of the Performance Share Plan are deducted from equity and presented on the face of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. No gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Parent Company’s Ordinary Shares.

Dividends

Dividends on Ordinary Shares are recognised as a liability in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period in which they are declared by the Parent Company.

 

112    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Emission rights

Emission rights are accounted for such that a liability is recognised only in circumstances where emission rights have been exceeded from the perspective of the Group as a whole and the differential between actual and permitted emissions will have to be remedied through the purchase of the required additional rights at fair value; assets and liabilities arising in respect of under and over-utilisation of emission credits respectively are accordingly netted against one another in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. To the extent that excess emission rights are disposed of during a financial period, the profit or loss materialising thereon is recognised immediately within operating profit in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Foreign currency translation

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group and the functional currency of the Parent Company.

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All currency translation differences are taken to the Consolidated Income Statement with the exception of all monetary items that provide an effective hedge for a net investment in a foreign operation. These are recognised in other comprehensive income until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Results and cash flows of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates with non-euro functional currencies have been translated into euro at average exchange rates for the year, and the related balance sheets have been translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Adjustments arising on translation of the results of non-euro subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates at average rates, and on restatement of the opening net assets at closing rates, are recognised in a separate translation reserve within equity, net of differences on related currency borrowings. All other translation differences are taken to the Consolidated Income Statement.

On disposal of a foreign operation, accumulated currency translation differences are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as part of the overall gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of a foreign operation are regarded as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation, are expressed in the functional currency of the foreign operation, are recorded in euro at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction and are subsequently retranslated at the applicable closing rates.

The principal exchange rates used for the translation of results, cash flows and balance sheets into euro were as follows:

 

     Average      Year-end  
euro 1 =    2010      2009      2008      2010      2009      2008  

US Dollar

     1.3257         1.3948         1.4708         1.3362         1.4406         1.3917   

Pound Sterling

     0.8578         0.8909         0.7963         0.8608         0.8881         0.9525   

Polish Zloty

     3.9947         4.3276         3.5121         3.9750         4.1045         4.1535   

Ukrainian Hryvnya

     10.5478         11.2404         7.7046         10.5676         11.4738         10.8410   

Swiss Franc

     1.3803         1.5100         1.5874         1.2504         1.4836         1.4850   

Canadian Dollar

     1.3651         1.5850         1.5594         1.3322         1.5128         1.6998   

Argentine Peso

     5.1898         5.2111         4.6443         5.2744         5.4885         4.7924   

Turkish Lira

     1.9965         2.1631         1.9064         2.0694         2.1547         2.1488   

Indian Rupee

     60.5878         67.4271         63.7652         59.7580         66.9539         67.5553   

 

CRH    113


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Notes on Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Segment Information

CRH is a diversified international building materials group which manufactures and distributes a range of building materials products from the fundamentals of heavy materials and elements to construct the frame, through value-added products that complete the building envelope, to distribution channels which service construction fit-out and renewal. Based on these key strategic drivers across the value chain, the Group is organised into six business segments comprising Europe Materials (including activities in China and India), Europe Products, Europe Distribution, Americas Materials, Americas Products and Americas Distribution. No operating segments have been aggregated to form these segments.

Materials businesses are predominantly engaged in the production and sale of a range of primary materials including cement, aggregates, readymixed concrete, asphalt/bitumen and agricultural and/or chemical lime.

Products businesses are predominantly engaged in the production and sale of architectural and structural concrete products, clay products, insulation products, fabricated and tempered glass products, construction accessories and the provision of a wide range of inter-related products and services to the construction sector.

Distribution businesses encompass builders merchanting activities and Do-It-Yourself (DIY) stores engaged in the marketing and sale of supplies to the construction sector and to the general public.

The principal factors employed in the identification of the six segments reflected in this note include the Group’s organisational structure, the nature of the reporting lines to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (as defined in IFRS 8 Operating Segments), the structure of internal reporting documentation such as management accounts and budgets, and the degree of homogeneity of products, services and geographical areas within each of the segments from which revenue is derived.

The Chief Operating Decision-Maker monitors the operating results of segments separately in order to allocate resources between segments and to assess performance. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on operating profit. As performance is also evaluated using operating profit before depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA (as defined)*), supplemental information based on EBITDA (as defined)* is also provided below. Given that net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, these items are not allocated between operating segments for the purposes of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker and are accordingly omitted from the detailed segmental analysis on the next page.

There are no asymmetrical allocations to reporting segments which would require disclosure.

 

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

114    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1. Segment Information continued

 

A. Operating segments disclosures - Consolidated Income Statement data

 

    Continuing operations - year ended 31 December  
    Materials     Products     Distribution     Total Group  
    

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

   

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

   

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

   

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 

Revenue

                       

Europe

    2,665        2,749        3,696        2,817        3,002        3,686        3,566        3,633        3,812        9,048        9,384        11,194   

Americas

    4,417        4,280        5,007        2,469        2,536        3,243        1,239        1,173        1,443        8,125        7,989        9,693   
      7,082        7,029        8,703        5,286        5,538        6,929        4,805        4,806        5,255        17,173        17,373        20,887   

Group operating profit before depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA (as defined)*)

  

Europe

    423        434        806        198        283        392        214        204        258        835        921        1,456   

Americas

    566        670        724        154        173        369        60        39        116        780        882        1,209   
      989        1,104        1,530        352        456        761        274        243        374        1,615        1,803        2,665   

Depreciation and amortisation (including asset impairment charges)

  

Europe

    172        177        175        187        167        168        79        67        64        438        411        407   

Americas

    278        263        262        178        150        131        23        24        24        479        437        417   
      450        440        437        365        317        299        102        91        88        917        848        824   

Group operating profit

  

                 

Europe

    251        257        631        11        116        224        135        137        194        397        510        1,049   

Americas

    288        407        462        (24     23        238        37        15        92        301        445        792   
      539        664        1,093        (13     139        462        172        152        286        698        955        1,841   

Profit on disposals (i)

                      55        26        69   

Finance costs (net)

                      (247     (297     (343
Group share of associates’ profit after tax (ii)                                                                             28        48        61   

Profit before tax

                                                                            534        732        1,628   

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

Asset impairment charges of 102 million (2009: 41 million; 2008: 14 million) relate to Europe Materials nil million (2009: 9 million; 2008: nil million), Europe Products 54 million (2009: 19 million; 2008: 12 million), Europe Distribution 8 million (2009: nil million; 2008: nil million) and Americas Products 40 million (2009: 13 million; 2008: 2 million).

 

     Continuing operations - year ended 31 December  
     Materials      Products      Distribution      Total Group  
     

2010

m

    

2009

m

    

2008

m

    

2010

m

    

2009

m

   

2008

m

    

2010

m

   

2009

m

    

2008

m

    

2010

m

    

2009

m

    

2008

m

 

(i) Profit on disposals

  

Europe

     4         4         16         13         1        15         21        5         15         38         10         46   

Americas

     17         17         20         -         (1     2         -        -         1         17         16         23   
       21         21         36         13         -        17         21        5         16         55         26         69   

(ii) Group share of associates’ profit after tax (note 10)

  

                

Europe

     35         39         45         1         1        5         (9     7         11         27         47         61   

Americas

     1         1         -         -         -        -         -        -         -         1         1         -   
       36         40         45         1         1        5         (9     7         11         28         48         61   

 

CRH    115


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1. Segment Information continued

 

B. Operating segments disclosures - Consolidated Balance Sheet data

 

     Continuing operations - year ended 31 December  
     Materials      Products      Distribution      Total Group  
     

2010

m

     2009
m
    

2010

m

     2009
m
    

2010

m

     2009
m
    

2010

m

     2009
m
 

Total assets

                       

Europe

     4,403         4,224         2,735         2,879         2,233         1,991         9,371         9,094   

Americas

     5,495         5,166         2,279         2,221         658         611         8,432         7,998   
       9,898         9,390         5,014         5,100         2,891         2,602         17,803         17,092   

Reconciliation to total assets as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

                       1,037         962   

Other financial assets

                       149         128   

Derivative financial instruments (current and non-current)

                       208         249   

Income tax assets (current and deferred)

                       497         414   

Liquid investments

                       37         66   

Cash and cash equivalents

                                                           1,730         1,372   

Total assets as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

                                                           21,461         20,283   

Total liabilities

                       

Europe

     1,043         963         811         805         530         457         2,384         2,225   

Americas

     706         722         437         354         183         151         1,326         1,227   
       1,749         1,685         1,248         1,159         713         608         3,710         3,452   

Reconciliation to total liabilities as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

  

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (current and non-current)                        5,361         5,324   

Derivative financial instruments (current and non-current)

  

                    87         86   

Income tax liabilities (current and deferred)

                                                           1,892         1,711   
Total liabilities as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet                                                      11,050         10,573   

C. Operating segments disclosures - other items

 

    Continuing operations - year ended 31 December  
    Materials     Products     Distribution     Total Group  
     2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Additions to non-current assets

                       

Europe

  Property, plant and equipment (note 14)     167        260        429        54        51        106        45        42        70        266        353        605   
 

Financial assets (note 16)

    53        235        1        2        -        -        8        1        157        63        236        158   

Americas

  Property, plant and equipment (note 14)     144        125        304        51        51        121        5        3        9        200        179        434   
 

Financial assets (note 16)

    4        8        48        -        -        -        -        -        -        4        8        48   
      368        628        782        107        102        227        58        46        236        533        776        1,245   

D. Entity-wide disclosures

Section 1: Information about products and services

The Group’s revenue from external customers in respect of its principal products and services is analysed in the disclosures above. Segment revenue includes 3,187 million (2009: 3,252 million; 2008: 3,593 million) in respect of revenue applicable to construction contracts. The bulk of our construction activities are performed by our Americas Materials reportable segment, and are for the most part short-term in nature and are generally completed within the same financial reporting period.

Revenue derived through the supply of services and intersegment revenue is not material to the Group. The transfer pricing policy implemented by the Group between operating segments and across its constituent

 

116    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1. Segment Information continued

 

entities is described in greater detail in note 32. In addition, due to the nature of building materials, which exhibit a low value-to-weight ratio, the Group’s revenue streams include a low level of cross-border transactions.

Section 2: Information about geographical areas and customers

CRH has a presence in 35 countries worldwide. The revenues from external customers and non-current assets (as defined in IFRS 8) attributable to the country of domicile and all foreign countries of operation are as follows; regions which exceed 10% of total external Group revenue have been highlighted separately on the basis of materiality.

 

     Year ended 31 December      As at 31 December  
     Revenue by destination      Non-current assets  
      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
    

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Country of domicile - Republic of Ireland

     365         500         870         557         569   

Benelux (mainly the Netherlands)

     2,495         2,762         3,070         1,384         1,458   

Americas (mainly the United States)

     8,137         7,997         9,702         6,576         6,200   

Other

     6,176         6,114         7,245         5,866         5,493   

Group totals

     17,173         17,373         20,887         14,383         13,720   

There are no material dependencies or concentrations on individual customers which would warrant disclosure under IFRS 8. The individual entities within the Group each have a large number of customers spread across various activities, end-uses and geographies.

 

 

2. Proportionate Consolidation of Joint Ventures

The Group’s share of the income and expenses of its joint ventures for the years ended 31 December 2010, 2009 and 2008, the assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2010 and 2009 and future purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment, which are proportionately consolidated in the Consolidated Financial Statements, are as follows:

Impact on Consolidated Income Statement

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 
      

Group share of:

      

Revenue

     1,061        1,095        1,172   

Cost of sales

     (744     (768     (806

Gross profit

     317        327        366   

Operating costs

     (249     (233     (229

Operating profit

     68        94        137   

Profit on disposals

     1        1        1   

Profit before finance costs

     69        95        138   

Finance costs (net)

     (7     (7     (13

Profit before tax

     62        88        125   

Income tax expense

     (21     (19     (26

Group profit for the financial year

     41        69        99   

Depreciation

     60        55        50   

 

CRH    117


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2. Proportionate Consolidation of Joint Ventures continued

 

Impact on Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 
     

Group share of:

     

Non-current assets

     1,324         1,319   

Current assets

     332         395   

Total assets

     1,656         1,714   

Total equity

     1,116         1,158   

Non-current liabilities

     371         330   

Current liabilities

     169         226   

Total liabilities

     540         556   

Total equity and liabilities

     1,656         1,714   

Net debt included above

     93         114   
Future purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment      

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

     31         15   

Authorised by the Directors but not contracted for

     120         120   

A listing of the principal joint ventures is contained in Exhibit 8 to this Annual Report.

     

 

 

3. Cost Analysis

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

    

2008

m

 

Cost of sales analysis

       

Raw materials and goods for resale

     7,165        6,859         8,226   

Employment costs (note 7)

     1,869        1,834         2,061   

Energy

     694        582         968   

Repairs and maintenance

     410        370         513   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment (i)

     601        570         563   

Change in inventory (note 20)

     (16     442         (173

Other production expenses*

     1,640        1,853         2,580   

Total

     12,363        12,510         14,738   

* Other production expenses primarily include equipment rental, sub-contractor costs and haulage.

 

Operating costs analysis                   

Selling and distribution costs

     2,574        2,410        2,753   

Administrative expenses

     1,390        1,392        1,486   

Other operating expenses

     169        112        82   

Other operating income

     (21     (6     (13

Total

     4,112        3,908        4,308   

 

118    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

3. Cost Analysis continued

 

(i) Depreciation, amortisation and impairment analysis

 

     Cost of sales      Operating costs      Total  
      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
 

Depreciation and depletion (note 14)

     601         570         563         170         194         204         771         764         767   
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 14)      -         -         -         15         30         14         15         30         14   

Impairment of intangible assets (note 15)

     -         -         -         87         11         -         87         11         -   
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 15)      -         -         -         44         43         43         44         43         43   

Total

     601         570         563         316         278         261         917         848         824   

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
     2008
m
 

Foreign exchange gains and losses (net)

       

- included in cost of sales

     1        -         -   

- included in operating costs

     (2     2         (6

Total

     (1     2         (6

 

 

4. Operating Profit Disclosures

 

      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
 

Operating lease rentals*

        

- hire of plant and machinery

     90         86         104   

- land and buildings

     161         152         145   

- other operating leases

     42         44         36   

Total

     293         282         285   

Auditors’ remuneration*

        

Fees for professional services provided by the Group’s independent auditors in respect of each of the following categories were:

 

Audit fees (i)

     13         13         14   

Audit-related fees (ii)

     3         1         2   

Tax fees

     1         1         1   

All other fees

     -         -         -   

Total

     17         15         17   

 

(i) Audit fees include Sarbanes-Oxley attestation but exclude 2 million (2009: 2 million; 2008: 2 million) paid to auditors other than the Group’s auditors.

 

(ii) Audit-related fees include attestation services that are closely related to the performance of the audit.

 

* Includes the Group’s proportionate share of amounts in joint ventures.

 

CRH    119


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

5. Profit on Disposals

 

     Business
disposals
     Non-current
asset disposals
     Total  
      2010
m
    2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
    2009
m
     2008
m
 

Assets/(liabilities) disposed of at net carrying amount:

                        

- property, plant and equipment (note 14)

     49        -         -         84         68         81         133        68         81   

- intangible assets (note 15)

     7        -         -         1         1         1         8        1         1   

- financial assets (note 16)

     -        -         -         7         8         17         7        8         17   

- working capital and provisions (note 20)

     17        -         -         -         -         -         17        -         -   

- deferred tax (note 27)

     (11     -         -         -         -         -         (11     -         -   

- pensions (note 28)

     (5     -         -         -         -         -         (5     -         -   

Net assets disposed

     57        -         -         92         77         99         149        77         99   

Proceeds from disposals (net of disposal costs)

     51        -         -         137         103         168         188        103         168   

Profit on step acquisition (note 31)

     16        -         -         -         -         -         16        -         -   

Profit on disposals

     10        -         -         45         26         69         55        26         69   

 

 

6. Directors’ Emoluments and Interests

Directors’ emoluments (which are included in administrative expenses in note 3) and interests are given in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 82 to 92 of this Annual Report.

 

 

7. Employment

The average number of employees (including the Group’s proportionate share of employees in joint ventures) is as follows:

 

Year ended 31 December 2010    Materials      Products     Distribution      Total
Group
 

Europe

     11,891         17,787        10,639         40,317   

Americas

     17,751         15,103        3,247         36,101   

Total

     29,642         32,890        13,886         76,418   
Year ended 31 December 2009                           

Europe

     12,599         18,454        10,997         42,050   

Americas

     18,075         16,349        3,348         37,772   

Total

     30,674         34,803        14,345         79,822   
Year ended 31 December 2008                           

Europe

     14,560         21,265        11,499         47,324   

Americas

     22,028         20,227        3,993         46,248   

Total

     36,588         41,492        15,492         93,572   

 

120    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

7. Employment continued

 

Employment costs charged in the Consolidated Income Statement (including the Group’s proportionate share of joint ventures’ costs) are analysed as follows:

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
     2008
m
 

Wages and salaries

     2,722        2,711         3,077   

Social welfare costs

     337        340         377   

Other employment-related costs

     385        418         401   

Share-based payment expense (note 8)

     19        28         24   

Total pension costs (note 28)

     173        179         176   

Total

     3,636        3,676         4,055   

Total charge analysed between:

       

Cost of sales

     1,869        1,834         2,061   

Operating costs

     1,762        1,834         2,009   

Profit on disposals - applicable to defined benefit pension schemes (note 5)

     (5     -         -   

Finance costs (net) - applicable to defined benefit pension schemes (note 9)

     10        8         (15

Total

     3,636        3,676         4,055   

 

 

8. Share-based Payment Expense

 

      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
 

Share option expense

     9         18         17   

Performance Share Plan expense

     10         10         7   
       19         28         24   

2 million (2009: 2 million; 2008: 1 million) of the total expense reported in the Consolidated Income Statement relates to the Directors. The expense reflected in operating costs in the Consolidated Income Statement amounts to 19 million (2009: 28 million; 2008: 24 million).

Share option schemes

In May 2010, shareholders approved the adoption of new share option schemes, which replace schemes approved by shareholders in May 2000. Shareholders also approved the adoption of new savings-related share option schemes in May 2010, which replace the existing savings-related share option schemes approved by shareholders in May 2000. The general terms and conditions applicable to the new share option and savings-related share option schemes were set out in a circular issued to shareholders on 31 March 2010, a copy of which is available on www.crh.com.

All unexercised options and share awards under the Group’s various share plans have been adjusted for the bonus element of the Rights Issue completed in March 2009 - see note 29 (iii).

Details of options granted under the share option schemes (excluding savings-related share option schemes)

 

     Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Number
of options
2010
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Number of
options
2009
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Number of
options
2008
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

  19.21        24,626,022      21.03        24,025,246      20.38        23,304,553   

Rights Issue adjustment - March 2009

    n/a        -        n/a        2,594,915        n/a        -   

Granted (a)

  18.39        3,343,700      16.93        2,596,000      23.87        2,912,000   

Exercised (b)

  15.36        (2,624,284   14.92        (3,562,399   15.89        (1,558,866

Lapsed

  21.14        (1,829,917   21.92        (1,027,740   22.89        (632,441

Outstanding at end of year

  19.38        23,515,521      19.21        24,626,022      21.03        24,025,246   

Exercisable at end of year

  16.10        8,698,585      16.00        11,816,179      17.53        14,118,956   

 

CRH    121


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

8. Share-based Payment Expense continued

 

 

(a) Pursuant to the 2010 share option scheme, which was approved by shareholders on 5 May 2010, employees were granted options over 3,343,700 (2009: 2000 share option scheme: 2,596,000; 2008: 2000 share option scheme: 2,912,000) of the Company’s Ordinary Shares on 28 May 2010. The level of vesting of these options will be determined by reference to certain performance targets (see pages 84 and 85). If the performance criteria have been met, these options, or portion thereof as appropriate, may be exercised after the expiration of three years from their date of grant. All options granted have a life of ten years.

 

(b) The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of these options was 18.50 (2009: 18.29; 2008: 23.53).

 

      2010      2009      2008  
Weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding at 31 December (years)      5.24         5.16         5.24   
Euro-denominated options outstanding at the end of the year (number)      23,388,616         24,478,108         23,878,042   

Range of exercise prices ()

     11.86-29.86         11.86-29.86         13.15-33.12   
Sterling-denominated options outstanding at the end of the year (number)      126,905         147,914         147,204   

Range of exercise prices (stg£)

     8.17-20.23         8.17-20.23         9.06-22.43   

The CRH share price at 31 December 2010 was 15.50 (2009: 19.01; 2008: 17.85). The following analysis shows the number of outstanding share options with prices lower/higher than the year-end share price:

 

      2010      2009      2008  

Number of options with prices lower than year-end price:

        

Exercisable

     3,091,771         11,816,179         6,075,620   

Not exercisable

     1,780,303         4,583,144         2,009,145   
       4,872,074         16,399,323         8,084,765   

Number of options with prices higher than year-end price:

        

Exercisable

     5,606,814         -         8,043,336   

Not exercisable

     13,036,633         8,226,699         7,897,145   
       18,643,447         8,226,699         15,940,481   

Total options outstanding

     23,515,521         24,626,022         24,025,246   

Fair values

The weighted average fair values assigned to the 3-year euro-denominated options granted in 2010 under the 2010 share option scheme was 4.06 (2009: 2000 share option scheme: 3.05; 2008: 2000 Share Option Scheme: 4.46).

The fair values of these options were determined using the following assumptions:

 

     

2010

3-year

    

2009

3-year

    

2008

3-year

 

Weighted average exercise price

     18.39         16.92         23.87   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.57%         2.38%         3.61%   

Expected dividend payments over the expected life

     3.20         3.20         4.01   

Expected volatility

     30.8%         24.5%         21.7%   

Expected life in years

     5         5         5   

The expected volatility was determined using a historical sample of 61 month-end CRH share prices. Share options are granted at market value at the date of grant. The expected lives of the options are based on historical data and are therefore not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may materialise.

Other than the assumptions listed above, no other features of option grants were factored into the determination of fair value. No relevant modifications were effected to either the 2010 share option scheme or the previously approved 2000 share option scheme during the course of 2010, 2009 or 2008 as appropriate.

 

122    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

8. Share-based Payment Expense continued

 

Details of options granted under the savings-related share option schemes

 

    Weighted average
exercise price
    Number of
options
    Weighted average
exercise price
    Number of
options
    Weighted average
exercise price
    Number of
options
 
            2010            2009            2008  

Outstanding at beginning of year

  13.85 /  Stg£12.62        1,370,652      21.20 /  Stg£15.51        1,033,071      18.37 /  Stg£12.53        1,259,082   

Rights Issue adjustment - March 2009

    n/a        -        n/a        103,787        n/a        -   

Granted (a)

  14.79 / Stg£13.13        213,892      11.18 / Stg£11.36        932,491      20.40 / Stg£16.07        520,741   

Exercised (b)

  14.19 / Stg£12.61        (56,467)      13.23 / Stg£11.18        (118,477)        11.07 / Stg£8.34        (487,350)   

Lapsed

  15.63 / Stg£13.50        (321,417   18.58 / Stg£14.21        (580,220)      22.67 / Stg£15.88        (259,402)   

Outstanding at end of year

  13.38 / Stg£12.53        1,206,660      13.85 / Stg£12.62        1,370,652      21.20 / Stg£15.51        1,033,071   

Exercisable at end of year

  21.05 / Stg£13.38        1,678      19.60 / Stg£14.14        5,193      11.87 / Stg£10.69        20,086   

 

(a) Pursuant to the 2000 savings-related share option schemes operated by the Company in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom, employees were granted options over 213,892 of the Company’s Ordinary Shares on 1 April 2010 (2009: 932,491 share options on 2 April 2009; 2008: 302,405 share options on 16 May 2008 and 218,336 share options on 3 April 2008). Options granted during the year comprise options over 152,039 (2009: 511,689; 2008: 248,572) shares which are normally exercisable within a period of six months after the third anniversary of the contract. Options over the remaining 61,853 (2009: 420,802; 2008: 272,169) shares are normally exercisable within a period of six months of the fifth anniversary of the contract. Options granted under the savings-related share option schemes are not subject to EPS growth targets. The exercise price at which the options are granted under the 2000 scheme represents a discount of 15% to the market price on the date of grant. No options have been granted under the 2010 scheme as of yet.

 

(b) The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of these options was 17.46 (2009: 17.71; 2008: 17.21).

 

      2010      2009      2008  
Weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding at 31 December (years)      2.72         3.34         2.89   
Euro-denominated options outstanding at the end of the year (number)      545,175         665,886         496,634   
Range of exercise prices ()      11.18-24.25         11.18-24.25         10.63-26.89   
Sterling-denominated options outstanding at the end of the year (number)      661,485         704,766         536,437   
Range of exercise prices (Stg£)      11.16-16.78         11.16-16.78         7.18-18.61   

Fair values

The weighted average fair values assigned to options issued under the savings-related share option schemes, which were computed in accordance with the trinomial valuation methodology, were as follows:

 

     Denominated in  
     
3-year
    
5-year
     Stg£*
3-year
     Stg£*
5-year
 

Granted during 2010 (amounts in )

     5.75         5.97         5.91         6.11   

Granted during 2009 (amounts in )

     6.86         6.92         5.67         5.77   

Granted during 2008 (amounts in )

     5.85         6.41         5.98         6.56   

* equivalents at the date of grant

 

CRH    123


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

8. Share-based Payment Expense continued

 

The fair values of these options were determined using the following assumptions:

 

     2010      2009      2008  
      3-year      5-year      3-year      5-year      3-year      5-year  

Weighted average exercise price

     14.61         14.64         12.04         11.82         20.72         20.57   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.32%         2.13%         1.80%         2.40%         3.95%/3.58%         4.00%/3.69%   
Expected dividend payments over the expected life      1.89         3.20         1.89         3.20         2.20         4.01   

Expected volatility

     33.5%         29.2%         28.1%         24.5%         21.6%/21.8%         20.9%/21.7%   

Expected life in years

     3         5         3         5         3         5   

The expected volatility was determined using a historical sample of 37 month-end CRH share prices in respect of the three-year savings-related share options and 61 month-end share prices in respect of the five-year savings-related share options. The expected lives of the options are based on historical data and are therefore not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may materialise.

Other than the assumptions listed above, no other features of option grants were factored into the determination of fair value. No relevant modifications were effected to either the 2010 savings-related share option scheme or the previously approved 2000 savings-related share option scheme during the course of 2010, 2009 or 2008 as appropriate.

Performance Share Plan

The Group operates a Performance Share Plan which was approved by shareholders in May 2006.

The expense of 10 million (2009: 10 million; 2008: 7 million) reported in the Consolidated Income Statement has been arrived at through applying a Monte Carlo simulation technique to model the combination of market-based and non-market-based performance conditions in the Plan.

 

    

Share price
at date

of award**

    Period to
earliest
release
date
    Number of Shares        
      Initial
award
    Rights
Issue
adjustment
    Cumulative
lapses/releases
to date***
    Net
outstanding
    Fair
value
 

Granted in 2007

  33.29        3 years        594,750        60,122        (654,872     -        17.14   

Granted in 2008

  23.45        3 years        741,000        76,331        (104,821     712,510        10.27   

Granted in 2009

  17.00        3 years        1,658,000        -        (114,000     1,544,000        8.29   

Granted in 2010

  18.51        3 years        1,459,750        -        (48,000     1,411,750        10.01   

** Share prices in respect of awards prior to the Rights Issue which took place in March 2009 have not been rights adjusted.

*** In March 2010, 299,527 (50% of the initial award net of lapses and adjusted for the Rights Issue) of the shares awarded under the Performance Share Plan in 2007 vested and accordingly were released to the participants of the scheme.

The fair value of the shares awarded was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation technique taking account of peer group total shareholder return, volatilities and correlations, together with the following assumptions:

 

      2010      2009      2008  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     1.32         1.77         3.49   

Expected volatility (%)

     33.5         28.1         21.8   

The expected volatility was determined using a historical sample of 37 month-end CRH share prices.

 

124    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

9. Finance Costs and Finance Revenue

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Finance costs

      

Interest payable on borrowings

     379        377        411   

Net income on interest rate and currency swaps

     (105     (77     (34

Mark-to-market of derivatives and related fixed rate debt:

      

- interest rate swaps (i)

     7        133        (283

- currency swaps and forward contracts

     (7     7        3   

- fixed rate debt (i)

     (19     (135     287   

Net finance cost on gross debt including related derivatives

     255        305        384   

Finance revenue

      

Interest receivable on loans to joint ventures and associates

     (3     (3     (4

Interest receivable on liquid investments

     (3     (4     (8

Interest receivable on cash and cash equivalents

     (31     (28     (35
Finance income on cash/liquid investments and loans to joint ventures/associates (ii)      (37     (35     (47

Net finance cost on gross debt/cash and liquid investments/loans

     218        270        337   

Unwinding of discount element of provisions for liabilities (note 26)

     15        15        16   
Unwinding of discount applicable to deferred and contingent acquisition consideration      4        4        5   

Total unwinding of discounting

     19        19        21   

Interest cost on defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

     106        95        98   

Expected return on defined benefit pension scheme assets (ii)

     (96     (87     (113

Net pension-related finance cost

     10        8        (15

Finance costs (net)

     247        297        343   

 

(i) The Group uses interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate debt to floating rate. Fixed rate debt, which has been converted to floating rate through the use of interest rate swaps, is stated in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at adjusted value to reflect movements in underlying fixed rates. The movement on this adjustment, together with the offsetting movement in the fair value of the related interest rate swaps, is included in finance costs in each reporting period.

 

(ii) Included as finance revenue in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

 

10. Group Share of Associates’ Profit after Tax

The Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax is equity-accounted and is presented as a single-line item in the Consolidated Income Statement. The Group’s share of profit after tax generated by associates is analysed as follows between the principal Consolidated Income Statement captions:

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Group share of:

      

Revenue

     1,070        1,029        1,006   

Profit before finance costs and impairments

     79        64        86   

Impairments

     (22     -        -   

Finance costs (net)

     (9     (5     (3

Profit before tax

     48        59        83   

Income tax expense

     (20     (11     (22

Profit after tax

     28        48        61   

An analysis of the profit after tax by operating segment is presented in note 1. The aggregated balance sheet data (analysed between current and non-current assets and liabilities) in respect of the Group’s investment in associates is presented in note 16.

 

CRH    125


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

11. Income Tax Expense

 

Recognised within the Consolidated Income Statement    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

(a) Current tax

      

Republic of Ireland

     5        (4     21   

Overseas

     63        40        256   

Total current tax

     68        36        277   

(b) Deferred tax

      

Origination and reversal of temporary differences:

      

Defined benefit pension obligations

     7        11        5   

Share-based payment expense

     4        (3     2   

Derivative financial instruments

     18        (11     (1

Other items

     (2     101        83   

Total deferred tax

     27        98        89   

Income tax expense reported in the Consolidated Income Statement

     95        134        366   
Recognised within equity       

(a) Within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income:

      

Deferred tax - defined benefit pension obligations

     7        20        67   

Deferred tax - cash flow hedges

     (3     (2     4   
       4        18        71   

(b) Within the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity:

      

Current tax - share option exercises

     1        1        2   

Deferred tax - share-based payment expense

     (3     2        (15
       (2     3        (13

Income tax recognised directly within equity

     2        21        58   

Reconciliation of applicable tax rate to effective tax rate

      

Profit before tax (m)

     534        732        1,628   

Tax charge expressed as a percentage of profit before tax (effective tax rate):

      

- current tax expense only

     12.7%        4.9%        17.0%   

- total income tax expense (current and deferred)

     17.8%        18.3%        22.5%   

The following table reconciles the applicable Republic of Ireland statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate (current and deferred) of the Group:

 

     % of profit before tax  

Irish corporation tax rate

     12.5         12.5         12.5   

Manufacturing relief in the Republic of Ireland

     -         -         (0.2

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

     2.7         3.8         10.5   
Other items (comprising items not chargeable to tax/expenses not deductible for tax)      2.6         2.0         (0.3

Total effective tax rate

     17.8         18.3         22.5   

Factors that may affect future tax charges and other disclosure requirements

Excess of capital allowances over depreciation

Based on current capital investment plans, the Group expects to continue to be in a position to claim capital allowances in excess of depreciation in future years.

 

126    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

11. Income Tax Expense continued

 

Investments in subsidiaries and associates and interests in joint ventures

No provision has been made for temporary differences applicable to investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures as the Group is in a position to control the timing of reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Due to the absence of control in the context of associates (significant influence only), deferred tax liabilities are recognised where appropriate in respect of CRH’s investments in these entities on the basis that the exercise of significant influence would not necessarily prevent earnings being remitted by other shareholders in the undertaking. Given that participation exemptions and tax credits would be available in the context of the Group’s investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures in the majority of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates, the aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised would be immaterial (with materiality defined in the context of the year-end 2010 financial statements).

Proposed dividends

There are no income tax consequences for the Company in respect of dividends proposed prior to issuance of the Consolidated Financial Statements and for which a liability has not been recognised.

Other considerations

The total tax charge in future periods will be affected by any changes to the corporation tax rates in force in the countries in which the Group operates. The current tax charge will also be impacted by changes in the excess of tax depreciation (capital allowances) over accounting depreciation and the use of tax credits.

 

 

12. Dividends

As shown in note 29, the Company has various classes of share capital in issue comprising Ordinary Shares, 5% Cumulative Preference Shares and 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares. The dividends paid and proposed in respect of these classes of share capital are as follows:

 

    

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 

Dividends to shareholders

     

Preference

     

5% Cumulative Preference Shares 3,175 (2009: 3,175; 2008: 3,175)

    -        -        -   

7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares 77,521 (2009: 77,521; 2008: 77,521)

    -        -        -   

Equity

     
Final - 44.00c per Ordinary Share in May 2010 (43.74c paid in May 2009; 2008 43.28c paid in May 2008)     307        258        260   

Interim - paid 18.50c per Ordinary Share (2009: 18.50c; 2008: 18.48c)

    131        128        109   

Total

    438        386        369   

Dividends proposed (memorandum disclosure)

     

Equity

     

Final 2010 - proposed 44.00c per Ordinary Share (2009: 44.00c, 2008: 43.74c)

    312        307        258   

Reconciliation to Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     

Dividends to shareholders

    438        386        369   

Less: issue of shares in lieu of dividends (i)

    (140     (148     (22

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

    298        238        347   

Dividends paid by subsidiaries to non-controlling interests

    6        7        5   

Total dividends paid

    304        245        352   

 

(i) In accordance with the scrip dividend scheme, shares to the value of 140 million (2009: 148 million; 2008: 22 million) were issued in lieu of dividends.

 

CRH    127


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

13. Earnings per Ordinary Share

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per Ordinary Share is set out below:

 

     2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Numerator computations - basic and diluted earnings per Ordinary Share

     

Group profit for the financial year

    439        598        1,262   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

    (7     (6     (14

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

    432        592        1,248   

Preference dividends

    -        -        -   
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company - numerator for basic/diluted earnings per Ordinary Share     432        592        1,248   

Denominator computations

        (ii)   

Denominator for basic earnings per Ordinary Share

     
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares (millions) outstanding
for the year (i)
    704.6        670.8        593.9   
Effect of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares (employee share options)
(millions) (i) and (iii)
    1.0        2.7        3.3   

Denominator for diluted earnings per Ordinary Share

    705.6        673.5        597.2   

Basic earnings per Ordinary Share

    61.3c        88.3c        210.2c   

Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share

    61.2c        87.9c        .209.0c   

 

(i) Basic and diluted earnings per Ordinary Share: The weighted average number of Ordinary Shares included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per Ordinary Share has been adjusted to exclude shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust and Ordinary Shares repurchased and held by the Company (CRH plc) as Treasury Shares given that these shares do not rank for dividend. The number of Ordinary Shares so held at the balance sheet date is detailed in note 29.

 

(ii) As set out in note 29 (iii) 152,087,952 new Ordinary/Income Shares were issued in March 2009 at 8.40 per share on the basis of two new Ordinary/Income Shares for every seven existing Ordinary/Income Shares under the terms of a Rights Issue. The actual cum rights price on 3 March 2009, the last day of quotation cum rights, was 15.065, and the theoretical ex rights price for an Ordinary/Income Share was therefore 13.5839 per share. The comparative earnings per share figures have been calculated by applying a factor of 1.1090 to the average number of shares in issue for 2008 in order to adjust for the bonus element of the Rights Issue.

 

(iii) The issue of certain Ordinary Shares in respect of employee share options and Performance Share Plan awards are contingent upon the satisfaction of specified performance conditions in addition to the passage of time. In accordance with IAS 33 Earnings per Share, these contingently issuable Ordinary Shares (totalling 18,485,196 at 31 December 2010, 15,851,556 at 31 December 2009 and 13,036,617 on a rights-adjusted basis at 31 December 2008) are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per Ordinary Share where the conditions governing exercisability have not been satisfied as at the end of the reporting period.

 

128    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

14. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

      Land and
buildings
 (i)
m
    Plant and
machinery
m
    Transport
m
    Assets in
course of
construction
m
   

Total

m

 

At 31 December 2010

          

Cost/deemed cost

     6,170        7,618        828        526        15,142   
Accumulated depreciation (and impairment charges)      (1,395     (4,295     (560     -        (6,250

Net carrying amount

     4,775        3,323        268        526        8,892   

At 1 January 2010, net carrying amount

     4,465        3,355        299        416        8,535   

Translation adjustment

     262        183        20        24        489   

Reclassifications

     36        93        (2     (127     -   

Additions at cost (ii)

     50        193        17        206        466   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     171        109        33        8        321   

Disposals at net carrying amount

     (51     (66     (15     (1     (133

Depreciation charge for year

     (151     (536     (84     -        (771

Impairment charge for year (iii)

     (7     (8     -        -        (15
At 31 December 2010, net carrying amount      4,775        3,323        268        526        8,892   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

     

At 31 December 2009

          

Cost/deemed cost

     5,710        7,113        803        416        14,042   
Accumulated depreciation (and impairment charges)      (1,245     (3,758     (504     -        (5,507

Net carrying amount

     4,465        3,355        299        416        8,535   

At 1 January 2009, net carrying amount

     4,321        3,567        380        620        8,888   

Translation adjustment

     (59     (61     (8     (5     (133

Reclassifications

     279        164        (2     (441     -   

Additions at cost (ii)

     70        207        17        238        532   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     46        51        9        4        110   

Disposals at net carrying amount

     (39     (19     (10     -        (68

Depreciation charge for year

     (146     (531     (87     -        (764

Impairment charge for year (iii)

     (7     (23     -        -        (30
At 31 December 2009, net carrying amount      4,465        3,355        299        416        8,535   

At 1 January 2009

          

Cost/deemed cost

     5,434        6,952        847        620        13,853   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,113     (3,385     (467     -        (4,965

Net carrying amount

     4,321        3,567        380        620        8,888   

 

(i) The carrying value of mineral-bearing land included in the land and buildings category above amounted to 1,974 million at the balance sheet date (2009: 1,797 million).

 

(ii) Borrowing costs capitalised during the financial year amounted to 9 million (2009: 10 million; 2008: 13 million). The average capitalisation rate employed to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was 5.5% (2009: 5.5%; 2008: 5.5%).

 

(iii) Property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed for potential impairment at each reporting date by applying a series of external and internal indicators specific to the assets under consideration; these indicators encompass macroeconomic issues including the inherent cyclicality of the building materials sector, actual obsolescence or physical damage, a deterioration in forecast performance in the internal reporting cycle and restructuring and rationalisation programmes inter alia. In the event that there is an indication that an asset (or collection of assets) may be impaired, the Group measures the potential impairment using a discounted cash flow technique and records an impairment where the recoverable amount (being the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use) is less than the carrying amount. The impairment charge for 2010 of 15 million (2009: 30 million; 2008: 14 million) represents charges across a number of business units in the Group, none of which is individually material.

 

CRH    129


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

14. Property, Plant and Equipment continued

 

Assets held under finance leases

The net carrying amount and the depreciation charge during the period in respect of assets held under finance leases were not material to the Group.

Future purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment

 

     

2010

m

     2009
m
 

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

     305         272   

Authorised by the Directors but not contracted for

     143         139   

 

 

15. Intangible Assets

 

           Other intangible assets        
      Goodwill
m
   

Marketing-
related

m

    Customer-
related
(i)
m
   

Contract-
based

m

   

Total

m

 

At 31 December 2010

          

Cost

     4,223        42        327        23        4,615   
Accumulated amortisation (and impairment charges)      (110     (25     (166     (9     (310

Net carrying amount

     4,113        17        161        14        4,305   

At 1 January 2010, net carrying amount

     3,919        15        146        15        4,095   

Translation adjustment

     206        1        14        1        222   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     82        5        40        -        127   

Disposals

     (7     -        (1     -        (8

Amortisation charge for year (ii)

     -        (4     (38     (2     (44

Impairment charge for year (iii)

     (87     -        -        -        (87

At 31 December 2010, net carrying amount

     4,113        17        161        14        4,305   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

       

At 31 December 2009

          

Cost

     3,976        35        274        22        4,307   
Accumulated amortisation (and impairment charges)      (57     (20     (128     (7     (212

Net carrying amount

     3,919        15        146        15        4,095   

At 1 January 2009, net carrying amount

     3,884        22        185        17        4,108   

Translation adjustment

     (21     (1     (2     -        (24

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     64        -        2        -        66   

Disposals

     (1     -        -        -        (1

Amortisation charge for year (ii)

     -        (5     (36     (2     (43

Impairment charge for year (iii)

     (7     (1     (3     -        (11

At 31 December 2009, net carrying amount

     3,919        15        146        15        4,095   

At 1 January 2009

          

Cost

     3,934        36        278        22        4,270   
Accumulated amortisation (and impairment charges)      (50     (14     (93     (5     (162

Net carrying amount

     3,884        22        185        17        4,108   

 

(i) The customer-related intangible assets relate predominantly to non-contractual customer relationships.

 

(ii) Goodwill is not subject to amortisation under IFRS. The useful lives of all other intangible assets are finite and, in general, range from one to ten years dependent on the nature of the asset.

 

(iii)

A goodwill impairment charge of 87 million (2009: 7 million; 2008: nil million) has been recognised by the Group within operating costs (note 3). This included 38 million in relation to the Insulation group (part of the Europe Products segment), which was recognised to reduce the carrying amount of this business to fair value less costs to sell. The net assets of this business, which is in the process of

 

130    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

15. Intangible Assets continued

 

 

being sold, have not been separately disclosed as held-for-sale as they are not material in the context of the Group. The impairment charge also includes 34 million in relation to the sale of Ivy Steel & Wire (part of the MMI business within the Americas Products segment); this business was sold in November 2010. The remaining 15 million of the Group impairment charge relates to the rationalisation of a number of sites in Europe Products and Europe Distribution, none of which is individually material.

Due to the asset-intensive nature of operations in the Materials business segments, no significant intangible assets are recognised on business combinations in these segments. Business combinations in the Group’s Products and Distribution segments do not exhibit the same level of asset intensity and intangible assets are recognised, where appropriate, on such combination activity.

Goodwill

The goodwill balances disclosed above include goodwill arising on the acquisition of joint ventures which are accounted for on the basis of proportionate consolidation. Goodwill arising in respect of investments in associates is included in financial assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (see note 16). The net book value of goodwill capitalised under previous GAAP (Irish GAAP) as at the transition date to IFRS (1 January 2004) has been treated as deemed cost. Goodwill arising on acquisition since that date is capitalised at cost.

Cash-generating units

Goodwill acquired through business combination activity has been allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from synergies in that combination. The cash-generating units represent the lowest level within the Group at which the associated goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and are not larger than the operating segments determined in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments. A total of 30 (2009: 29) cash-generating units have been identified and these are analysed below between the six business segments in the Group. All businesses within the various cash-generating units exhibit similar and/or consistent profit margin and asset intensity characteristics. Assets, liabilities, deferred tax and goodwill have been assigned to the cash-generating units on a reasonable and consistent basis.

 

     Cash-generating units      Goodwill  (m)  
      2010      2009      2010      2009  

Europe Materials

     11         11         782         751   

Europe Products

     3         3         676         707   

Europe Distribution

     1         1         622         573   

Americas Materials

     9         8         1,136         1,037   

Americas Products

     5         5         610         586   

Americas Distribution

     1         1         287         265   

Total cash-generating units

     30         29         4,113         3,919   

Impairment testing methodology and results

Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis. The recoverable amount of each of the 30 cash-generating units is determined based on a value-in-use computation, which is the only methodology applied by the Group and which has been selected due to the impracticality of obtaining fair value less costs to sell measurements for each reporting period. The cash flow forecasts are based on a five-year strategic plan document formally approved by senior management and the Board of Directors and specifically exclude the impact of future development activity. These cash flows are projected forward for an additional five years to determine the basis for an annuity-based terminal value, calculated on the same basis as the Group’s acquisition modelling methodology. As in prior years, the terminal value is based on a 20-year annuity, with the exception of certain long-lived cement assets, where an assumption of a 40-year annuity has been used. The projected cash flows assume zero growth in real cash flows beyond the initial evaluation period. The value-in-use represents the present value of the future cash flows, including the terminal value, discounted at a rate appropriate to each cash-generating unit. The real pre-tax discount rates used range from 7.4% to 12.4% (2009: 7.9% to 12.0%); the average rate is in line with the Group’s estimated weighted average cost of capital, arrived at using the Capital Asset Pricing Model.

 

CRH    131


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

15. Intangible Assets continued

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The cash flows have been arrived at taking account of the Group’s strong financial position, its established history of earnings and cash flow generation and the nature of the building materials industry, where product obsolescence is very low. However, expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain and are therefore liable to material change over time. The key assumptions employed in arriving at the estimates of future cash flows factored into impairment testing are subjective and include projected EBITDA (as defined)* margins, net cash flows, discount rates used and the duration of the discounted cash flow model.

Significant goodwill amounts

The goodwill allocated to the Europe Distribution CGU accounts for between 10% and 20% of the total carrying amount of 4,113 million; the additional disclosures required are as follows:

 

     Europe Distribution  
      2010      2009  

Carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the cash-generating unit at balance sheet date

     622m         573m   

Discount rate applied to the cash flow projections (real pre-tax)

     10.1%         10.0%   

Average EBITDA (as defined)* margin over the initial 5-year period

     6.6%         6.5%   

Value-in-use (present value of future cash flows)

     1,781m         1,913m   

Excess of value-in-use over carrying amount

     280m         307m   

The key assumptions, methodology used and values applied to each of the key assumptions for this CGU are consistent with those addressed above. The values applied to each of the key estimates and assumptions are specific to the Europe Distribution CGU and were derived from a combination of internal and external factors based on historical experience and took into account the cash flows specifically associated with this business. The cash flows and 20-year annuity-based terminal value were projected in line with the methodology disclosed above.

Given the magnitude of the excess of value-in-use over carrying amount, and our belief that the key assumptions are reasonable, management believe that it is not reasonably possible that there would be a change in the key assumptions such that the carrying amount would exceed the value-in-use. Consequently no further disclosures relating to sensitivity of the value-in-use computations for this CGU are considered to be warranted. Europe Distribution is not one of the CGUs referred to in the “Sensitivity analysis” section below. The goodwill allocated to the CGUs is less than 10% of the total carrying amount in all other cases.

Sensitivity analysis

Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of 7 of the 30 CGUs. The key assumptions, methodology used and values applied to each of the key assumptions for these cash-generating units are in line with those addressed above. These 7 CGUs had aggregate goodwill of 1,078 million at the date of testing. The table below identifies the amounts by which each of the following assumptions may either decline or increase to arrive at a zero excess of the present value of future cash flows over the book value of net assets in the 7 CGUs selected for sensitivity analysis testing:

 

Reduction in EBITDA (as defined)* margin

     0.7 to 2.7 percentage points   

Reduction in profit before tax

     6.8% to 13.9%   

Reduction in net cash flow

     5.9% to 13.4%   

Increase in pre-tax discount rate

     0.6 to 1.7 percentage points   

The average EBITDA (as defined)* margin for the aggregate of these 7 CGUs over the initial 5-year period was 12%. The aggregate value-in-use (being the present value of the future net cash flows) was 3,837 million and the aggregate carrying amount was 3,411 million, resulting in an aggregate excess of value-in-use over carrying amount of 426 million.

 

* Defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment charges, profit on disposals and the Group’s share of associates’ profit after tax.

 

132    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

16. Financial Assets

 

     Investments accounted for using the equity method
(i.e. associates)
       
     

Share of net
assets

m

   

Goodwill

m

   

Loans

m

   

Total

m

   

Other (i)

m

 
          

At 1 January 2010

     670        289        3        962        128   

Translation adjustment

     33        11        1        45        8   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     4        -        -        4        2   

Investments and advances

     26        16        7        49        18   

Disposals and repayments

     -        -        -        -        (7

Retained loss

     (1     (22     -        (23     -   

At 31 December 2010

     732        294        11        1,037        149   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

       

At 1 January 2009

     532        208        3        743        127   

Translation adjustment

     (13     (3     -        (16     (3
Associate becoming a subsidiary (note 31)      (7     -        -        (7     -   

Investments and advances

     144        90        1        235        9   

Disposals and repayments

     (2     -        (1     (3     (5

Retained profit

     16        (6     -        10        -   

At 31 December 2009

     670        289        3        962        128   

The total investment in associates is analysed as follows:

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

 
    

Non-current assets

     1,321        1,065   

Current assets

     718        581   

Non-current liabilities

     (458     (302

Current liabilities

     (544     (382

Net assets

     1,037        962   

A listing of the principal associates is contained in Exhibit 8 to this Annual Report.

The Group holds a 21.13% stake (2009: 21.23%) in Samse S.A., a publicly-quoted distributor of building materials to the merchanting sector in France which is accounted for as an associate investment above. The fair value of this investment, which was not materially different from its carrying value, was 45 million (2009: 42 million) as at the balance sheet date.

 

(i) Other financial assets primarily comprise trade investments carried at historical cost and loans extended by the Group to joint ventures (which are treated as loans and receivables under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and are included within financial assets at amortised cost). The balance as at 31 December 2010 comprises 17 million primarily in respect of trade investments and 132 million in respect of loans to joint ventures (2009: 14 million and 114 million respectively).

 

CRH    133


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

17. Inventories

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Raw materials

     622         585   

Work-in-progress (i)

     102         82   

Finished goods

     1,463         1,341   

Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value

     2,187         2,008   

 

(i) Work-in-progress includes 2 million (2009: nil million) in respect of the cumulative costs incurred, net of amounts transferred to cost of sales under percentage-of-completion accounting, for construction contracts in progress at the balance sheet date.

An analysis of the Group’s cost of sales expense is provided in note 3 to the financial statements.

Write-downs of inventories recognised as an expense within cost of sales amounted to 23 million (2009: 41 million; 2008: 17 million).

None of the above carrying amounts has been pledged as security for liabilities entered into by the Group.

 

 

18. Trade and Other Receivables

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

 

All current

    

Trade receivables

     1,700        1,608   

Amounts receivable in respect of construction contracts (i)

     342        350   

Total trade receivables, gross

     2,042        1,958   

Provision for impairment

     (151     (158

Total trade receivables, net

     1,891        1,800   

Other receivables (ii)

     409        477   

Amounts receivable from associates

     1        1   

Prepayments and accrued income

     118        176   

Total

     2,419        2,454   

The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables approximate their fair value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

(i) Includes unbilled revenue at the balance sheet date in respect of construction contracts amounting to 90 million (2009: 89 million).

 

(ii) Other receivables include retentions held by customers in respect of construction contracts at the balance sheet date amounting to 84 million (2009: 82 million).

Valuation and qualifying accounts (provision for impairment)

The movements in the provision for impairment of receivables during the financial year were as follows:

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 

At 1 January

     158        161        158   

Translation adjustment

     7        (1     1   

Provided during year

     50        71        63   

Written-off during year

     (56     (68     (51

Recovered during year

     (8     (5     (10

At 31 December

     151        158        161   

Information in relation to the Group’s credit risk management is provided in note 21 to the financial statements.

 

134    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

18. Trade and Other Receivables continued

 

Aged analysis

The aged analysis of gross trade receivables and amounts receivable in respect of construction contracts at the balance sheet date was as follows:

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Neither past due nor impaired

     1,522         1,528   

Past due but not impaired:

     

- less than 60 days

     193         112   

- 60 days or greater but less than 120 days

     100         89   

- 120 days or greater

     25         32   

Past due and impaired (partial or full provision)

     202         197   

Total

     2,042         1,958   

Trade receivables and amounts receivable in respect of construction contracts are in general receivable within 90 days of the balance sheet date.

 

 

19. Trade and Other Payables

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Current

     

Trade payables

     1,376         1,172   

Construction contract-related payables (i)

     163         174   

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration

     26         32   

Other payables

     403         376   

Accruals and deferred income

     672         668   

Amounts payable to associates

     46         49   

Total

     2,686         2,471   

Non-current

     

Other payables

     70         86   

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration (stated at net present cost) due as follows:

     

- between one and two years

     18         16   

- between two and five years

     46         35   

- after five years

     29         30   

Total

     163         167   

 

(i) Construction contract-related payables include billings in excess of costs incurred together with advances received from customers in respect of work to be performed under construction contracts and foreseeable losses thereon.

Other than deferred and contingent consideration, the carrying amounts of trade and other payables approximate their fair value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

CRH    135


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

20. Movement in Working Capital and Provisions for Liabilities

 

     Inventories
m
   

Trade

and other
receivables
m

    Trade
and other
payables
m
    Provisions
for
liabilities
m
   

Total

m

 

At 1 January 2010

    2,008        2,454        (2,638     (360     1,464   

Translation adjustment

    101        138        (137     (20     82   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

    92        80        (64     (7     101   

Disposals

    (30     (17     29        1        (17

Movement in finance-related receivables

    -        (115     -        -        (115

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration:

  

       

- arising on acquisitions during year (note 31)

    -        -        (23     -        (23

- paid during year

    -        -        27        -        27   

Interest accruals and discount unwinding

    -        2        6        (15     (7
Increase/(decrease) in working capital and provisions for liabilities     16        (123     (49     14        (142

At 31 December 2010

    2,187        2,419        (2,849     (387     1,370   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior years are as follows:

  

       

At 1 January 2009

    2,473        3,096        (3,070     (389     2,110   

Translation adjustment

    (34     (31     14        4        (47

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

    11        22        (14     (1     18   

Movement in finance-related receivables

    -        115        -        -        115   

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration:

  

       

- arising on acquisitions during year (note 31)

    -        -        (8     -        (8

- paid during year

    -        -        37        -        37   

Interest accruals and discount unwinding

    -        4        (10     (15     (21
(Decrease)/increase in working capital and provisions for liabilities     (442     (752     413        41        (740

At 31 December 2009

    2,008        2,454        (2,638     (360     1,464   

At 1 January 2008

    2,226        3,199        (3,108     (389     1,928   

Translation adjustment

    8        26        (15     (8     11   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

    66        126        (91     (4     97   

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration:

  

       

- arising on acquisitions during year (note 31)

    -        -        (12     -        (12

- paid during year

    -        -        34        -        34   

Interest accruals and discount unwinding

    -        (4     (12     (16     (32
Increase/(decrease) in working capital and provisions for liabilities     173        (251     134        28        84   

At 31 December 2008

    2,473        3,096        (3,070     (389     2,110   

 

136    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21. Capital and Financial Risk Management

Capital management

Overall summary

The primary objectives of CRH’s capital management strategy are to ensure that the Group maintains a strong credit rating to support its business and to create shareholder value by managing the debt and equity balance and the cost of capital.

The Board periodically reviews the capital structure of the Group, including the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital. The Group manages and, if necessary, adjusts its capital structure taking account of underlying economic conditions; any material adjustments to the Group’s capital structure in terms of the relative proportions of debt and equity are approved by the Board. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares, dispose of assets, amend investment plans, alter dividend policy or return capital to shareholders. The Group is committed to optimising the use of its balance sheet within the confines of the overall objective to maintain an investment grade credit rating. Dividend cover for the year ended 31 December 2010 amounted to 1.0 times (2009: 1.4 times).

The capital structure of the Group, which comprises net debt and capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders, may be summarised as follows:

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders

     10,328         9,637   

Net debt (note 25)

     3,473         3,723   

Capital and net debt

     13,801         13,360   

Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group uses financial instruments throughout its businesses: interest-bearing loans and borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, short-dated liquid investments and finance leases are used to finance the Group’s operations; trade receivables and trade payables arise directly from operations; and derivatives, principally interest rate and currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts, are used to manage interest rate risks and currency exposures and to achieve the desired profile of borrowings. The Group does not trade in financial instruments nor does it enter into any leveraged derivative transactions.

The Group’s corporate treasury function provides services to the business units, co-ordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, and monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group. The Head of Group Finance and Treasury reports to the Finance Director and the activities of the corporate treasury function are subject to regular internal audit. Systems are in place to monitor and control the Group’s liquidity risks. The Group’s net debt position forms part of the monthly documentation presented to the Board of Directors.

The main risks attaching to the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Commodity price risk arising from financial instruments is of minimal relevance given that exposure is confined to a small number of contracts entered into for the purpose of hedging future movements in energy costs. The Board reviews and agrees policies for the prudent management of each of these risks as documented below.

Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates stems predominantly from its long-term debt obligations. Interest cost is managed by the Group’s corporate treasury function using a mix of fixed and floating rate debt. With the objective of managing this mix in a cost-efficient manner, the Group enters into interest rate swaps, under which the Group contracts to exchange, at predetermined intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to a pre-agreed notional principal. Such contracts enable the Group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the fair value of issued fixed rate debt and the cash flow exposures of issued floating rate debt.

 

CRH    137


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21. Capital and Financial Risk Management continued

 

The majority of these swaps are designated under IAS 39 to hedge underlying debt obligations and qualify for hedge accounting; undesignated financial instruments are termed “not designated as hedges” in the analysis of derivative financial instruments presented in note 24. The following table demonstrates the impact on profit before tax and total equity of a range of possible changes in the interest rates applicable to net floating rate borrowings, with all other variables held constant. These impacts are calculated based on the closing balance sheet for the relevant period and assume all floating interest rates and interest curves change by the same amount. For profit before tax, the impact shown is the impact on closing balance sheet floating rate net debt for a full year while for total equity the impact shown is the impact on the value of financial instruments.

 

Percentage change in cost of borrowings

       +/- 1%         +/- 0.5%   

Impact on profit before tax

    2010         -/+ 6m         -/+ 3m   
    2009         -/+ 8m         -/+ 4m   
    2008         -/+  32m         -/+  16m   

Impact on total equity

    2010         -/+ 5m         -/+ 3m   
    2009         -/+ 5m         -/+ 3m   
    2008         -/+ 10m         -/+ 5m   

Foreign currency risk

Due to the nature of building materials, which in general exhibit a low value-to-weight ratio, CRH’s activities are conducted primarily in the local currency of the country of operation resulting in low levels of foreign currency transaction risk; variances arising in this regard are reflected in operating costs or cost of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which they arise and are shown in note 3.

Given the Group’s presence in 35 countries worldwide, the principal foreign exchange risk arises from fluctuations in the euro value of the Group’s net investment in a wide basket of currencies other than the euro; such changes are reported separately within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. A currency profile of the Group’s net debt and net worth is presented in note 25. The Group’s established policy is to spread its net worth across the currencies of its various operations with the objective of limiting its exposure to individual currencies and thus promoting consistency with the geographical balance of its operations. In order to achieve this objective, the Group manages its borrowings, where practicable and cost effective, to hedge a portion of its foreign currency assets. Hedging is done using currency borrowings in the same currency as the assets being hedged or through the use of other hedging methods such as currency swaps.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of profit before tax and equity to selected movements in the relevant /US$ exchange rate (with all other variables held constant); the US Dollar has been selected as the appropriate currency for this analysis given the materiality of the Group’s activities in the United States. The impact on profit before tax is based on changing the /US$ exchange rate used in calculating profit before tax for the period. The impact on total equity and financial instruments is calculated by changing the /US$ exchange rate used in measuring the closing balance sheet.

 

Percentage change in relevant /US$ exchange rate

        +/- 5%         +/- 2.5%   

Impact on profit before tax

     2010         -/+ 7m         -/+ 4m   
     2009         -/+  14m         -/+ 7m   
     2008         -/+ 29m         -/+  15m   

Impact on total equity*

     2010         -/+ 195m         -/+ 100m   
     2009         -/+ 170m         -/+ 87m   
     2008         -/+ 160m         -/+ 82m   

* Includes the impact on financial instruments which is as follows:

     2010         +/- 92m         +/- 47m   
     2009         +/- 105m         +/- 54m   
     2008         +/- 139m         +/- 71m   

 

138    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21. Capital and Financial Risk Management continued

 

Financial instruments include deposits, money market funds, bank loans, medium term notes and other fixed term debt, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps and foreign exchange contracts. They exclude trade receivables and trade payables.

Credit risk

In addition to cash at bank and in hand, the Group holds significant cash balances which are invested on a short-term basis and are classified as either cash equivalents or liquid investments (see note 22). These deposits and other financial instruments (principally certain derivatives and loans and receivables included within financial assets) give rise to credit risk on amounts due from counterparties. Credit risk is managed by limiting the aggregate amount and duration of exposure to any one counterparty primarily depending on its credit rating and by regular review of these ratings. Acceptable credit ratings are high investment-grade ratings - generally counterparties have ratings of A2/A or higher from Moody’s/Standard & Poor’s ratings agencies. The maximum exposure arising in the event of default on the part of the counterparty is the carrying value of the relevant financial instrument.

Credit risk arising in the context of the Group’s operations is not significant with the total bad debt provision at the balance sheet date amounting to circa 7.4% of gross trade receivables (2009: 8.1%). Customer credit risk is managed at appropriate Group locations subject to established policies, procedures and controls. Customer credit quality is assessed in line with strict credit rating criteria and credit limits established where appropriate. Outstanding customer balances are regularly monitored and a review for indicators of impairment (evidence of financial difficulty of the customer, payment default, breach of contract etc.) is carried out at each reporting date. Significant balances are reviewed individually while smaller balances are grouped and assessed collectively. Receivables balances are in general unsecured and non-interest-bearing. The trade receivables balances disclosed in note 18 comprise a large number of customers spread across the Group’s activities and geographies with balances classified as neither past due nor impaired representing 75% of the total receivables balance at the balance sheet date (2009: 78%); amounts receivable from related parties (notes 18 and 32) are immaterial. Factoring and credit guarantee arrangements are employed in certain of the Group’s operations where deemed to be of benefit by operational management.

Liquidity risk

The principal liquidity risks faced by the Group stem from the maturation of debt obligations and derivative transactions. The Group’s corporate treasury function ensures that sufficient resources are available to meet such liabilities as they fall due through a combination of liquid investments, cash and cash equivalents, cash flows and undrawn committed bank facilities. Flexibility in funding sources is achieved through a variety of means including (i) maintaining cash and cash equivalents and liquid resources only with a diversity of highly-rated counterparties; (ii) limiting the maturity of such balances; (iii) borrowing the bulk of the Group’s debt requirements under committed bank lines or other term financing; and (iv) having surplus committed lines of credit.

The undrawn committed facilities available to the Group as at the balance sheet date are quantified in note 23; these facilities span a wide number of highly-rated financial institutions thus minimising any potential exposure arising from concentrations in borrowing sources. The repayment schedule (analysed by maturity date) applicable to the Group’s outstanding interest-bearing loans and borrowings as at the balance sheet date is also presented in note 23.

Commodity price risk

The Group’s exposure to commodity price risk is minimal with the fair value of derivatives used to hedge future energy costs being 4 million favourable as at the balance sheet date (2009: 5 million unfavourable).

 

CRH    139


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21. Capital and Financial Risk Management continued

 

The tables below show the projected contractual undiscounted total cash outflows (principal and interest) arising from the Group’s trade and other payables, gross debt and derivative financial instruments. The tables also include the gross cash inflows projected to arise from derivative financial instruments. These projections are based on the interest and foreign exchange rates applying at the end of the relevant financial year.

 

     Within
1 year
m
    Between
1 and 2
years
m
    Between
2 and 3
years
m
    Between
3 and 4
years
m
    Between
4 and 5
years
m
    After
5 years
m
    Total
m
 

At 31 December 2010

             

Financial liabilities - cash outflows

             

Trade and other payables

    2,686        89        17        18        19        38        2,867   

Finance leases

    2        2        1        2        1        4        12   

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

    655        368        575        908        336        2,251        5,093   

Interest payments on finance leases

    1        1        -        -        -        2        4   
Interest payments on interest-bearing loans and borrowings     311        274        258        199        151        431        1,624   

Interest rate swaps - net cash outflows

    1        -        1        -        -        1        3   
Cross-currency swaps - gross cash outflows     1,312        42        427        24        327        -        2,132   

Gross projected cash outflows

    4,968        776        1,279        1,151        834        2,727        11,735   
Derivative financial instruments - cash inflows              

Interest rate swaps - net cash inflows

    (113     (69     (53     (31     (22     (30     (318
Cross-currency swaps - gross cash inflows     (1,244     (27     (455     (24     (298     -        (2,048

Other derivative financial instruments

    (3     (1     (1     -        -        -        (5

Gross projected cash inflows

    (1,360     (97     (509     (55     (320     (30     (2,371

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

         

At 31 December 2009

             

Financial liabilities - cash outflows

             

Trade and other payables

    2,471        91        13        14        15        39        2,643   

Finance leases

    4        2        2        1        1        3        13   

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

    377        550        782        507        893        1,911        5,020   

Interest payments on finance leases

    1        1        1        -        -        1        4   
Interest payments on interest-bearing loans and borrowings     323        303        241        220        163        464        1,714   

Interest rate swaps - net cash outflows

    6        6        6        6        5        40        69   
Cross-currency swaps - gross cash outflows     790        274        42        427        24        327        1,884   

Other derivative financial instruments

    3        2        -        1        -        -        6   

Gross projected cash outflows

    3,975        1,229        1,087        1,176        1,101        2,785        11,353   
Derivative financial instruments - cash inflows              

Interest rate swaps - net cash inflows

    (114     (111     (72     (57     (37     (132     (523
Cross-currency swaps - gross cash inflows     (776     (257     (26     (424     (23     (289     (1,795

Other derivative financial instruments

    (1     (1     -        -        -        -        (2

Gross projected cash inflows

    (891     (369     (98     (481     (60     (421     (2,320

 

 

140    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

22. Liquid Investments and Cash and Cash Equivalents

Liquid investments and cash and cash equivalents balances are spread across a wide number of highly-rated financial institutions with no material concentrations in credit or liquidity risk.

Liquid investments

Liquid investments comprise short-term deposits and current asset investments which are held as readily disposable stores of value and include investments in government gilts and commercial paper and deposits of less than one year in duration. The maturity of these investments falls outside the three months timeframe for classification as cash and cash equivalents under IAS 7 Cash Flow Statements, and accordingly, the related balances have been separately reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and have been categorised as either “held-for-trading” or “loans and receivables” in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement in the table below. The credit risk attaching to these items is documented in note 21.

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Liquid investments held-for-trading (fair value through profit or loss)

     32         62   

Loans and receivables

     5         4   

Total

     37         66   

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances held for the purposes of meeting short-term cash commitments and investments which are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Where investments are categorised as cash equivalents, the related balances have a maturity of three months or less from the date of investment. Bank overdrafts are included within current interest-bearing loans and borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents, are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows at fair value, and are analysed as follows:

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 

Cash at bank and in hand

     658         406   

Investments (short-term deposits)

     1,072         966   

Total

     1,730         1,372   

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily deposit bank rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

 

CRH    141


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

23. Interest-bearing Loans and Borrowings

 

Loans and borrowings outstanding    2010      2009  
     

Including share of

joint ventures

m

    

Excluding share of

joint ventures

m

    

Including share of

joint ventures

m

    

Excluding share of

joint ventures

m

 
           
           

Bank overdrafts

     42         33         113         98   

Bank loans

     254         157         222         107   

Leases

     12         11         13         12   

Bonds and private placements

     4,971         4,965         4,862         4,857   

Other

     82         6         114         27   
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings*      5,361         5,172         5,324         5,101   

* Including loans of 16 million (2009: 63 million) secured on specific items of property, plant and equipment; these figures do not include finance leases.

Maturity profile of loans and borrowings and undrawn committed facilities

 

     Including share of joint ventures      Excluding share of joint ventures  
     

Loans

and

borrowings

m

    

Undrawn

committed

facilities**

m

    

Loans

and

borrowings

m

    

Undrawn

committed

facilities**

m

 
           
           
           

At 31 December 2010

  

Within one year

     666         366         621         357   

Between one and two years

     393         781         382         781   

Between two and three years

     626         157         590         119   

Between three and four years

     945         2         939         -   

Between four and five years

     337         38         331         -   

After five years

     2,394         36         2,309         2   

Total

     5,361         1,380         5,172         1,259   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

At 31 December 2009

           

Within one year

     381         203         291         95   

Between one and two years

     570         391         549         389   

Between two and three years

     857         782         847         780   

Between three and four years

     547         164         526         114   

Between four and five years

     924         3         919         1   

After five years

     2,045         26         1,969         1   

Total

     5,324         1,569         5,101         1,380   

** The Group manages its borrowing ability by entering into committed borrowing agreements. Revolving committed bank facilities are generally available to the Group for periods of up to five years from the date of inception. The figures shown above are the undrawn committed facilities available to be drawn by the Group at 31 December 2010.

 

142    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

23. Interest-bearing Loans and Borrowings continued

 

Guarantees

The Company has given letters of guarantee to secure obligations of subsidiary undertakings as follows: 5.2 billion in respect of loans, bank advances, derivative obligations and future lease obligations (2009: 5.1 billion), nil million in respect of deferred and contingent acquisition consideration (2009: 6 million), 435 million in respect of letters of credit (2009: 319 million) and 8 million in respect of other obligations (2009: 43 million).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities of its wholly-owned subsidiary undertakings and the Oldcastle Finance Company and Oldcastle North America Funding Company general partnerships in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December 2010 and, as a result, such subsidiary undertakings and the general partnerships have been exempted from the filing provisions of Section 7, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986 and Regulation 20 of the European Communities (Accounts Regulations), 1993 respectively.

Lender covenants

The Group’s major bank facilities and debt issued pursuant to Note Purchase Agreements in private placements require the Group to maintain certain financial covenants. Non-compliance with financial covenants would give the relevant lenders the right to terminate facilities and demand early repayment of any sums drawn thereunder thus altering the maturity profile of the Group’s debt and the Group’s liquidity. Calculations for financial covenants are completed for twelve-month periods half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December. CRH was in full compliance with its financial covenants throughout each of the periods presented. The Group is not aware of any stated events of default as defined in the Agreements.

The financial covenants are:

 

(1) Minimum interest cover (excluding share of joint ventures) defined as PBITDA/net interest (all as defined in the relevant agreement) cover at no lower than 4.5 times. As at 31 December 2010 the ratio was 7.3 times (2009: 6.1 times);

 

(2) Minimum interest cover (excluding share of joint ventures) defined as PBITDA plus rentals/net interest plus rentals (all as defined in the relevant agreement) cover at no lower than 3.0 times. As at 31 December 2010 the ratio was 3.9 times (2009: 3.8 times);

 

(3) Maximum debt cover (excluding share of joint ventures) defined as consolidated total net debt/PBITDA (all as defined in the relevant agreement) cover (taking into account proforma adjustments for acquisitions and disposals) at no higher than 3.5 times. As at 31 December 2010 the ratio was 2.1 times (2009: 2.2 times).

 

CRH    143


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

24. Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are analysed by year of maturity and by accounting designation as follows:

 

    Fair value
hedges
    Cash flow
hedges
    Net
investment
hedges
    Not
designated
as hedges
    Total     Total
excluding
share of joint
ventures
 
     m     m     m     m     m     m  

At 31 December 2010

           

Derivative assets

                                               

Within one year - current assets

    10        3        1        -        14        13   

Between one and two years

    22        1        -        29        52        52   

Between two and three years

    49        1        -        -        50        50   

Between three and four years

    34        -        -        -        34        34   

Between four and five years

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

After five years

    58        -        -        -        58        58   

Non-current assets

    163        2        -        29        194        194   

Total derivative assets

    173        5        1        29        208        207   

Derivative liabilities

                                               

Within one year - current liabilities

    -        -        (53     (1     (54     (54

Between one and two years

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

Between two and three years

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

Between three and four years

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

Between four and five years

    -        (28     -        -        (28     (28

After five years

    (4     -        -        (1     (5     (4

Non-current liabilities

    (4     (28     -        (1     (33     (32

Total derivative liabilities

    (4     (28     (53     (2     (87     (86
Net asset arising on derivative financial instruments     169        (23     (52     27        121        121   

The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:

  

       

At 31 December 2009

           

Derivative assets

                                               

Within one year - current assets

    -        -        4        1        5        5   

Between one and two years

    18        -        -        1        19        18   

Between two and three years

    71        -        -        -        71        71   

Between three and four years

    36        -        -        -        36        36   

Between four and five years

    27        -        -        -        27        27   

After five years

    34        -        -        57        91        91   

Non-current assets

    186        -        -        58        244        243   

Total derivative assets

    186        -        4        59        249        248   

Derivative liabilities

                                               

Within one year - current liabilities

    -        (3     (5     -        (8     (8

Between one and two years

    -        (2     -        -        (2     (2

Between two and three years

    -        -        -        -        -        (1

Between three and four years

    (30     (1     -        -        (31     (30

Between four and five years

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

After five years

    -        (45     -        -        (45     (45

Non-current liabilities

    (30     (48     -        -        (78     (78

Total derivative liabilities

    (30     (51     (5     -        (86     (86
Net asset arising on derivative financial instruments     156        (51     (1     59        163        162   

 

144    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

24. Derivative Financial Instruments continued

 

Fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps and currency swaps. These instruments hedge risks arising from changes in asset/liability fair values due to interest rate and foreign exchange rate movements. In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, fair value hedges and the related hedged items are marked-to-market at each reporting date with any movement in the fair values of the hedged item and the hedging instrument being reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Cash flow hedges consist of forward foreign exchange and commodity contracts and interest rate and currency swaps. These instruments hedge risks arising to future cash flows from movements in foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and interest rates. Cash flow hedges are expected to affect profit and loss over the period to maturity. To the extent that the hedging instrument satisfies effectiveness testing, any movements in the fair values of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are reflected in equity. Ineffectiveness is reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Net investment hedges comprise cross-currency swaps and hedge changes in the value of net investments due to currency movements.

The profit/(loss) arising on fair value, cash flow, net investment hedges and related hedged items reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement is shown below:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
      m     m     m  

Cash flow hedges - ineffectiveness

     8        (6     -   

Fair value of hedge instruments

     (3     (108     284   

Fair value of the hedged items

     6        105        (287

Net investment hedges - ineffectiveness

     1        -        2   
Components of other comprehensive income - cash flow hedges                   
     2010     2009     2008  
      m     m     m  

Gains/(losses) arising during the year:

      

Currency forward contracts

     -        -        2   

Commodity forward contracts

     7        1        (24

Reclassification adjustments for (gains)/losses included in:

      

- the Consolidated Income Statement

     3        16        (6

- property, plant and equipment

     -        (2     -   

Total

     10        15        (28

 

CRH    145


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

25. Analysis of Net Debt

Components of net debt

Net debt comprises cash and cash equivalents, liquid investments, derivative financial instrument assets and liabilities and interest-bearing loans and borrowings:

 

    As at 31 December 2010     As at 31 December 2009  
    

Fair value (i)
including

share

of joint
ventures
m

   

Book value
including

share

of joint
ventures
m

   

Book value
excluding

share

of joint
ventures
m

   

Fair value (i)
including

share

of joint
ventures
m

   

Book value
including

share

of joint
ventures
m

   

Book value
excluding

share

of joint
ventures
m

 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 22)

    1,730        1,730        1,670        1,372        1,372        1,300   

Liquid investments (note 22)

    37        37        1        66        66        30   

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (note 23)

    (5,464     (5,361     (5,172     (5,432     (5,324     (5,101

Derivative financial instruments (net) (note 24)

    121        121        121        163        163        162   

Group net debt

    (3,576     (3,473     (3,380     (3,831     (3,723     (3,609

 

(i) The fair values of cash and cash equivalents and floating rate loans and borrowings are based on their carrying amounts, which constitute a reasonable approximation of fair value. The carrying value of liquid investments is the market value of these investments with these values quoted on liquid markets. The carrying value of derivatives is fair value based on discounted future cash flows at current foreign exchange and interest rates. The fair value of fixed rate debt is calculated based on actual traded prices for publicly traded debt or discounted future cash flows reflecting market interest rate changes since issuance for other fixed rate debt.

Reconciliation of opening to closing net debt

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

At 1 January

     (3,723     (6,091     (5,163
Decrease in liquid investments      (33     (65     (175
Debt in acquired companies (note 31)      (37     (3     (55
Increase in interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      (566     (757     (1,382
Net cash flow arising from derivative financial instruments      (82     (16     100   
Repayment of interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      885        2,501        1,024   
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      286        593        (194
Mark-to-market debt adjustment      18        (5     (6
Translation adjustment      (221     120        (240

At 31 December

     (3,473     (3,723     (6,091

 

146    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

25. Analysis of Net Debt continued

 

The following table shows the effective interest rates on period-end fixed, gross and net debt:

 

    As at 31 December 2010     As at 31 December 2009  
     m    

Interest

rate

    Weighted
average
fixed
period
Years
    m    

Interest

rate

    Weighted
average
fixed
period
Years
 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings nominal - fixed rate (ii)

    (4,777         (4,609    

Derivative financial instruments - fixed rate

    2,185                        2,020                   

Net fixed rate debt including derivatives

    (2,592     6.3%        6.7        (2,589     6.3%        5.9   
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings nominal - floating rate (iii)     (328         (424    

Adjustment of debt from nominal to book value (ii)

    (256         (291    

Derivative financial instruments - currency floating rate

    (2,064                     (1,857                
Gross debt by major currency including derivative financial instruments     (5,240     4.5%          (5,161     4.7%     

Cash and cash equivalents - floating rate

    1,730            1,372       

Liquid investments - floating rate

    37                        66                   

Net debt including derivative financial instruments

    (3,473                     (3,723                

 

(ii) Of the Group’s gross fixed rate debt at 31 December 2010, 2,761 million (2009: 2,913 million) was hedged to floating rate at inception using interest rate swaps. In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, hedged fixed rate debt is recorded at amortised cost adjusted for the change in value arising from changes in underlying market interest rates and the related hedging instruments (interest rate swaps) are stated at fair value. Adjustments to fixed rate debt values and the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement. The balance of gross fixed rate debt of 2,272 million (2009: 1,987 million) are financial liabilities measured at amortised cost in accordance with IAS 39.

 

(iii) Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings and finance leases bearing interest at rates set in advance for periods ranging from overnight to less than one year largely by reference to inter-bank interest rates (US$ LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR, Swiss Franc LIBOR and Euribor).

Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e as prices) or indirectly (i.e derived from prices)
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

 

     As at 31 December 2010     As at 31 December 2009  
      Level  1
m
     Level  2
m
    Total
m
    Level 1
m
     Level 2
m
    Total
m
 

Assets measured at fair value

              

Fair value hedges - cross currency and interest rate swaps

     -         173        173        -         186        186   

Cash flow hedges

     -         5        5        -         -        -   

Net investment hedges - cross currency swaps

     -         1        1        -         4        4   

Not designated as hedges (held-for-trading) - interest rate swaps

     -         29        29        -         59        59   

Held-for-trading (fair value through profit or loss)

     32         -        32        62         -        62   

Total

     32         208        240        62         249        311   

Liabilities measured at fair value

              

Fair value hedges - cross currency and interest rate swaps

     -         (4     (4     -         (30     (30

Cash flow hedges - cross currency swaps

     -         (28     (28     -         (51     (51

Net investment hedges - cross currency swaps

     -         (53     (53     -         (5     (5

Not designated as hedges (held-for-trading) - interest rate swaps

     -         (2     (2     -         -        -   

Total

     -         (87     (87     -         (86     (86

During the reporting periods ending 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, and no transfers into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.

 

CRH    147


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

25. Analysis of Net Debt continued

 

Currency profile

The currency profile of the Group’s net debt and net worth (capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders) as at 31 December 2010 is as follows:

 

      euro
m
    US
Dollar
m
    Pound
Sterling
m
    Swiss
Franc
m
   

Other (iv)

m

    Total
m
 
Net debt by major currency including derivative financial instruments      (1,151     (1,941     (2     (224     (155     (3,473

Non-debt assets and liabilities analysed as follows:

  

         

Non-current assets

     4,592        6,520        498        875        2,283        14,768   

Current assets

     1,619        1,955        225        373        546        4,718   

Non-current liabilities

     (716     (1,337     (191     (157     (182     (2,583

Current liabilities

     (1,174     (1,100     (225     (244     (276     (3,019

Non-controlling interests

     (31     (7     -        (10     (35     (83

Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s

equity holders (v)

     3,139        4,090        305        613        2,181        10,328   
The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:             
Net debt by major currency including derivative financial instruments      (1,152     (2,211     (34     (269     (57     (3,723
Non-debt assets and liabilities analysed as follows:             

Non-current assets

     4,610        6,142        508        700        2,097        14,057   

Current assets

     1,690        1,856        212        325        456        4,539   

Non-current liabilities

     (706     (1,196     (193     (108     (177     (2,380

Current liabilities

     (1,140     (1,009     (184     (213     (237     (2,783

Non-controlling interests

     (25     (5     -        (8     (35     (73

Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s

equity holders (v)

     3,277        3,577        309        427        2,047        9,637   

 

(iv) The principal currencies included in this category are the Polish Zloty, the Indian Rupee, the Ukranian Hryvnya, the Chinese Renminbi, the Turkish Lira, the Canadian Dollar, the Israeli Shekel and the Argentine Peso.

 

(v) Gains and losses arising on the retranslation of net worth are dealt with in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Transactional currency exposures arise in a number of the Group’s operations and these result in net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement and are immaterial (with materiality defined in the context of the year-end 2010 financial statements).

 

148    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

26. Provisions for Liabilities

 

Net present cost   At
1 January
m
    Translation
adjustment
m
    Arising on
acquisition
m
   

Provided
during
year

m

    Utilised
during
year
m
   

Disposed
during
year

m

    Reversed
unused
m
    Discount
unwinding
(note 9)
m
    At
31 December
m
 

31 December 2010

                 

Insurance (i)

    201        12        -        37        (50     -        (2     9        207   

Environment and remediation (ii)

    65        7        6        6        (2     (1     (2     2        81   

Rationalisation and redundancy (iii)

    25        -        -        55        (52     -        (1     1        28   

Other (iv)

    69        1        1        23        (19     -        (7     3        71   

Total

    360        20        7        121        (123     (1     (12     15        387   

Analysed as:

                 

Non-current liabilities

    240                      253   

Current liabilities

    120                      134   

Total

    360                      387   
The equivalent disclosure for the prior year is as follows:   

31 December 2009

                 

Insurance (i)

    214        (3     -        88        (108     -        -        10        201   

Environment and remediation (ii)

    67        (1     -        2        (5     -        -        2        65   

Rationalisation and redundancy (iii)

    19        -        -        114        (109     -        -        1        25   

Other (iv)

    89        -        1        11        (28     -        (6     2        69   

Total

    389        (4     1        215        (250     -        (6     15        360   

Analysed as:

                 

Non-current liabilities

    253                      240   

Current liabilities

    136                      120   

Total

    389                      360   

 

(i) This provision relates to actual and potential obligations arising under the self-insurance components of the Group’s insurance arrangements which comprise employers’ liability (worker’s compensation in the United States), public and products liability (general liability in the United States), automobile liability, property damage, business interruption and various other insurances; a substantial proportion of the total provision pertains to claims which are classified as “incurred but not reported”. Due to the extended timeframe associated with many of the insurances, a significant proportion of the total provision is subject to periodic actuarial valuation. The projected cash flows underlying the discounting process are established through the application of actuarial triangulations, which are extrapolated from historical claims experience. The triangulations applied in the discounting process indicate that the Group’s insurance provisions have an average life of five years (2009: four years).

 

(ii) This provision comprises obligations governing site remediation and improvement costs to be incurred in compliance with either local or national environmental regulations together with constructive obligations stemming from established best practice. Whilst a significant element of the total provision will reverse in the medium-term (two to ten years), the majority of the legal and constructive obligations applicable to long-lived assets (principally mineral-bearing land) will unwind over a 30-year timeframe. In discounting the related obligations, expected future cash outflows have been determined with due regard to extraction status and anticipated remaining life.

 

(iii) These provisions relate to irrevocable commitments under various rationalisation and redundancy programmes, none of which is individually material to the Group. In 2010, 55 million (2009: 114 million; 2008: 23 million) was provided in respect of rationalisation and redundancy activities as a consequence of undertaking various cost reduction initiatives across all operations. These initiatives included removing excess capacity from manufacturing and distribution networks and scaling operations to match market supply and demand; implementation of these initiatives resulted in a reduction in staffing levels in all business segments.

 

(iv) This includes provisions relating to guarantees and warranties of 20 million (2009: 20 million) throughout the Group at 31 December 2010. The Group expects that these provisions will be utilised within three years of the balance sheet date (2009: three years).

All provisions are discounted at a rate of 5% (2009: 5%; 2008: 5%), consistent with the average effective interest rate for the Group’s borrowings. The impact on profit before tax of a 1% change in the discount rate applicable to provisions, with all other variables held constant, is 1 million (2009: 1 million; 2008: 1 million).

 

 

CRH    149


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

27. Deferred Income Tax

The deductible and taxable temporary differences at the balance sheet date in respect of which deferred tax has been recognised are analysed as follows:

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 
     

Deferred income tax assets (deductible temporary differences)

     

Deficits on Group defined benefit pension obligations (note 28)

     108         103   

Revaluation of derivative financial instruments to fair value

     16         21   

Tax loss carryforwards

     34         7   

Share-based payment expense

     2         9   

Provisions for liabilities and working capital-related items

     184         157   

Other deductible temporary differences

     41         40   

Total

     385         337   

Deferred income tax assets have been recognised in respect of all deductible temporary differences, with the exception of tax loss carryfowards. Deferred income tax assets are not recognised on tax loss carryforwards where it is estimated that the recovery of such assets is not probable in the foreseeable future. The amount of tax losses whose recovery is not probable is 235 million, the vast majority of these will expire post 2015.

 

Deferred income tax liabilities (taxable temporary differences)

     
Taxable temporary differences principally attributable to accelerated tax depreciation and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition (i)      1,656         1,498   

Revaluation of derivative financial instruments to fair value

     13         1   

Rolled-over capital gains

     24         20   

Total

     1,693         1,519   

 

(i) Fair value adjustments arising on acquisition principally relate to property, plant and equipment.

 

Movement in net deferred income tax liability

    

At 1 January

     1,182        1,128   

Translation adjustment

     83        (26

Net charge for the year (note 11)

     27        98   

Arising on acquisition (note 31)

     28        (2

Disposal (note 5)

     (11     -   

Movement in deferred tax asset on Group defined benefit pension obligations

     (7     (20

Movement in deferred tax asset on share-based payment expense

     3        (2

Movement in deferred tax liability on cash flow hedges

     3        2   

Reclassification

     -        4   

At 31 December

     1,308        1,182   

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations

The Group operates either defined benefit or defined contribution pension schemes in all of its principal operating areas. Scheme assets are held in separate trustee-administered funds.

At year-end 2010, 33 million (2009: 46 million) was included in other payables in respect of defined contribution pension liabilities and nil million (2009: 1 million) was included in other receivables in respect of defined contribution pension prepayments.

The Group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the Republic of Ireland, Britain and Northern Ireland, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, Portugal, Switzerland and the United States; for the purposes of the disclosures which follow, the schemes in the Republic of Ireland, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany and Portugal (49% joint venture) have been aggregated into a “eurozone” category on the basis of common currency and financial assumptions. In line with the principle of proportionate consolidation, the assets, liabilities, income and expenses attaching to defined benefit pension schemes in joint ventures are reflected in the figures below on the basis of the

 

150    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

Group’s share of these entities. The majority of the defined benefit pension schemes operated by the Group are funded as disclosed in the analysis of the defined benefit obligation presented below with unfunded schemes restricted to one scheme in each of the Netherlands, Portugal and the United States and four schemes in Germany.

Provision has been made in the financial statements for post-retirement healthcare obligations in respect of certain current and former employees principally in the United States and in Portugal and for long-term service commitments in respect of certain employees in the eurozone and Switzerland. These obligations are unfunded in nature and the required disclosures are set out below.

In all cases, the projected unit credit method has been employed in determining the present value of the obligations, related current service cost and, where applicable, past service cost.

The cumulative actuarial gains and losses attributable to the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme obligations at 1 January 2004 (the date of transition to IFRS) were recognised in full as at that date and adjusted against retained income. Actuarial gains and losses and the associated movement in the net deferred tax asset are recognised via the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Actuarial valuations - funding requirements

The funding requirements in relation to the Group’s defined benefit schemes are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent and qualified actuaries and valuations are prepared in this regard either annually, where local requirements mandate that this be done, or at triennial intervals at a maximum in all other cases. In Ireland and Britain, either the attained age or projected unit credit methods are used in the valuations. In the Netherlands and Switzerland, the actuarial valuations reflect the current unit method, while the valuations are performed in accordance with the projected unit credit methodology in Portugal and Germany. In the United States, valuations are performed using a variety of actuarial cost methodologies - current unit, projected unit and aggregate cost. The date of the actuarial valuations range from January 2008 to December 2010.

The assumptions which have the most significant effect on the results of the actuarial valuations are those relating to the rate of return on investments and the expected rates of increase in salaries and pensions in payment. In the course of preparing the funding valuations, it was assumed that the rate of return on investments would, on average, exceed annual salary increases by 2% and pension increases by 3% per annum.

In general, actuarial valuations are not available for public inspection; however, the results of valuations are advised to the members of the various schemes.

Financial assumptions

The financial assumptions employed in the valuation of the defined benefit liabilities arising on pension schemes, post-retirement healthcare obligations and long-term service commitments applying the projected unit credit methodology are as follows:

Scheme liabilities

The major long-term assumptions used by the Group’s actuaries in the computation of scheme liabilities as at 31 December 2010, 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008 are as follows:

 

    Eurozone     Britain and
Northern Ireland
    Switzerland     United States  
     2010
%
    2009
%
    2008
%
   

2010

%

   

2009

%

   

2008

%

    2010
%
    2009
%
    2008
%
    2010
%
    2009
%
    2008
%
 

Rate of increase in:

                       

- salaries

    4.00        4.00        3.80        4.40        4.50        3.50        2.25        2.25        2.25        3.50        3.50        3.50   

- pensions in payment

    2.00        2.00        1.80        3.40-3.70        3.50-3.70        2.75-3.25        0.25        0.50        0.50        -        -        -   

Inflation

    2.00        2.00        1.80        3.40        3.50        2.75        1.50        1.50        1.50        2.00        2.00        2.00   

Discount rate

    5.45        6.00        5.80        5.30        5.75        6.25        2.85        3.25        3.50        5.40        5.75        6.25   

Medical cost trend rate

    5.25        5.25        5.25        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        7.50        9.50        10.00   

 

CRH    151


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

The mortality assumptions employed in determining the present value of scheme liabilities under IAS 19 are in accordance with the underlying funding valuations and represented actuarial best practice in the relevant jurisdictions taking account of mortality experience and industry circumstances. With regard to the most material of the Group’s schemes, the future life expectations factored into the relevant valuations based on retirement at 65 years of age for current and future retirees, are as follows:

 

     Republic of
Ireland
    

Britain and

Northern Ireland

     Switzerland  
      2010      2009      2008      2010      2009      2008      2010      2009      2008  

Current retirees

                          

- male

     20.9         20.7         19.8         22.9         22.7         21.9         18.7         18.5         18.4   

- female

     23.9         23.8         22.8         25.6         25.5         24.6         22.3         22.0         21.9   

Future retirees

                          

- male

     22.1         21.8         20.8         24.6         24.5         22.4         18.7         18.5         18.4   

- female

     25.0         24.8         23.8         27.3         27.2         25.1         22.3         22.0         21.9   

The above data allow for future improvements in life expectancy.

Scheme assets

The long-term rates of return expected at 31 December 2010, 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008, determined in conjunction with the Group’s actuaries and analysed by class of investment, are as follows:

 

     Eurozone      Britain and
Northern Ireland
     Switzerland      United States  
      2010
%
     2009
%
     2008
%
     2010
%
     2009
%
     2008
%
     2010
%
     2009
%
     2008
%
     2010
%
     2009
%
     2008
%
 

Equities

     7.50         8.00         9.00         7.50         8.00         9.00         6.35         6.75         7.50         7.50         8.00         9.00   

Bonds

     4.00         4.50         4.25         4.50         5.00         4.75         2.35         2.75         3.25         5.00         5.50         6.00   

Property

     6.50         7.00         7.00         6.50         7.00         7.00         4.75         4.75         4.50         6.50         7.00         7.00   

Other

     2.50         2.50         2.50         2.50         2.50         2.50         1.75         2.50         2.50         2.50         2.50         2.50   

The methodology applied in relation to the expected return on equities is driven by prevailing risk-free rates in the four jurisdictions listed and the application of an equity risk premium (which varies by country) to those rates. The differences between the expected return on bonds and the yields used to discount the liabilities in each of the four jurisdictions listed are attributable to the fact that the bond assets held by many of the Group’s schemes comprise an amalgam of government and corporate bonds. The property and “other” (largely cash holdings) components of the asset portfolio are not significant. In all cases, the reasonableness of the assumed rates of return is assessed by reference to actual and target asset allocations in the long-term and the Group’s overall investment strategy as articulated to the trustees of the various defined benefit pension schemes in operation.

(a) Impact on Consolidated Income Statement

The total expense charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes, post-retirement healthcare obligations and long-term service commitments is as follows:

 

      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
 

Total defined contribution expense

     125         139         141   

Defined benefit

        

Pension schemes (funded and unfunded)

     48         39         35   

Long-term service commitments (unfunded)

     -         1         -   

Total defined benefit expense

     48         40         35   

Total expense in Consolidated Income Statement

     173         179         176   

 

152    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

Analysis of defined benefit expense

The total defined benefit expense (comprising funded and unfunded defined benefit pension schemes and unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligations and long-term service commitments) is analysed as follows:

 

    Eurozone     Britain and
Northern
Ireland
    Switzerland     United States     Total Group  
     2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 
Charged in arriving at Group profit before finance costs:                              

Current service cost

    12        13        18        13        8        11        18        17        16        1        6        6        44        44        51   
Past service cost: benefit enhancements     2        11        (2     -        -        1        -        -        2        -        1        -        2        12        1   

Profit on disposal (note 5)

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (5     -        -        -        -        -        (5     -        -   

Settlement/curtailment (gain)/loss

    (1     -        -        (3     (1     (2     -        -        -        1        (23     -        (3     (24     (2

Subtotal

    13        24        16        10        7        10        13        17        18        2        (16     6        38        32        50   
Included in finance revenue and finance costs respectively:                              

Expected return on scheme assets

    (37     (35     (52     (27     (23     (30     (22     (20     (21     (10     (9     (10     (96     (87     (113

Interest cost on scheme liabilities

    47        42        45        31        24        27        17        17        16        11        12        10        106        95        98   

Subtotal

    10        7        (7     4        1        (3     (5     (3     (5     1        3        -        10        8        (15
Net charge to Consolidated Income Statement     23        31        9        14        8        7        8        14        13        3        (13     6        48        40        35   
Actual return on pension scheme assets     50        70        (200     45        63        (82     16        45        (48     18        22        (34     129        200        (364

Based on the assumptions employed for the valuation of assets and liabilities at year-end 2010, the net charge in the 2011 Consolidated Income Statement is anticipated to exhibit a small decrease from the 2010 figure at constant exchange rates.

No reimbursement rights have been recognised as assets in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits.

(b) Impact on Consolidated Balance Sheet

The net pension liability (comprising funded and unfunded defined benefit pension schemes and unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligations and long-term service commitments) as at 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 is analysed as follows:

 

     Eurozone     Britain and
Northern Ireland
    Switzerland     United
States
    Total Group  
      2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
 

Equities

     357        318        261        215        167        133        101        78        886        744   

Bonds

     198        209        154        144        253        230        52        51        657        634   

Property

     32        35        16        14        109        85        -        -        157        134   

Other

     23        22        9        11        77        56        6        4        115        93   

Bid value of assets

     610        584        440        384        606        504        159        133        1,815        1,605   
Actuarial value of liabilities (present value)      (844     (814     (594     (534     (635     (519     (216     (192     (2,289     (2,059
Recoverable deficit in schemes      (234     (230     (154     (150     (29     (15     (57     (59     (474     (454
Related deferred income tax asset      37        35        43        42        6        3        22        23        108        103   

Net pension liability

     (197     (195     (111     (108     (23     (12     (35     (36     (366     (351

Split of asset values

     %        %        %        %        %        %        %        %        %        %   

Equities

     58.5        54.4        59.3        56.0        27.6        26.4        63.5        58.6        48.8        46.4   

Bonds

     32.5        35.8        35.0        37.5        41.7        45.6        32.7        38.4        36.2        39.5   

Property

     5.2        6.0        3.7        3.6        18.0        16.9        -        -        8.7        8.3   

Other

     3.8        3.8        2.0        2.9        12.7        11.1        3.8        3.0        6.3        5.8   

Total

     100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100   

 

CRH    153


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

The asset values above include 1 million in respect of investment in Ordinary Shares of the Company (CRH plc) as at 31 December 2010 (2009: 3 million).

An increase of 25 basis points in the rate of return on scheme assets would have increased scheme assets by 4 million and hence reduced the pension deficit before deferred tax to 470 million.

 

     Eurozone     Britain and
Northern Ireland
    Switzerland     United
States
    Total Group  
      2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
 

Analysis of liabilities - funded and unfunded

  

Funded:

                    
Defined benefit pension schemes      (795     (770     (594     (534     (630     (514     (203     (180     (2,222     (1,998

Unfunded:

                    
Defined benefit pension schemes      (33     (29     -        -        -        -        (6     (5     (39     (34
Total - defined benefit pension schemes      (828     (799     (594     (534     (630     (514     (209     (185     (2,261     (2,032
Post-retirement healthcare obligations (unfunded)      (8     (7     -        -        -        -        (7     (7     (15     (14
Long-term service commitments (unfunded)      (8     (8     -        -        (5     (5     -        -        (13     (13
Actuarial value of liabilities (present value)      (844     (814     (594     (534     (635     (519     (216     (192     (2,289     (2,059

The assumption made in relation to discount rates is a material source of estimation uncertainty as defined in IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The impact of a reduction of 25 basis points in the discount rates applied would be as follows (with a corresponding increase in discount rates being inversely proportional):

 

Revised discount rate

     5.20        5.75        5.05        5.50        2.60        3.00        5.15        5.50        n/a        n/a   

Revised liabilities figure

     (876     (842     (625     (562     (658     (540     (223     (198     (2,382     (2,142

Post-retirement healthcare benefits - sensitivity analysis on key actuarial assumptions

The impact of the sensitivity analysis on the key actuarial assumptions employed in the valuation of post-retirement healthcare benefits as required under IAS 19 Employee Benefits is not material to the Group with materiality defined in the context of the year-end 2010 financial statements.

History of scheme assets, liabilities and actuarial gains and losses

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2007
m
    2006
m
    2005
m
 

Bid value of assets

     1,815        1,605        1,414        1,846        1,739        1,771   

Actuarial value of liabilities (present value)

     (2,289     (2,059     (1,828     (1,931     (2,001     (2,221

Asset limit adjustment

     -        -        -        (10     -        -   

Recoverable deficit

     (474     (454     (414     (95     (262     (450

Actual return less expected return on scheme assets

     33        113        (477)        (61)        45        177   

% of scheme assets

     1.8%        7.0%        (33.7%)        (3.3%)        2.6%        10.0%   
Experience gain/(loss) arising on scheme liabilities (present value)      36        (13)        (15)        (25)        (6)        42   

% of scheme liabilities (present value)

     (1.6%)        0.6%        0.8%        1.3%        0.3%        (1.9%)   

 

154    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

Analysis of amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

    Eurozone    

Britain and

Northern Ireland

    Switzerland     United States     Total Group  
     2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 
Actual return less expected return on scheme assets     13        35        (252     18        40        (112     (6     25        (69     8        13        (44     33        113        (477
Experience gain/(loss) arising on scheme liabilities (present value)     31        (12     (11     2        (5     (3     1        7        1        2        (3     (2     36        (13     (15
Assumptions (loss)/gain arising on scheme liabilities (present value)     (50     (21     59        (27     (117     61        (16     (17     17        (9     (12     (3     (102     (167     134   
Asset limit adjustment     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        10        -        -        -        -        -        10   
Actuarial (loss)/gain recognised     (6     2        (204     (7     (82     (54     (21     15        (41     1        (2     (49     (33     (67     (348
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income   
Actual return less expected return on scheme assets     13        35        (252     18        40        (112     (6     25        (69     8        13        (44     33        113        (477
% of scheme assets     2.1%        6.0%        (47.5%     4.1%        10.4%        (37.3%     (1.0%     5.0%        (14.7%     5.0%        9.8%        (38.3%     1.8%        7.0%        (33.7%
Experience gain/(loss) arising on scheme liabilities (present value)     31        (12     (11     2        (5     (3     1        7        1        2        (3     (2     36        (13     (15
% of scheme liabilities (present value)     (3.7%     1.5%        1.4%        (0.3%     0.9%        0.8%        (0.2%     (1.3%     (0.2%     (0.9%     1.6%        1.0%        (1.6%     0.6%        0.8%   
Actuarial (loss)/gain recognised     (6     2        (204     (7     (82     (54     (21     15        (41     1        (2     (49     (33     (67     (348
% of scheme liabilities (present value)     0.7%        (0.2%     26.9%        1.2%        15.4%        14.5%        3.3%        (2.9%     8.2%        (0.5%     1.0%        24.9%        1.4%        3.3%        19.0%   

Since transition to IFRS on 1 January 2004, the cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income amounts to 339 million (2009: 306 million).

 

CRH    155


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations continued

 

Reconciliation of scheme assets (bid value)

 

    Eurozone     Britain and
Northern Ireland
    Switzerland     United States     Total Group  
     2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
 

At 1 January

    584        531        384        300        504        468        133        115        1,605        1,414   

Movement in year

                   

Translation adjustment

    -        -        12        22        94        1        10        (5     116        18   
Arising on acquisition (note 31)     -        -        -        -        26        -        -        -        26        -   

Disposals

    -        -        -        -        (38     -        -        -        (38     -   

Settlement

    (10     -        (8     -        -        -        -        -        (18     -   
Employer contributions paid     27        27        22        18        21        15        8        10        78        70   
Contributions paid by plan participants     4        4        1        2        11        10        -        -        16        16   

Benefit payments

    (45     (48     (16     (21     (28     (35     (10     (9     (99     (113
Actual return on scheme assets     50        70        45        63        16        45        18        22        129        200   

At 31 December

    610        584        440        384        606        504        159        133        1,815        1,605   

Reconciliation of actuarial value of liabilities

  

           

At 1 January

    (814     (759     (534     (372     (519     (500     (192     (197     (2,059     (1,828

Movement in year

                   

Translation adjustment

    -        -        (17     (28     (99     -        (14     7        (130     (21
Arising on acquisition (note 31)     (2     -        -        -        (27     -        -        -        (29     -   

Disposals

    -        -        -        -        43        -        -        -        43        -   

Current service cost

    (12     (13     (13     (8     (18     (17     (1     (6     (44     (44
Contributions paid by plan participants     (4     (4     (1     (2     (11     (10     -        -        (16     (16

Benefit payments

    45        48        16        21        28        35        10        9        99        113   
Past service cost: benefit enhancements     (2     (11     -        -        -        -        -        (1     (2     (12
Interest cost on scheme liabilities     (47     (42     (31     (24     (17     (17     (11     (12     (106     (95
Actuarial gain/(loss) arising on:                    

- experience variations

    31        (12     2        (5     1        7        2        (3     36        (13
- changes in assumptions     (50     (21     (27     (117     (16     (17     (9     (12     (102     (167

Settlement/curtailment

    11        -        11        1        -        -        (1     23        21        24   

At 31 December

    (844     (814     (594     (534     (635     (519     (216     (192     (2,289     (2,059

Employer contributions payable in the 2011 financial year (expressed using year-end exchange rates for 2010) are estimated at 52 million. The difference between the actual employer contributions paid of 78 million in 2010 and the expectation of 65 million included in the 2009 Annual Report is largely attributable to accelerated funding requirements in certain of the Group’s schemes which could not have been anticipated at the time of preparation of the year-end 2009 financial statements. Employer contributions are reflected in the reconciliation of scheme assets as paid.

 

 

156    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

29. Share Capital and Reserves

 

     2010      2009  
Equity Share Capital   

Ordinary
Shares of
0.32 each
(i)

m

    

Income
Shares of
0.02 each
(ii)

m

    

Ordinary
Shares of
0.32 each
(i)

m

    

Income
Shares of
0.02 each
(ii)

m

 

Authorised

           

At 1 January

     320         20         235         15   

Increase in authorised share capital

     -         -         85         5   

At 31 December

     320         20         320         20   

Number of Shares at 1 January (‘000s)

     1,000,000         1,000,000         735,000         735,000   

Increase in number of Shares

     -         -         265,000         265,000   

Number of Shares at 31 December (‘000s)

     1,000,000         1,000,000         1,000,000         1,000,000   

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

           

At 1 January

     227         14         175         11   

Rights Issue (iii)

     -         -         49         3   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends (iv)

     3         -         3         -   

At 31 December

     230         14         227         14   

The movement in the number of shares (expressed in ‘000s) during the financial year was as follows:

 

At 1 January

     710,485         710,485         548,502         548,502   

Rights Issue (iii)

     -         -         152,088         152,088   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends (iv)

     8,023         8,023         9,895         9,895   

At 31 December

     718,508         718,508         710,485         710,485   

 

(i) The Ordinary Shares represent 93.66% of the total issued share capital.

 

(ii) The Income Shares, which represent 5.85% of the total issued share capital, were created on 29 August 1988 for the express purpose of giving shareholders the choice of receiving dividends on either their Ordinary Shares or on their Income Shares (by notice of election to the Company). The Income Shares carried a different tax credit to the Ordinary Shares. The creation of the Income Shares was achieved by the allotment of fully paid Income Shares to each shareholder equal to his/her holding of Ordinary Shares but the shareholder is not entitled to an Income Share certificate, as a certificate for Ordinary Shares is deemed to include an equal number of Income Shares and a shareholder may only sell, transfer or transmit Income Shares with an equivalent number of Ordinary Shares. Income Shares carry no voting rights. Due to changes in Irish tax legislation since the creation of the Income Shares, dividends on the Company’s shares no longer carry a tax credit. As elections made by shareholders to receive dividends on their holding of Income Shares were no longer relevant, the Articles of Association were amended on 8 May 2002 to cancel such elections.

 

(iii) 152,087,952 new Ordinary/Income Shares were issued in March 2009 at 8.40 per share under the terms of a Rights Issue on the basis of two new Ordinary/Income Shares for every seven existing Ordinary/Income Shares (excluding Treasury Shares). The aggregate nominal value of the Shares issued was 52 million and the total consideration amounted to 1.24 billion net of associated expenses.

Share schemes

The aggregate number of shares which may be committed for issue in respect of the share option schemes, the savings-related share option schemes, the share participation schemes and any subsequent share option schemes, may not exceed 10% of the issued Ordinary share capital from time to time.

Share option schemes

Details of share options granted under the Company’s share option schemes and savings-related share option schemes and the terms attaching thereto are provided in note 8 to the financial statements and on page 92 of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.

 

CRH    157


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

29. Share Capital and Reserves continued

 

Equity Share Capital continued

 

     Number of Shares  
      2010      2009  

Options exercised during the year

     2,680,751         3,680,876   

Satisfied by:

     

Reissue of Treasury Shares

     2,680,751         3,553,043   

Purchases of Ordinary Shares by Employee Benefit Trust

     -         127,833   

Total

     2,680,751         3,680,876   

Share participation schemes

As at 31 December 2010, 7,079,443 (2009: 6,778,469) Ordinary Shares had been appropriated to participation schemes. In the financial year ended 31 December 2010, the appropriation of 300,974 shares was satisfied by the reissue of Treasury Shares (2009: 311,762). The Ordinary Shares appropriated pursuant to these schemes were issued at market value on the dates of appropriation. The shares issued pursuant to these schemes are excluded from the scope of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment and are hence not factored into the expense computation and the associated disclosures in note 8.

Performance Share Plan

In accordance with the terms of the Performance Share Plan (see note 8), Ordinary Shares have been purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust on behalf of CRH plc. The number of these shares held as at the balance sheet date was as follows:

 

     Ordinary Shares  
      2010     2009  

At 1 January

     462,753        937,750   

Released to the participants of the Performance Share Plan

     (299,527     (474,997

At 31 December

     163,226        462,753   

The nominal value of own shares, on which dividends have been waived by the Trustees of the Performance Share Plan, amounted to 0.06 million at 31 December 2010 (2009: 0.2 million).

 

(iv) Shares issued in lieu of dividends

 

    Number of Shares     Price per Share  
     2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
May 2010 (May 2009; May 2008) - Final 2009 (Final 2008; Final 2007) dividend     7,308,591        6,588,110        893,242      17.86      13.83      24.15   
November 2010 (November 2009; November 2008) - Interim 2010 (Interim 2009; Interim 2008) dividend     714,402        3,307,480        -      12.76      17.20        n/a   

Total

    8,022,993        9,895,590        893,242         

 

Preference Share Capital    5% Cumulative
Preference Shares of
1.27 each
(v)
     7% ‘A’ Cumulative
Preference Shares of
1.27 each
(vi)
 
     

Number of
Shares

’000s

    

m

    

Number of
Shares

’000s

    

m

 
           

Authorised

           

At 1 January 2010 and 31 December 2010

     150         -         872         1   

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

           

At 1 January 2010 and 31 December 2010

     50         -         872         1   

 

158    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

29. Share Capital and Reserves continued

 

Preference Share Capital continued

There was no movement in the number of cumulative preference shares in either the current or the prior year.

 

(v) The holders of the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative preference dividend at a rate of 5% per annum and priority in a winding-up to repayment of capital, but have no further right to participate in profits or assets and are not entitled to be present or vote at general meetings unless their dividend is in arrears. Dividends on the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares are payable half-yearly on 15 April and 15 October in each year. The 5% Cumulative Preference Shares represent 0.03% of the total issued share capital.

 

(vi) The holders of the 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative preference dividend at a rate of 7% per annum, and subject to the rights of the holders of the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares, priority in a winding-up to repayment of capital, but have no further right to participate in profits or assets and are not entitled to be present or vote at general meetings unless their dividend is in arrears or unless the business of the meeting includes certain matters, which are specified in the Articles of Association. Dividends on the 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares are payable half-yearly on 5 April and 5 October in each year. The 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares represent 0.46% of the total issued share capital.

Treasury Shares/own shares

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

 
    

At 1 January

     (279     (378

Treasury/own shares reissued

     80        114   

Shares acquired by Employee Benefit Trust (own shares)

     -        (2

Reclassification of Performance Share Plan expense

     -        (13

At 31 December

     (199     (279

As at the balance sheet date, the total number of Treasury Shares held was 9,357,475 (2009: 12,339,200); the nominal value of these shares was 3 million (2009: 4 million). During the year ended 31 December 2010, 2,981,725 shares were reissued (2009: 3,864,805) to satisfy exercises and appropriations under the Group’s share option and share participation schemes (see above). These reissued Treasury Shares were previously purchased at an average price of 23.87 (2009: 25.35). No Treasury Shares were purchased during the year ended 31 December 2010 (2009: nil).

Reconciliation of shares issued to proceeds shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

     

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 
      

Shares issued at nominal amount:

      

- shares issued in respect of Rights Issue

     -        52        -   

- shares issued in lieu of dividends

     3        3        -   

Premium on shares issued

     137        1,370        28   

Total value of shares issued

     140        1,425        28   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends (note 12)

     (140     (148     (22

Proceeds from issue of shares

     -        1,277        6   

Expenses paid in respect of share issues

     -        (40     -   

Net proceeds from issue of shares - Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     -        1,237        6   

Share Premium

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

 
     

At 1 January

     3,778         2,448   

Premium arising on shares issued

     137         1,370   

Expenses paid in respect of shares issued

     -         (40

At 31 December

     3,915         3,778   

 

 

CRH    159


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

30. Commitments under Operating and Finance Leases

Operating leases

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases at 31 December are as follows:

 

     

2010

m

    

2009

m

    

2008

m

 

Within one year

     257         230         240   

After one year but not more than five years

     595         506         548   

More than five years

     415         358         396   
       1,267         1,094         1,184   

Finance leases

Future minimum lease payments under finance leases are not material for the Group.

 

 

31. Business Combinations and Acquisitions of Joint Ventures

The principal acquisitions completed during the year ended 31 December 2010 by reportable segment, together with the completion dates, are detailed below; these transactions entailed the acquisition of an effective 100% stake except where indicated to the contrary below:

Europe Materials: India: readymixed concrete assets of My Home Construction Private (50%, 1 January); the Netherlands: readymixed concrete assets of Dekker (1 April); Portugal: Alves Quarry (49%, 26 March); Switzerland: 90% of RISI (30 September); United Kingdom: Dan Morrissey Concrete UK (24 June).

Europe Distribution: Belgium: 75% of Sax Sanitair (6 August); Germany: increased stake in Bauking from 48% to 98% (21 December).

Americas Materials: Arkansas: Rains Contracting (29 October) and Sebastian County Sand & Gravel (23 December); Colorado: Sky Ute Sand & Gravel (30 July); Florida: Frasier sand reserves (24 September); Kansas: Shawnee Rock (16 June); Maine: Vaughn Thibodeau & Sons (21 July); Missouri: Sedalia Quarry (31 March); New York: A.L. Blades & Sons (26 March); Ohio: additional reserves in Navarre (8 April), selected assets of Lafarge in Northeast Ohio (8 April) and Schwab (2 June, also Florida); Texas: asphalt assets of Austin Bridge and Road (9 April) and Armor Materials (6 August); Utah: Binggeli (8 June), Construction Materials Company (10 December) and Reynolds Brothers (29 December); Virginia: MAC Construction (1 December); West Virginia: Appalachian Paving and Aggregate (30 June).

Americas Products: Illinois: Chicago Block Company (17 September); Oklahoma: Green County Soils (30 September, also Kansas).

Americas Distribution: California: Olympic Supply (28 September).

 

160    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

31. Business Combinations and Acquisitions of Joint Ventures continued

 

The identifiable net assets acquired, including adjustments to provisional fair values, were as follows:

 

    

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 
     

Assets

     

Non-current assets

     

Property, plant and equipment

    321        110        429   

Intangible assets

    45        2        52   

Investments in associates

    4        -        1   

Other financial assets

    2        -        2   

Deferred income tax assets

    1        4        1   

Total non-current assets

    373        116        485   

Current assets

     

Inventories

    92        11        66   

Trade and other receivables (iv)

    80        22        126   

Cash and cash equivalents

    33        4        68   

Total current assets

    205        37        260   

Liabilities

     

Non-current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

    -        -        (2

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (29     (2     (82

Retirement benefit obligations

    (3     -        (8

Provisions for liabilities (stated at net present cost)

    (6     (1     -   

Non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings and finance leases

    (10     (2     (9

Total non-current liabilities

    (48     (5     (101

Current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

    (64     (14     (89

Current income tax liabilities

    (6     -        (12

Provisions for liabilities (stated at net present cost)

    (1     -        (4

Current interest-bearing loans and borrowings and finance leases

    (27     (1     (46

Total current liabilities

    (98     (15     (151

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

    432        133        493   

Goodwill arising on acquisition (i)

    82        64        366   

Excess of fair value of identifiable net assets over consideration paid

    -        -        (6

Non-controlling interests*

    (6     (4     4   

Associate becoming a subsidiary

    -        (7     -   

Total consideration

    508        186        857   

Consideration satisfied by:

     

Cash payments

    469        178        837   

Professional fees incurred on business combinations

    -        -        8   

Deferred consideration (stated at net present cost)

    26        7        6   

Contingent consideration (ii)

    (3     1        6   
    492        186        857   

Profit on step acquisition (iii)

    16        -        -   

Total consideration

    508        186        857   

* Measured at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets.

  

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

     

Cash consideration

    469        178        837   

Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired

    (33     (4     (68

Professional fees incurred on business combinations

    -        -        8   

Total

    436        174        777   

 

CRH    161


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

31. Business Combinations and Acquisitions of Joint Ventures continued

 

None of the acquisitions completed during the financial years 2010, 2009 or 2008 were considered sufficiently material to warrant separate disclosure of the attributable fair values. The initial assignment of fair values to identifiable net assets acquired has been performed on a provisional basis in respect of certain acquisitions; any amendments to these fair values made during the subsequent reporting window (within the measurement period imposed by IFRS 3) will be subject to subsequent disclosure.

 

(i) The principal factor contributing to the recognition of goodwill on acquisitions entered into by the Group is the realisation of cost savings and other synergies with existing entities in the Group which do not qualify for separate recognition as intangible assets. 46 million of the goodwill recognised in respect of acquisitions completed in 2010 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

(ii) The fair value of contingent consideration recognised at date of acquisition is arrived at through discounting the expected payment (based on scenario modelling) to present value at the respective acquisition dates. In general, in order for contingent consideration to become payable, pre-defined profit and/or ratios on net asset thresholds must be exceeded. The negative contingent consideration recognised above of 3 million is net of adjustments to previously recognised contingent consideration balances. On an undiscounted basis, the future payments for which the Group may be liable range from nil million to a maximum of €14 million.

 

(iii) As disclosed above, our joint venture Bauking became a subsidiary during the course of the financial year. In accordance with IFRS 3, the re-measurement to fair value of the Group’s pre-existing equity interests prior to acquisition resulted in a gain of 16 million being reflected in profit on disposals in the Consolidated Income Statement (note 5) as follows:

 

      m  

Deemed proceeds on step acquisition

     90   

Book value of net assets (48%) preceding step acquisition

     (74

Profit on step acquisition

     16   

The provisional fair value of 100% of net assets at the date of acquisition was 188 million.

 

(iv) The gross contractual value of trade and other receivables as at the respective dates of acquisition amounted to 83 million. The fair value of these receivables is 80 million (all of which is expected to be recoverable) and is inclusive of an aggregate allowance for impairment of 3 million.

Acquisition-related costs amounting to 3 million have been included in operating costs (note 3) in the Consolidated Income Statement.

No contingent liabilities were recognised on the acquisitions completed during the financial year or the prior financial years.

 

162    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

31. Business Combinations and Acquisitions of Joint Ventures continued

 

The carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities acquired determined in accordance with IFRS before completion of the acquisition, together with the adjustments made to those carrying values to arrive at the fair values disclosed above, were as follows:

 

     Book
values
m
    Fair value
adjustments
m
    Accounting
policy
alignments
m
    Adjustments
to provisional
fair values
m
    Fair
value
m
 

Non-current assets

    251        117        (1     6        373   

Current assets

    195        8        -        2        205   

Non-current liabilities

    (50     3        -        (1     (48

Current liabilities

    (84     (9     -        (5     (98

Non-controlling interests

    (6     -        -        -        (6

Identifiable net assets acquired

    306        119        (1     2        426   

Goodwill arising on acquisition

    191        (103     1        (7     82   
Total consideration (including profit on step acquisition)     497        16        -        (5     508   
The equivalent disclosure for 2009 is as follows:          

Non-current assets

    87        28        -        1        116   

Current assets

    37        1        -        (1     37   

Non-current liabilities

    (4     (1     -        -        (5

Current liabilities

    (16     1        -        -        (15

Non-controlling interests

    -        (4     -        -        (4

Identifiable net assets acquired

    104        25        -        -        129   

Associate becoming a subsidiary

    (7     -        -        -        (7

Goodwill arising on acquisition

    91        (25     -        (2     64   

Total consideration

    188        -        -        (2     186   

The equivalent disclosure for 2008 is as follows:

         

Non-current assets

    212        266        2        5        485   

Current assets

    261        -        (3     2        260   

Non-current liabilities

    (32     (68     -        (1     (101

Current liabilities

    (142     (4     3        (8     (151

Non-controlling interests

    4        -        -        -        4   

Identifiable net assets acquired

    303        194        2        (2     497   

Goodwill arising on acquisition

    543        (194     (2     13        360   

Total consideration

    846        -        -        11        857   

The following table analyses the 28 acquisitions (2009: 14 acquisitions; 2008: 52 acquisitions) by reportable segment and provides details of the goodwill and consideration figures arising in each of those segments:

Reportable segments

 

     Number of
Acquisitions
     Goodwill      Consideration**  
      2010      2009      2008      2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
     2010
m
     2009
m
     2008
m
 

Europe Materials

     5         2         8         3         2         125         102         11         322   

Europe Products

     -         -         9         -         -         111         -         -         208   

Europe Distribution

     2         1         7         34         4         57         146         12         154   

Americas Materials

     18         10         19         42         60         32         238         164         101   

Americas Products

     2         -         8         8         -         18         24         -         53   

Americas Distribution

     1         1         1         2         -         4         3         1         8   

Group totals

     28         14         52         89         66         347         513         188         846   

 

** Includes profit on step acquisition

 

CRH    163


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

31. Business Combinations and Acquisitions of Joint Ventures continued

 

The post-acquisition impact of acquisitions completed during the year on Group profit for the financial year was as follows:

 

      2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

Revenue

     174        43        530   

Cost of sales

     (131     (35     (392

Gross profit

     43        8        138   

Operating costs

     (29     (5     (85

Group operating profit

     14        3        53   

Profit on disposals

     -        -        -   

Profit before finance costs

     14        3        53   

Finance costs (net)

     (2     (1     (26

Profit before tax

     12        2        27   

Income tax expense

     (3     (1     (8

Group profit for the financial year

     9        1        19   

The revenue and profit of the Group for the financial year determined in accordance with IFRS as though the acquisitions effected during the year had been at the beginning of the year would have been as follows:

 

     Pro-forma 2010         
      2010
acquisitions
m
     CRH Group
excluding 2010
acquisitions
m
    

Pro-forma
consolidated
Group

m

    

Pro-forma
2009

m

 

Revenue

     750         16,999         17,749         17,518   

Group profit for the financial year

     32         430         462         616   

The equivalent disclosure for 2009 is as follows:

 

     Pro-forma 2009         
Revenue    2009
acquisitions
m
     CRH Group
excluding 2009
acquisitions
m
    

Pro-forma
consolidated
Group

m

    

Pro-forma
2008

m

 

Group profit for the financial year

     188         17,330         17,518         21,174   
       19         597         616         1,271   

There have been no acquisitions completed subsequent to the balance sheet date which would be individually material to the Group, thereby requiring disclosure under either IFRS 3 or IAS 10 Events after the Balance Sheet Date. Development updates, giving details of acquisitions which do not require separate disclosure on the grounds of materiality, are published in January and July each year.

 

164    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

32. Related Party Transactions

The principal related party relationships requiring disclosure in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group under IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures pertain to: the existence of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates; transactions with these entities entered into by the Group; and the identification and compensation of key management personnel.

Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of the Company (CRH plc, the ultimate parent) and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates as documented in the accounting policies on pages 101 to 113. The Group’s principal subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are disclosed in Exhibit 8 to this Annual Report.

Sales to and purchases from, together with outstanding payables to and receivables from, subsidiaries and joint ventures are eliminated in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements (either in full or to the extent of the Group’s interest) in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures. The amounts in respect of joint ventures are immaterial in the context of the year-end 2010 financial statements, year-end 2009 financial statements and year-end 2008 financial statements. Loans extended by the Group to joint ventures and associates (see note 16) are included in financial assets (whilst the Group’s share of the corresponding loans payable by joint ventures is included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings due to the application of proportionate consolidation in accounting for the Group’s interests in these entities). Sales to and purchases from associates during the financial year ended 31 December 2010 amounted to 27 million (2009: 17 million; 2008: 17 million) and 479 million (2009: 458 million; 2008: 584 million) respectively. Amounts receivable from and payable to associates (arising from the aforementioned sales and purchases transactions) as at the balance sheet date are included as separate line items in notes 18 and 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Terms and conditions of transactions with subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

In general, the transfer pricing policy implemented by the Group across its subsidiaries is market-based. Sales to and purchases from other related parties (being joint ventures and associates) are conducted in the ordinary course of business and on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions. The outstanding balances included in receivables and payables as at the balance sheet date in respect of transactions with associates are unsecured and settlement arises in cash. No guarantees have been either requested or provided in relation to related party receivables and payables. Loans to joint ventures and associates (the respective amounts being disclosed in note 16) are extended on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of business with interest accruing and, in general, paid to the Group at predetermined intervals.

Key management personnel

For the purposes of the disclosure requirements of IAS 24, the term “key management personnel” (i.e. those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company) comprises the Board of Directors which manages the business and affairs of the Company. As identified in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 82 to 92, the Directors, other than the non-executive Directors, serve as executive officers of the Company. Full disclosure in relation to the 2010, 2009 and 2008 compensation entitlements of the Board of Directors is provided in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration with disclosure of the share-based payment expense relating to the Board of Directors provided in note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Other than these compensation entitlements, there were no other transactions involving key management personnel.

 

CRH    165


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information

The following consolidating information presents Condensed Balance Sheets as at 31 December 2010 and 2009 and Condensed Group Income Statements and Group Cash Flows for the years ended 31 December 2010, 2009 and 2008 of the Company and CRH America, Inc. (“CRHA”) as required by Article 3-10(c) of Regulation S-X. This information is prepared on a basis consistent with the basis of preparation on page 101, with the exception that the subsidiaries are accounted for as investments under the equity method rather than being consolidated. CRHA is 100% owned by the company. The Guarantees of the guarantor are full and unconditional.

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2010

 

     CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

ASSETS

         

Non-current assets

         

Property, plant and equipment

    -        -        8,892        -        8,892   

Intangible assets

    -        -        4,305        -        4,305   

Subsidiaries

    5,171        120        1,682        (6,973     -   

Investments accounted for using the equity method

    -        -        1,037        -        1,037   

Advances to subsidiaries and parent undertakings

    135        3,742        -        (3,877     -   

Other financial assets

    -        -        149        -        149   

Derivative financial instruments

    -        155        39        -        194   

Deferred income tax assets

    -        35        350        -        385   

Total non-current assets

    5,306        4,052        16,454        (10,850     14,962   

Current assets

         

Inventories

    -        -        2,187        -        2,187   

Trade and other receivables

    6,519        -        2,419        (6,519     2,419   

Current income tax recoverable

    -        -        112        -        112   

Derivative financial instruments

    -        -        14        -        14   

Liquid investments

    -        -        37        -        37   

Cash and cash equivalents

    163        1,334        233        -        1,730   

Total current assets

    6,682        1,334        5,002        (6,519     6,499   

Total assets

    11,988        5,386        21,456        (17,369     21,461   

EQUITY

         

Equity share capital

    244        -        -        -        244   

Preference share capital

    1        -        -        -        1   

Share premium account

    3,915        1,747        20        (1,767     3,915   

Treasury Shares and own shares

    (199     -        -        -        (199

Other reserves

    147        -        147        (147     147   

Foreign currency translation reserve

    (226     -        -        -        (226

Retained income

    6,446        (315     5,374        (5,059     6,446   

Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders

    10,328        1,432        5,541        (6,973     10,328   

Non-controlling interests

    -        -        83        -        83   

Total equity

    10,328        1,432        5,624        (6,973     10,411   

LIABILITIES

         

Non-current liabilities

         

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

    -        3,453        1,242        -        4,695   

Derivative financial instruments

    -        -        33        -        33   

Deferred income tax liabilities

    -        -        1,693        -        1,693   

Trade and other payables

    -        -        163        -        163   

Advances from subsidiary and parent undertakings

    -        -        8,741        (8,741     -   

Retirement benefit obligations

    -        -        474        -        474   

Provisions for Liabilities

    -        -        253        -        253   

Total non-current liabilities

    -        3,453        12,599        (8,741     7,311   

Current liabilities

         

Trade and other payables

    -        40        2,646        -        2,686   

Advances from subsidiary and parent undertakings

    1,655        -        -        (1,655     -   

Current income tax liabilities

    1        -        198        -        199   

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

    4        461        201        -        666   

Derivative financial instruments

    -        -        54        -        54   

Provisions for liabilities

    -        -        134        -        134   

Total current liabilities

    1,660        501        3,233        (1,655     3,739   

Total liabilities

    1,660        3,954        15,832        (10,396     11,050   

Total equity and liabilities

    11,988        5,386        21,456        (17,369     21,461   

 

166    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2009

 

      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate  and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

ASSETS

          

Non-current assets

          

Property, plant and equipment

     -        -        8,535        -        8,535   

Intangible assets

     -        -        4,095        -        4,095   

Subsidiaries

     4,262        536        1,682        (6,480     -   

Investments accounted for using the equity method

     -        -        962        -        962   

Advances to subsidiaries and parent undertakings

     117        4,435        -        (4,552     -   

Other financial assets

     -        -        128        -        128   

Derivative financial instruments

     -        204        40        -        244   

Deferred income tax assets

     -        25        312        -        337   

Total non-current assets

     4,379        5,200        15,754        (11,032     14,301   

Current assets

          

Inventories

     -        -        2,008        -        2,008   

Trade and other receivables

     7,922        -        2,454        (7,922     2,454   

Current income tax recoverable

     -        -        77        -        77   

Derivative financial instruments

     -        -        5        -        5   

Liquid investments

     -        -        66        -        66   

Cash and cash equivalents

     152        -        1,220        -        1,372   

Total current assets

     8,074        -        5,830        (7,922     5,982   

Total assets

     12,453        5,200        21,584        (18,954     20,283   

EQUITY

          

Equity share capital

     241        -        -        -        241   

Preference share capital

     1        -        -        -        1   

Share premium account

     3,778        1,747        (59     (1,688     3,778   

Treasury Shares and own shares

     (279     -        -        -        (279

Other reserves

     128        -        128        (128     128   

Foreign currency translation reserve

     (740     -        -        -        (740

Retained income

     6,508        (407     5,071        (4,664     6,508   

Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders

     9,637        1,340        5,140        (6,480     9,637   

Non-controlling interests

     -        -        73        -        73   

Total equity

     9,637        1,340        5,213        (6,480     9,710   

LIABILITIES

          

Non-current liabilities

          

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

     -        3,703        1,240        -        4,943   

Derivative financial instruments

     -        -        78        -        78   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     -        -        1,519        -        1,519   

Trade and other payables

     -        -        167        -        167   

Advances from subsidiary and parent undertakings

     -        -        9,660        (9,660     -   

Retirement benefit obligations

     -        -        454        -        454   

Provisions for liabilities

     -        -        240        -        240   

Total non-current liabilities

     -        3,703        13,358        (9,660     7,401   

Current liabilities

          

Trade and other payables

     -        50        2,421        -        2,471   

Advances from subsidiary and parent undertakings

     2,814        -        -        (2,814     -   

Current income tax liabilities

     -        -        192        -        192   

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

     2        107        272        -        381   

Derivative financial instruments

     -        -        8        -        8   

Provisions for liabilities

     -        -        120        -        120   

Total current liabilities

     2,816        157        3,013        (2,814     3,172   

Total liabilities

     2,816        3,860        16,371        (12,474     10,573   

Total equity and liabilities

     12,453        5,200        21,584        (18,954     20,283   

 

CRH    167


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 

     Year ended 31 December 2010  
      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

Revenue

     -        -        17,173        -        17,173   

Cost of sales

     -        -        (12,363     -        (12,363

Gross profit

     -        -        4,810        -        4,810   

Operating income/(costs)

     15        -        (4,127     -        (4,112

Group operating profit

     15        -        683        -        698   

Profit on disposals

     -        -        55        -        55   

Profit before finance costs

     15        -        738        -        753   

Finance costs

     -        (364     (394     378        (380

Finance revenue

     -        378        133        (378     133   

Share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax

     484        20        -        (504     -   

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

     28        -        (28     28        28   

Profit before tax

     527        34        449        (476     534   

Income tax expense

     (95     (4     (91     95        (95

Group profit for the financial year

     432        30        358        (381     439   

Profit attributable to:

          

Equity holders of the company

     432        30        351        (381     432   

Non-controlling interests

     -        -        7        -        7   

Group profit for the financial year

     432        30        358        (381     439   

 

168    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 

     Year ended 31 December 2009  
      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate
and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

Revenue

     -        -        17,373        -        17,373   

Cost of sales

     -        -        (12,510     -        (12,510

Gross profit

     -        -        4,863        -        4,863   

Operating income/(costs)

     10        -        (3,918     -        (3,908

Group operating profit

     10        -        945        -        955   

Profit on disposals

     -        -        26        -        26   

Profit before finance costs

     10        -        971        -        981   

Finance costs

     -        (428     (399     408        (419

Finance revenue

     -        408        122        (408     122   

Share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax

     668        30        -        (698     -   

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

     48        -        (48     48        48   

Profit before tax

     726        10        646        (650     732   

Income tax expense

     (134     21        (155     134        (134

Group profit for the financial year

     592        31        491        (516     598   

Profit attributable to:

          

Equity holders of the company

     592        31        485        (516     592   

Non-controlling interests

     -        -        6        -        6   

Group profit for the financial year

     592        31        491        (516     598   

 

CRH    169


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 

     Year ended 31 December 2008  
      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate  and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

Revenue

     -        -        20,887        -        20,887   

Cost of sales

     -        -        (14,738     -        (14,738

Gross profit

     -        -        6,149        -        6,149   

Operating costs

     (3     -        (4,305     -        (4,308

Group operating profit

     (3     -        1,844        -        1,841   

Profit on disposals

     -        -        69        -        69   

Profit before finance costs

     (3     -        1,913        -        1,910   

Finance costs

     -        (317     (515     329        (503

Finance revenue

     5        329        155        (329     160   

Share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax

     1,551        20        -        (1,571     -   

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

     61        -        (61     61        61   

Profit before tax

     1,614        32        1,492        (1,510     1,628   

Income tax expense

     (366     (2     (364     366        (366

Group profit for the financial year

     1,248        30        1,128        (1,144     1,262   

Profit attributable to:

          

Equity holders of the company

     1,248        30        1,114        (1,144     1,248   

Non-controlling interests

     -        -        14        -        14   

Group profit for the financial year

     1,248        30        1,128        (1,144     1,262   

 

170    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow

 

     Year ended 31 December 2010  
      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Profit before tax

     527        34        449        (476     534   

Finance costs (net)

     -        (14     261        -        247   

Group share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax

     (484     (20     -        504        -   

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

     (28     -        28        (28     (28

Profit on disposals

     -        -        (55     -        (55

Group operating profit

     15        -        683        -        698   

Depreciation charge (including impairments)

     -        -        786        -        786   

Amortisation of intangible assets (including impairments)

     -        -        131        -        131   

Share-based payment expense

     -        -        19        -        19   

Other movements

       -        (35     -        (35

Net movement on working capital and provisions

     1,403        (14     (1,247     -        142   

Cash generated from operations

     1,418        (14     337        -        1,741   

Interest paid (including finance leases)

     -        (364     (297     378        (283

Decrease in liquid investments

     -        -        33        -        33   

Corporation tax paid

     1        -        (101     -        (100

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

     1,419        (378     (28     378        1,391   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Proceeds from business and non-current asset disposals

     -        -        188        -        188   

Interest received

     -        378        35        (378     35   

Dividends received from associates

     -        -        51        -        51   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     -        -        (466     -        (466

Advances (to)/from subsidiary and parent undertakings

     (1,157     1,475        (318     -        -   
Acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures (net of cash acquired)      -        -        (436     -        (436

Investments in and advances to associates

     -        -        (49     -        (49

Advances to joint ventures and purchase of trade investments

     -        -        (18     -        (18

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration paid

     -        -        (27     -        (27

Decrease in finance related receivables

     -        -        115        -        115   

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

     (1,157     1,853        (925     (378     (607

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Proceeds from exercise of share options

     45        -        -        -        45   

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     -        -        (2     -        (2

Increase in interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases

     -        (195     761        -        566   

Net cash flow arising from derivative financial instruments

     -        65        17        -        82   
Repayment of interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      2        -        (887     -        (885

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

     (298     -        -        -        (298

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     -        -        (6     -        (6

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

     (251     (130     (117     -        (498

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     11        1,345        (1,070     -        286   
Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents           

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

     152        -        1,220        -        1,372   

Translation adjustment

     -        (11     83        -        72   

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     11        1,345        (1,070     -        286   

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

     163        1,334        233        -        1,730   

 

CRH    171


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow

 

     Year ended 31 December 2009  
     CRH     CRHA     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminate and
Reclassify
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
 
      m     m     m     m     m  
Cash flows from operating activities           
Profit before tax      726        10        646        (650     732   
Finance costs (net)      -        20        277        -        297   
Group share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax      (668     (30     -        698        -   
Group share of associates’ profit after tax      (48     -        48        (48     (48
Profit on disposals      -        -        (26     -        (26
Group operating profit      10        -        945        -        955   
Depreciation charge (including impairments)      -        -        794        -        794   
Amortisation of intangible assets (including impairments)      -        -        54        -        54   
Share-based payment expense      (13     -        41        -        28   
Other movements      -        -        (37     -        (37
Net movement on working capital and provisions      (2,239     (25     3,004        -        740   
Cash generated from operations      (2,242     (25     4,801        -        2,534   
Interest paid (including finance leases)      -        (428     (274     408        (294
Decrease in liquid investments      -        -        65        -        65   
Corporation tax paid      (2     -        (102     -        (104
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities      (2,244     (453     4,490        408        2,201   
Cash flows from investing activities           
Proceeds from business and non-current asset disposals      -        -        103        -        103   
Interest received      -        408        31        (408     31   
Dividends received from associates      -        -        38        -        38   
Purchase of property, plant and equipment      -        -        (532     -        (532
Advances from/(to) subsidiary and parent undertakings      1,189        92        (1,281     -        -   
Acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures (net of cash acquired)      -        -        (174     -        (174
Investments in and advances to associates      -        -        (235     -        (235
Advances to joint ventures and purchase of trade investments      -        -        (9     -        (9
Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration paid      -        -        (37     -        (37
Increase in finance-related receivables      -        -        (115     -        (115
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities      1,189        500        (2,211     (408     (930
Cash flows from financing activities           
Proceeds from issue of shares (net)      1,237        -        -        -        1,237   
Proceeds from exercise of share options      60        -        -        -        60   
Increase in interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      -        -        757        -        757   
Net cash flow arising from derivative financial instruments      -        147        (131     -        16   
Treasury/own shares purchased      (2     -        -        -        (2
Repayment of interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      1        (236     (2,266     -        (2,501
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company      (238     -        -        -        (238
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests      -        -        (7     -        (7
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities      1,058        (89     (1,647     -        (678
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      3        (42     632        -        593   
Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents           
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January      149        42        608        -        799   
Translation adjustment      -        -        (20     -        (20
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      3        (42     632        -        593   
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      152        -        1,220        -        1,372   

 

172    CRH


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

33. Supplemental Guarantor Information continued

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow

 

     Year ended 31 December 2008  
      CRH
m
    CRHA
m
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
m
    Eliminate  and
Reclassify
m
    CRH and
Subsidiaries
m
 

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Profit before tax

     1,614        32        1,492        (1,510     1,628   

Finance costs (net)

     (5     (12     360        -        343   

Group share of subsidiaries’ profit before tax

     (1,551     (20     -        1,571        -   

Group share of associates’ profit after tax

     (61     -        61        (61     (61

Profit on disposals

     -        -        (69     -        (69

Group operating profit

     (3     -        1,844        -        1,841   

Depreciation charge (including impairments)

     -        -        781        -        781   

Amortisation of intangible assets (including impairments)

     -        -        43        -        43   

Share-based payment expense

     7        -        17        -        24   

Other movements

     -        -        (15     -        (15

Net movement on working capital and provisions

     (915     5        826        -        (84

Cash generated from operations

     (911     5        3,496        -        2,590   

Interest paid (including finance leases)

     -        (317     (383     329        (371

Decrease in liquid investments

     -        -        175        -        175   

Corporation tax paid

     2        -        (324     -        (322

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

     (909     (312     2,964        329        2,072   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Proceeds from business and non-current asset disposals

     -        -        168        -        168   

Interest received

     5        329        46        (329     51   

Dividends received from associates

     -        -        42        -        42   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     -        -        (1,039     -        (1,039

Advances from/(to) subsidiary and parent undertakings

     1,680        (473     (1,207     -        -   
Acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures net of cash acquired)      -        -        (777     -        (777

Investments in and advances to associates

     -        -        (156     -        (156

Advances to joint ventures and purchase of trade investments

     -        -        (50     -        (50

Deferred and contingent acquisition consideration paid

     -        -        (34     -        (34

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

     1,685        (144     (3,007     (329     (1,795

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Proceeds from issue of shares (net)

     6        -        -        -        6   

Proceeds form exercise of share options

     31        -        -        -        31   
Increase in interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      -        -        1,382        -        1,382   

Treasury/own shares purchased

     (414     -        -        -        (414
Repayment of interest-bearing loans, borrowings and finance leases      (1     585        (1,608     -        (1,024

Net cash flow arising from derivative financial instruments

     -        (251     151        -        (100

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

     (347     -        -        -        (347

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     -        -        (5     -        (5

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

     (725     334        (80     -        (471

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     51        (122     (123     -        (194
Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents           

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

     98        162        746        -        1,006   

Translation adjustment

     -        2        (15     -        (13

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     51        (122     (123     -        (194

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

     149        42        608        -        799   

 

 

CRH    173


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

174    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Stock Exchange Listings

CRH registered shares have a primary listing on both the Irish and London Stock Exchanges.

American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each representing one Ordinary Share, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). The ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) issued by The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Depositary”) as Depositary under an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated 28 November 2006. Each ADS represents one Ordinary Share of the Company. The ticker symbol for the ADSs on the NYSE is CRH.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations in euro for the Ordinary Shares on the Irish Stock Exchange, based on its Daily Official List, and the high and low sale prices of the ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape from 2006 through 25 March 2011.

 

     Euro per
Ordinary Share*
     US Dollars
per ADS*
 
      High      Low      High      Low  

Calendar Year

           

2006

     28.69         20.15         41.30         26.03   

2007

     34.44         19.76         48.01         29.30   

2008

     24.50         12.44         37.78         15.73   

2009

     20.70         11.50         30.53         17.37   

2010

     22.00         11.51         29.43         14.77   

2009

           

First Quarter

     18.44         11.50         25.02         17.37   

Second Quarter

     20.61         15.71         27.12         21.08   

Third Quarter

     20.70         14.46         30.01         21.25   

Fourth Quarter

     20.54         16.20         30.53         23.98   

2010

           

First Quarter

     19.52         16.42         28.48         22.65   

Second Quarter

     22.00         16.73         29.44         20.79   

Third Quarter

     17.18         11.51         22.16         14.76   

Fourth Quarter

     15.94         11.64         21.03         16.26   

Recent Months

           

September 2010

     13.79         11.92         17.69         16.15   

October 2010

     12.90         11.64         18.08         16.26   

November 2010

     15.40         12.16         20.52         17.21   

December 2010

     15.94         13.66         21.03         17.94   

January 2011

     16.40         14.10         22.50         18.37   

February 2011

     17.40         15.50         23.49         21.34   

March 2011 (through 25 March 2011)

     17.15         14.26         23.37         19.88   

 

* Ordinary Share and ADS data for 2006 to 2009 have been adjusted for the bonus element of the March 2009 Rights Issue by applying a factor of 1.1090.

For further information on CRH shares see note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

CRH    175


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Ownership of Ordinary Shares

Shareholdings as at 31 December 2010

 

Geographic Location*    Number of shares
held
’000s
     % of total  

Europe/Other

     187,806         26   

Ireland

     46,299         7   

North America

     275,641         38   

Retail

     77,556         11   

Treasury

     9,357         1   

United Kingdom

     121,849         17   
       718,508         100   

 

* This represents a best estimate of the number of shares controlled by fund managers resident in the geographic regions indicated. Private shareholders are classified as retail above.

 

Holdings    Number of
Shareholders
     % of total      Number of
share held
’000s
     % of total  

1 - 1,000

     16,733         58.88         6,052         0.84   

1,001 - 10,000

     9,981         35.13         29,077         4.05   

10,001 - 100,000

     1,309         4.61         36,364         5.06   

100,001 - 1,000,000

     307         1.08         102,425         14.26   

Over 1,000,000

     85         0.30         544,590         75.79   
       28,415         100         718,508         100   

Major Shareholders

The Company is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other corporation or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. The major shareholders do not have different voting rights.

As at 25 March 2011, the Company had received notification of the following interests in its ordinary share capital:

 

Name    Holding      %  

Capital Research and Management Company (CRMC) including Growth
Fund of America (GFA)

     69,367,916         9.78   

BlackRock, Inc.

     28,235,082         3.98   

UBS AG

     26,380,604         3.72   

Norges Bank (The Central Bank of Norway)

     21,707,149         3.06   

In early 2010, CRMC advised the Company that, with effect from 1 January 2010, it had been granted proxy voting authority by various Capital Group funds, including the Growth Fund of America (“GFA”), which previously voted independently from CRMC.

On 17 February 2011, GFA notified the Company that its holding of shares was 21,114,087 shares (2.97% of the issued share capital excluding Treasury Shares). The notification re-stated that proxy rights in relation to its holding had been granted to CRMC, its investment adviser.

BlackRock, Inc. has advised that its interests in CRH shares arise by reason of discretionary investment management arrangements entered into by it or its subsidiaries.

 

176    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

The equivalent disclosure as at 25 March 2010 was as follows:

 

Name    Holding      %  

Capital Research and Management Company (CRMC)

     84,225,434         12.05   

BlackRock Inc.

     28,091,986         4.02   

UBS AG

     26,380,604         3.77   

On 3 February 2010, The Capital Group International, Inc., which notifies its holding independently of CRMC, notified the Company that its interest in the Company had fallen below 3%.

On 7 January 2010, The Growth Fund of America, Inc. (GFA) advised the Company that, with effect from 1 January 2010, it no longer exercised voting rights in respect of its holding of 30,131,457 shares (4.31%). CRMC has separately advised that, with effect from 1 January 2010, it has been granted proxy voting authority by various Capital Group funds, including GFA, that previously voted independently from CRMC.

On 22 July 2009, Irish Life Investment Managers notified the Company that its interest in the Company had fallen below 3%.

The number of shareholders with US addresses (excluding ADS record holders) as at 25 March 2011 was 308 with a shareholding of 1,923,292 shares.

On 25 March 2011, 17,267,565 American Depositary Shares (equivalent to 17,267,565 Ordinary Shares or 2.43% of the total outstanding Ordinary Shares excluding Treasury Shares) were outstanding and were held by 62 record holders.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Persons

There were no purchases of equity securities by the issuer and/or affiliated persons during the course of 2010.

Dividends

The Company has paid dividends on its Ordinary Shares in respect of each fiscal year since the formation of the Group in 1970. Dividends are paid to shareholders as of record dates, which are determined by the Board of Directors. An interim dividend is normally declared by the Board of Directors in August of each year and is generally paid in October. A final dividend is normally recommended by the Board of Directors following the end of the fiscal year to which it relates and, if approved by the shareholders at an Annual General Meeting, is generally paid in May of that year.

Each ordinary shareholder in CRH holds an Income Share which is tied to each Ordinary Share and may only be transferred or otherwise dealt with in conjunction with that Ordinary Share. The payment of future cash dividends will be dependent upon future earnings, the financial condition of the Group and other factors.

The following table sets forth the amounts of interim, final and total dividends in euro cent per Ordinary Share declared in respect of each fiscal year indicated. Each amount represents the actual dividend payable.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, these dividends have been translated into US cents per American Depositary Share (“ADS”) (each representing one Ordinary Share) using the FRB Noon Buying Rate on the date of payment. The final dividend, if approved at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of shareholders to be held on 4 May 2011, will be paid on 9 May 2011 and will bring the full year dividend for 2010 to 62.50 cent, with dividend cover of 1.0 times. The proposed final dividend has been translated using the FRB Noon Buying Rate on 25 March 2011.

 

CRH    177


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

     Euro cent per ordinary sharea      Translated into US cents per ADSa  
Years ended 31 December    Interim      Final     Total      Interim      Final      Total  

2006

     12.17         34.72        46.89         15.46         47.02         62.48   

2007

     18.03         43.28        61.31         26.11         66.69         92.80   

2008

     18.48         43.74        62.22         23.44         59.43         82.87   

2009

     18.50         44.00        62.50         27.46         58.79         86.25   

2010

     18.50         44.00 b      62.50         25.64         62.23         87.87   

 

a Dividend per share amounts for 2006 to 2008 have been adjusted for the bonus element of the March 2009 Rights Issue by applying a factor of 1.1090.
b Proposed

Dividend Withholding Tax (DWT) must be deducted from dividends paid by an Irish resident company, unless a shareholder is entitled to an exemption and has submitted a properly completed exemption form to the Company’s Registrars, Capita Registrars (Ireland) Limited. DWT applies to dividends paid by way of cash or by way of shares under a scrip dividend scheme and is deducted at the standard rate of Income Tax (currently 20%). Non-resident shareholders and certain Irish companies, trusts, pension schemes, investment undertakings and charities may be entitled to claim exemption from DWT. Copies of the exemption form may be obtained from Capita Registrars. Shareholders should note that DWT will be deducted from dividends in cases where a properly completed exemption form has not been received by the record date for a dividend. Individuals who are resident in Ireland for tax purposes are not entitled to an exemption.

Shareholders who wish to have their dividend paid direct to a bank account, by electronic funds transfer, should contact Capita Registrars to obtain a mandate form. Tax vouchers will be sent to the shareholder’s registered address under this arrangement.

Dividends are generally paid in euro. However, in order to avoid costs to shareholders, dividends are paid in Sterling and US Dollars to shareholders whose address, according to the Share Register, is in the United Kingdom and the United States respectively, unless they require otherwise.

As the above arrangements can be inflexible for institutional shareholders, where shares are held in CREST, dividends are automatically paid in euro unless a currency election is made. CREST members should use the facility in CREST to make currency elections. Such elections must be made in respect of entire holdings as partial elections are not permissible.

Dividends in respect of 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares are paid half-yearly on 5 April and 5 October.

Dividends in respect of 5% Cumulative Preference Shares are paid half-yearly on 15 April and 15 October.

CREST

Transfer of the Company’s shares takes place through the CREST system. Shareholders have the choice of holding their shares in electronic form or in the form of share certificates.

Share Plans

The Group operates share option schemes, performance share plans, share participation plans and savings-related share option schemes for eligible employees in all regions where the regulations permit the operation of such plans. A brief description of these plans is outlined below.

 

178    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

2000 Share Option Schemes

At the Annual General Meeting held on 3rd May 2000 (the “Adoption Date”), shareholders approved the adoption of Share Option Schemes (the “2000 Share Option Schemes”) to replace schemes which were approved in May 1990. The 2000 Share Option Schemes were replaced by new schemes in May 2010 (see below).

There are two elements to the 2000 Share Option Schemes, a “basic tier” and a “second tier”.

Details of the performance criteria applicable to basic and second tier options granted under the 2000 Share Option Schemes in the 10 years following the Adoption Date are contained in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on page 92.

Options may be exercised not later than ten years from the date of grant of the option, and not earlier than the expiration of three years from the date of grant for the basic tier and five years for the second tier. Benefits under the schemes are not be pensionable. Shares issued (whether by way of the allotment of new shares or the reissue of Treasury Shares) in connection with exercises of options granted under the 2000 Share Option Schemes will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary and Income shares of the Company.

2010 Share Option Schemes

At the Annual General Meeting held on 5 May 2010, shareholders approved the adoption of new share option schemes to replace the schemes which were approved in May 2000 (see above).

The 2010 Share Option Schemes (the “2010 Scheme”) are based on one tier of options with a single vesting test. The performance criteria for the 2010 Scheme are EPS-based. Vesting will only occur once an initial performance target has been reached and, thereafter, will be dependent on performance. In considering the level of vesting based on EPS performance, the Remuneration Committee will also consider the overall results of the Group. Please refer to the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 84 to 85 in relation to the performance criteria for the 2010 Scheme.

Principal features

The Remuneration Committee oversees the operation of the 2010 Scheme. No option can be granted under the 2010 Scheme more than ten years after shareholders approve the scheme and no option can be exercised more than ten years after the date of grant, except that where the tenth anniversary falls within a period in which a participant is in possession of unpublished price sensitive information, the latest exercise date shall be extended until 14 days after the expiry of such period.

The 2010 Scheme is available for executive directors and employees of any participating company nominated by the Remuneration Committee. A person cannot be granted an option within two years of his/her agreed retirement date (as defined in the rules of the 2010 Scheme).

In the ten years preceding any given day, the aggregate number of shares in the Company committed for issue under all share schemes operated by the Company shall not exceed 10% of the shares in issue immediately prior to that day. In the ten years preceding any given day, the aggregate number of shares in the Company committed for issue under the 2010 Scheme shall not exceed 5% of the shares in issue immediately prior to that day. A flow rate of 3% over three years will apply for all CRH share schemes in operation.

Option exercises may be satisfied by the allotment of shares, the reissue of treasury shares, or the purchase of shares on the market by a third party trustee. Shares issued or reissued under the 2010 Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary and Income Shares of the Company.

 

CRH    179


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Annual grants are limited to a maximum of 200% of the individual’s remuneration (salary, bonus and benefit-in-kind). This may be exceeded, up to a maximum of 25% of the individual limit, in cases of superior levels of business performance as determined by the Remuneration Committee and in cases where the Committee determines that it is necessary for the recruitment or retention of key employees. Awards under the 2010 Scheme are not pensionable.

The 2010 Scheme provides for a single tier of options with a single vesting test.

Generally options lapse when a participant leaves the Group. However, where cessation occurs by reason of death, ill-health, or agreed retirement age, the participant may be granted a period of 12 months to exercise options after the relevant event. If an option has not vested, the Remuneration Committee may, at its discretion, determine that the 12 month period shall commence on the date on which the option becomes first exercisable. In these circumstances, the Committee may also decide that the option should be scaled down by reference to the performance of the participant and on a time apportioned basis. Such pro-ration of an option will, in general, apply unless the Committee determines that the circumstances warrant greater vesting. The Committee may, at its discretion, waive the performance criteria of the 2010 Scheme in which case the award will be scaled down by reference to the performance of the participant and on a time apportioned basis. Where cessation occurs for any other reason, the participant may be granted a period of six months to exercise options. If an option has not vested, in cases of redundancy or where a subsidiary ceases to be under the control of the Company, the Remuneration Committee may, at its discretion, determine that the six month period shall commence on the date on which the option becomes first exercisable. In these circumstances, the Committee may also decide that the option should be scaled down by reference to the performance of the participant and on a time apportioned basis. Such pro-ration of an option will, in general, apply unless the Committee determines that the circumstances warrant greater vesting. The Committee may, at its discretion, waive the performance criteria of the Scheme in which case the award will be scaled down by reference to the performance of the participant and on a time apportioned basis.

There is no automatic vesting in the event of a takeover, reconstruction, amalgamation, de-merger, scheme of arrangement or the winding-up of the Company. However, the Remuneration Committee may, at its discretion, allow options to vest early in these circumstances in full or in part. Proration of an option will, in general, apply unless the Committee determines that the circumstances warrant greater vesting.

In the event of a de-merger, special dividend or similar event or an alteration to the capital structure of the Company, including a capitalisation of reserves or a rights issue, unexercised options may be adjusted as the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate. Before exercising this discretion, the Committee will consult with the auditors in relation to the proposed adjustments.

Provided the purpose of the 2010 Scheme is not altered, the Remuneration Committee shall have authority to amend the 2010 Scheme in any manner it deems fit, except that amendments to the provisions relating to eligibility for participation, the maximum annual entitlement for any one participant, the limitation on the number of shares to be issued under the 2010 Scheme and the adjustment of options would require the prior approval of shareholders.

2000 Savings-related Share Option Schemes

At the Annual General Meeting held on 3 May 2000, shareholders approved the adoption of savings-related share option schemes. CRH Group schemes were subsequently established in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom (the “2000 Savings-related Share Option Schemes”), under which eligible subsidiary companies of the Group were nominated as participating subsidiaries. No further options will be granted under the 2000 Savings-related Share Option Schemes as those schemes were replaced by new savings-related share option schemes in May 2010 (see below).

 

180    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Shares issued* in connection with exercises of options granted under the 2000 Savings-Related Share Option Schemes will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary and Income shares of the Company.

1,659,917 Ordinary Shares have been issued* pursuant to the 2000 Savings-Related Share Option Schemes.

2010 Savings-Related Share Option Schemes

At the Annual General Meeting held on 5 May 2010 (the “Adoption Date”), shareholders approved the adoption of savings-related share option schemes. It is intended to grant options in 2011 under CRH Group Schemes established in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom to nominated eligible subsidiary companies of the Group.

Principal features

Shares issued* under the 2010 Savings-related Option Schemes will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary and Income Shares of the Company.

Benefits under the scheme will not be pensionable.

All employees of a participating subsidiary, who have satisfied a required qualifying period, will be invited to participate.

Eligible employees who wish to participate in the scheme will enter into a savings contract with a nominated savings institution, for a three or a five year period, to save a maximum of 500 or Stg£250, as appropriate, per month.

At the commencement of each contract period employees will be granted an option to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Company at an option price which is equal to the amount proposed to be saved plus the bonus payable by the nominated savings institution at the end of the savings period. The price payable for each Ordinary Share under an option will be not less than the higher of par or 75% (or in the case of the U.K. scheme 80%) of the middle-market quotation on the Stock Exchange at the time the option is granted.

On completion of the savings contract, employees may use the amount saved, together with the bonus earned, to exercise the option.

In the ten years preceding any given day, the aggregate number of shares in the Company committed for issue under all share schemes operated by the Company shall not exceed 10% of the shares in issue immediately prior to that day.

In the event of any variation to the capital structure or reserves of the Company, including a capitalisation of reserves, rights issue, sub-division, consolidation, reduction or otherwise, unexercised options may be adjusted, subject to consulting with the auditors in relation to the proposed amendment and receiving prior written approval from the relevant revenue authorities.

The provisions relating to eligibility, limitation on number of shares to be issued under the scheme, maximum entitlement for any one participant, the basis of individual entitlement or the adjustment of grants in the event of a variation in share capital may not be altered to the advantage of participants without the prior approval of shareholders, except for minor amendments to benefit the administration of the scheme, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Group company or any participant.

No Ordinary Shares have been granted under or issued* pursuant to the 2010 Savings-Related Share Option Schemes to date.

 

CRH    181

 

* Whether by way of the allotment of new shares or the reissue of Treasury Shares.


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Share Participation Schemes

At the Annual General Meeting on 13 May 1987, the shareholders approved the establishment of Share Participation Schemes for the Company, its subsidiaries and companies under its control. Directors and employees of the companies who have at least one year’s service may elect to participate in these Share Participation Schemes. At 25 March 2011, 7,118,587 Ordinary Shares had been issued* pursuant to the Share Participation Schemes.

Performance Share Plan

See the Report on Directors’ Remuneration pages 83 to 84.

American Depositary Shares

Fees and charges payable by a holder of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”)

The Depositary collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors or from intermediaries acting for them depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing
shares must pay:
   For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

•    Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

•    Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) (A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs)   

•    Distribution of deposited securities by the Depositary to ADS registered holders

Applicable Registration or transfer fees   

•    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when the holder deposits or withdraws shares

Applicable Expenses of the Depositary   

•    Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions

 

•    Converting foreign currency to US Dollars

Applicable Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   

•    As necessary

Fees and direct and indirect payments made by the Depositary to the Company

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, has agreed to reimburse certain Company expenses related to the Company’s ADS programme and incurred by the Company in connection with the ADS programme. For the year ended 31 December 2010 the Depositary reimbursed to the Company, or paid amounts on its behalf to third parties, a total sum of $102,652.

 

* Whether by way of the allotment of new shares or the reissue of Treasury Shares.

 

182    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the category of expense that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company and the amounts reimbursed for the year ended 31 December 2010:

 

Category of expense reimbursed to the Company    Amount reimbursed for the
year ended
31 December 2010
 

NYSE listing fees1

   $ 38,000   

Total

   $ 38,000   

 

1 Reimbursement for $38,000 of the 2010 NYSE listing fees was received from the Depositary on 15 March 2010.

The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the Depositary has paid to third parties and the amounts reimbursed for the year ended 31 December 2010:

 

Category of expense waived or paid directly to third parties    Amount reimbursed for the
year ended
31 December 2010
 

Printing, distribution and administration costs paid directly to Broadridge in connection with US shareholder communications and AGM related expenses in connection with the ADS program2

   $ 64,652   

Total

   $ 64,652   

 

2 During 2010, $64,652 was paid by the Depositary to Broadridge, relating to services provided in 2010. The Broadridge fees are SEC approved.

The Depositary has also agreed to waive fees for standard costs associated with the administration of the ADS program and has paid certain expenses directly to third parties on behalf of the Company.

Under certain circumstances, including removal of the Depositary or termination of the ADS program by the Company before November 2011, the Company is required to repay the Depositary, up to a maximum of $100,000, the amounts waived, reimbursed and/or expenses paid by the Depositary to or on behalf of the Company.

Taxation

The following summary outlines certain aspects of US federal income and Republic of Ireland tax law regarding the ownership and disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares. Because it is a summary, holders of ADSs or Ordinary Shares are advised to consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of their ownership or disposition. This summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular holders (such as tax-exempt entities, certain insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the stock of the Company (by vote or value), investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or investors whose functional currency is not the US Dollar), some of which may be subject to special rules. The statements regarding US and Irish laws set forth below are based, in part, on representations of the Depositary and assume that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with their terms.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the laws of the Republic of Ireland all as currently in effect, as well as the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains (the “Income Tax Treaty”). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

Holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of Ordinary Shares represented thereby for the purposes of the Income Tax Treaty and for US federal income tax purposes. Exchanges of Ordinary Shares for ADSs, and ADSs for Ordinary Shares, will not be subject to US federal income or Irish tax.

 

CRH    183


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

As used herein, the term “US holder” means a beneficial owner of an ADS or Ordinary Share who (i) is a US citizen or resident, a US corporation, an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust, and (ii) is not a resident of, or ordinarily resident in, the Republic of Ireland for purposes of Irish taxes.

Taxation of Dividends paid to US Holders

Under general Irish tax law, US holders are not liable for Irish tax on dividends received from the Company. On the payment of dividends, the Company is obliged to withhold a Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”). The rate at present is 20% of the dividend payable. Dividends paid by the Company to a US tax resident individual will be exempt from DWT, provided the following conditions are met:

 

1. The individual (who must be the beneficial owner) is resident for tax purposes in the US (or any country with which Ireland has a double tax treaty) and neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland.

 

2. The individual signs a declaration to the Company, which states that he/she is a US tax resident individual at the time of making the declaration and that he/she will notify the Company when he/she no longer meets the condition in (1) above.

 

3. The individual provides the Company with a certificate of tax residency from the US tax authorities.

Dividends paid by the Company to a US tax resident company (which must be the beneficial owner) will be exempt from DWT provided that the following conditions are met:

 

1. The company is resident for tax purposes in the US (or any country with which Ireland has a double tax treaty) and not under the control, either directly or indirectly, of Irish resident persons.

 

2. The company provides a declaration to the Company, which states that it is entitled to an exemption from DWT, on the basis that it meets the condition in (1) above at the time of making the declaration, and that it will notify the Company when it no longer meets the condition in (1) above.

 

3. The company states the country in which the person or persons who control the company is or are residing.

For US federal income tax purposes, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, US holders will include in gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by the Company out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the US holder, in the case of Ordinary Shares, or by the Depositary, in the case of ADSs. Any Irish tax withheld from this dividend payment must be included in this gross amount even though the amount withheld is not in fact received. Dividends paid to non-corporate US holders in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2013 that constitute qualified dividend income will be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% provided certain holding period requirements are met. Dividends the Company pays with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

The amount of the dividend distribution includable in income of a US holder will be the US Dollar value of the euro payments made, determined at the spot euro/US Dollar rate on the date such dividend distribution is includable in the income of the US holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to US Dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includable in income to the date such payment is converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

184    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holder’s basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, dividends the Company pays with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be income from sources outside the US, and will, depending on your circumstances, be either “passive” or “general” income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. Any Irish tax withheld from distributions will not be eligible for a foreign tax credit to the extent an exemption from the tax withheld is available to the US Holder.

Capital Gains Tax

A US holder will not be liable for Irish tax on gains realised on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares unless the ADSs or Ordinary Shares are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by such holder in the Republic of Ireland through a branch or agency. A US holder will be liable for US federal income tax on such gains in the same manner as gains from a sale or other disposition of any other shares in a company. Subject to the PFIC rules below, US holders who sell or otherwise dispose of Ordinary Shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US Dollar value of the amount realised on the sale or disposition and the tax basis, determined in US Dollars, in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Capital gains of a non-corporate US holder are generally taxed at a preferential rate where the holder has a holding period greater than one year, and the capital gain or loss will generally be US source for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Capital Acquisitions Tax (Estate/Gift Tax)

Although non-residents may hold Ordinary Shares, the shares are deemed to be situated in the Republic of Ireland, because the Company is required to maintain its Share Register in the Republic of Ireland. Accordingly, holders of Ordinary Shares may be subject to Irish gift or inheritance tax, notwithstanding that the parties involved are domiciled and resident outside the Republic of Ireland. Certain exemptions apply to gifts and inheritances depending on the relationship between the donor and donee.

Under the Income Tax Treaty with respect to taxes on the estates of deceased persons, credit against US federal estate tax is available in respect of any Irish inheritance tax payable in respect of transfers of Ordinary Shares.

Additional Federal US Income Tax Considerations

The Company believes that Ordinary Shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If the Company is treated as a PFIC and you are a US holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, you will be subject to special rules with respect to any gain you realise on the disposition of your Ordinary Shares or ADSs and any excess distribution that the Company makes to you. Generally, any such gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realised the gain or received the excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income, the amount allocated to each prior year will be generally taxed as ordinary income at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year, and an interest charge will be applied to any tax attributable to such gain or excess distribution for the prior years. With certain exceptions, Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if the company was a PFIC at any time during the investor’s holding period in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends that you receive from the Company will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if the Company is deemed to be a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

CRH    185


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Stamp Duty

The Irish Finance Act, 1992 Section 90 Stamp Duties Consolidation Act 1999 exempts from Irish stamp duty transfers of ADSs where the ADSs are dealt in and quoted on a recognised stock exchange in the US and the underlying deposited securities are dealt in and quoted on a recognised stock exchange. The Irish tax authorities regard NASDAQ and the NYSE as recognised stock exchanges. Irish stamp duty will be charged at the rate of 1% of the amount or value of the consideration on any conveyance or transfer on sale of Ordinary Shares (exemption generally available in the case of single transfers with a value of less than 1,000).

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The Company’s Memorandum of Association sets out the objects and powers of the Company. The Articles of Association detail the rights attaching to each share class; the method by which the Company’s shares can be purchased or reissued; the provisions which apply to the holding of and voting at general meetings; and the rules relating to the Directors, including their appointment, retirement, re-election, duties and powers.

In 2010, shareholders approved a resolution to update the Articles of Association and make them consistent with the Shareholders Rights (Directive 2007/36/EC) Regulations 2009 by:

 

   

amending the definitions to reflect recent legislative changes;

 

   

allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings to consider an ordinary resolution at 14 days’ notice provided that the Company offers shareholders the facility to vote electronically and provided that shareholders agree to this at a general meeting. Shareholders’ consent must be sought by way of a special resolution. Any consent given is valid only up to the date of the next annual general meeting and must, therefore, be renewed every year;

 

   

requiring that, where a member wishes to table a draft resolution in respect of an extraordinary general meeting under Section 133(1)(b) of the Companies Act 1963, notice of the resolution shall be received by the Company in hardcopy form or in electronic form at least 14 days before the extraordinary general meeting to which it relates;

 

   

removing the casting vote of the Chairman at general meetings of the Company;

 

   

clarifying that shareholders need not vote all of their shares in the same way;

 

   

allowing the Directors to implement procedures for voting electronically or by correspondence and for the real-time transmission of general meetings via the internet; and

 

   

allowing for the fixing of a record date and time which shall determine the eligibility of shareholders to participate and vote at general meetings.

A copy of the current Memorandum and Articles of Association can be obtained from the Group’s website, www.crh.com.

The following summarises certain provisions of CRH’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and applicable Irish law.

Objects and Purposes

CRH is incorporated under the name CRH public limited company and is registered in Ireland with registered number 12965. Clause 4 of CRH’s memorandum of association provides that its objects include the business of quarry masters and proprietors, lessees and workers of quarries, sand and gravel pits, mines and the like generally; the business of road-makers and contractors, building contractors, builders merchants and providers and dealers in road making and building materials, timber merchants; and the carrying on of any other business calculated to benefit CRH. The memorandum grants CRH a range of corporate capabilities to effect these objects.

 

186    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Directors

The Directors manage the business and affairs of CRH.

Directors who are in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in contracts or other arrangements with CRH must declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the Directors, and, subject to certain exemptions, may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or other proposal whatsoever in which they have any material interest other than by virtue of their interest in shares or debentures in the Company. However, in the absence of some other material interest not indicated below, a Director is entitled to vote and to be counted in a quorum for the purpose of any vote relating to a resolution concerning the following matters:

 

   

the giving of security or indemnity with respect to money lent or obligations taken by the Director at the request or for the benefit of the Company;

 

   

the giving of security or indemnity to a third party with respect to a debt or obligation of the Company which the Director has assumed responsibility for under a guarantee, indemnity or the giving of security;

 

   

any proposal under which the Director is interested concerning the underwriting of Company shares, debentures or other securities;

 

   

any other proposal concerning any other company in which the Director is interested, directly or indirectly (whether as an officer, shareholder or otherwise) provided that the Director is not the holder of 1% or more of the voting interest in the shares of such company; and

 

   

proposals concerning the modification of certain retirement benefits under which the Director may benefit and which have been approved or are subject to approval by the Irish Revenue Commissioners.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, except that such general power is restricted to the aggregate amount of principal borrowed less cash balances of the Company and its subsidiaries not exceeding an amount twice the aggregate of (a) the share capital of the Company; and (b) the amount standing to the credit of retained income, foreign currency translation reserve and other reserves, capital grants, deferred taxation and non-controlling interest; less any repayable Government grants; less (c) the aggregate amount of Treasury Shares and own shares held by the Company.

The Company in general meeting from time to time determines the fees payable to the Directors. The CRH Board may grant special remuneration to any of its number who being called upon, shall render any special or extra services to the Company or go or reside abroad in connection with the conduct of any of the affairs of the Company.

The qualification of a Director is the holding alone and not jointly with any other person of 1,000 Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company.

No person may be appointed a Director of the Company who has attained the age of sixty-five years and a Director shall vacate office at the next Annual General Meeting after they attain the age of sixty-eight years; however, a person may be appointed as a Director after attaining the age of sixty-five years and a Director may continue in office and will not be required to retire upon attaining the age of sixty-eight years if the continuance as a Director is approved by a Resolution of the Directors.

Voting rights

The Articles provide that, at shareholders’ meetings, holders of Ordinary Shares, either in person or by proxy, are entitled on a show of hands to one vote and on a poll to one vote per share. No member is entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums immediately payable in respect of their shares in the Company have been paid.

 

CRH    187


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Laws, Decrees or other Regulations

There are no restrictions under the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company or under Irish law that limit the right of non-Irish residents or foreign owners freely to hold their Ordinary Shares or to vote their Ordinary Shares.

Liquidation Rights/Return of Capital

In the event of the Company being wound-up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a shareholders’ special resolution, divide among the holders of the Ordinary Shares the whole or any part of the net assets of the Company (after the return of capital and payment of accrued dividends on the preference shares) in cash or in kind, and may set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be so divided and determine how such division will be carried out. The liquidator may, with a like sanction, vest such assets in trust as he thinks fit, but no shareholders will be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

Variation in Class Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Irish Companies Acts, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those shares.

Disclosure of Shareholders’ Interests

A shareholder may lose the right to vote by not complying with any statutory notice or notice pursuant to Article 14 of the Articles of Association given by the Company requiring an indication in writing of: (a) the capacity in which the shares are held or any interest therein; (b) the persons who have an interest in the shares and the nature of their interest; or (c) whether any of the voting rights carried by such shares are the subject of any agreement or arrangement under which another person is entitled to control the shareholder’s exercise of these rights.

Issue of Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Irish Companies Acts and the Articles of Association, the issue of shares is at the discretion of the Directors.

Dividends

Shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare final dividends and the Directors may declare interim dividends but no final dividend may be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors and no dividend may be paid otherwise than out of income available for that purpose in accordance with the Irish Companies Acts. There is provision to offer scrip dividends in lieu of cash. The preference shares rank for fixed rate dividends in priority to the Ordinary and Income Shares for the time being of the Company. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration shall, if the Directors so decide, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

Meetings

Shareholder meetings may be convened by majority vote of the Directors. A quorum for a general meeting of the Company is constituted by five or more shareholders present in person and entitled to vote. The passing of resolutions at a meeting of the Company, other than special resolutions, requires a simple majority. A special resolution, in respect of which not less than 21 days’ notice in writing must be given, requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast.

 

188    CRH


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

5% Cumulative Preference Shares

The holders of the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at a rate of 5% per annum and priority in a winding-up to repayment of capital, but have no further right to participate in profits or assets and are not entitled to be present or vote at general meetings unless their dividend is six months in arrears or a resolution is proposed for the winding-up of the Company or otherwise affecting their rights and privileges. Dividends on the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares are payable half yearly on 15 April and 15 October in each year.

7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares

The holders of the 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative preference dividend at a rate of 7% per annum, and priority in a winding-up to repayment of capital, both subject to the rights of the holders of the 5% Cumulative Preference Shares but have no further right to participate in profits or assets and are not entitled to be present or vote at general meetings unless their dividend is six months in arrears or a resolution is proposed for, among others, the winding-up of the Company, the reduction of the capital of the Company or the abrogation of any special rights or privileges of any preference shares. Dividends on the 7% ‘A’ Cumulative Preference Shares are payable half yearly on 5 April and 5 October in each year.

Use of electronic communication

Whenever the Company, a Director, the Secretary, a member or any officer or person is required or permitted by the Articles of Association to give information in writing, such information may be given by electronic means or in electronic form, whether as electronic communication or otherwise, provided that the electronic means or electronic form has been approved of by the Directors.

Financial calendar

 

Announcement of final results for 2010

     1 March 2011   

Ex-dividend date

     9 March 2011   

Record date for dividend

     11 March 2011   

Latest date for receipt of scrip forms

     21 April 2011   

Interim Management Statement

     4 May 2011   

Annual General Meeting

     4 May 2011   

Dividend payment date and first day of dealing in scrip dividend shares

     9 May 2011   

Announcement of interim results for 2011

     16 August 2011   

Interim Management Statement

     15 November 2011   

Electronic communications

Following the introduction of the 2007 Transparency Regulations, and in order to adopt a more environmentally friendly and cost effective approach, the Company provides the Annual Report to shareholders electronically via the CRH website, www.crh.com, and only sends a printed copy to those shareholders who specifically request a copy. Shareholders who choose to do so can receive other shareholder communications, for example, notices of general meetings and shareholder circulars, electronically. However, shareholders will continue to receive printed proxy forms, dividend documentation and, if the Company deems it appropriate, other documentation by post. Shareholders can alter the method by which they receive communications by contacting Capita Registrars.

Electronic proxy voting

Shareholders may lodge a proxy form for the 2011 Annual General Meeting electronically. Shareholders who wish to submit proxies via the internet may do so by accessing CRH’s, or Capita Registrars’, website as described below. Shareholders must register for this service on-line before proxy forms can be lodged electronically.

 

CRH    189


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

CREST members wishing to appoint a proxy via CREST should refer to the CREST Manual and the notes to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting.

Registrars

Enquiries concerning shareholdings should be addressed to:

Capita Registrars (Ireland) Limited,

P.O. Box 7117,

Dublin 2,

Ireland.

Telephone: +353 (0) 1 810 2400

Fax: +353 (0) 1 810 2422

Shareholders with access to the internet may check their accounts either by accessing CRH’s website and selecting “Registrars” under “Shareholder Services” in the Investor Relations section or by accessing Capita Registrars’ website, www.capitaregistrars.ie and selecting “Login to Shareholder Services“ under “Online Services”. This facility allows shareholders to check their shareholdings and dividend payments, register e-mail addresses and download standard forms required to initiate changes in details held by Capita Registrars. Shareholders will need to register for a User ID before using some of the services.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

The Group’s website contains answers to questions frequently asked by shareholders, including questions regarding shareholdings, dividends payments, electronic communications and shareholder rights. The FAQ can be accessed in the Investor Relations section of the website under “Shareholder Services”.

Exchange Controls

Certain aspects of CRH’s international monetary operations outside the EU were, prior to 31 December 1992, subject to regulation by the Central Bank of Ireland. These controls have now ceased. There are currently no Irish foreign exchange controls, or other statute or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, that affect the remittance of dividends, other than dividend withholding tax on the Ordinary Shares, or that affect the conduct of the Company’s operations.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Details of auditors’ fees are set out in note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For details on the audit and non-audit services pre-approval policy see “Corporate Governance - Committees” on page 75.

Documents on Display

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and, for most recent CRH periodic filings only, at the Internet World Wide Web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

190    CRH


Table of Contents

Exhibits

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

  1.

   Memorandum and Articles of Association.

  2.1

   Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated 28 November 2006, between CRH plc and The Bank of New York Mellon*.

  7.

   Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

  8.

   Listing of principal subsidiary, joint venture and associated undertakings.

12.

   Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002.

13.

   Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002**.

15.

   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

99.1

   Disclosure of Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) Safety Data.

 

* Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 20-F that was filed by the Company on 3 May 2007.

 

** Furnished but not filed.

 

CRH    191


Table of Contents

Signatures

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

CRH public limited company
(Registrant)
By:  

/s/    M. Carton      

 

Maeve Carton

 

Finance Director

Dated: 30 March 2011

 

CRH    192